

















































































































































































o F 


'.IlltS «5<2« ’ <3sM S: A* ‘-VM&’ <?°<* A A 

<V'-vr.*A° V'AV.a °j,A--A° *«. 'AV,# °v*a.-A° .. < 

% J> AV- A /,• iv-. A A A A, * rj'. % A 

1 4 * VmX . ^ ^ V, <4 * A^ * jI\V/I. «• V d^ 


o V A’ 
'T ^ 



o • A 


A Vf» 

* «? ^ 

« aV *. 



. j% •: 

* <y V* ° 



VA 





.0' c°.' ( V 'O 


<c 

V* o' 



* A? %■ • 

* t$ 2 # •* •&, V <£» -* -**JVr*~ , 

\. r % > 'o * * * «Cr '«. * 4 A v ° * ‘ 

' -o / AA. \ / .AA °o <& ,.LA. \ 

* 'Atfe’-\ .'1W0C. «.„■»> A ,4 


o V 



® <5 % 

K < 



r oV 


» , n 


» ( i 


,0“ 



v* o' 


^ " °» 0 -A 


'• U J * 
>" v*v 


> » A 'A 

' A v A* - 




* ^ *- 
VV 



A 



' \ . 

* <y> K 


>t .- ^ V J . 

'o. » * Jy 

^ .**/%&*?, -7, , 0 /^55SW# ° 

- **o* ; 

° <?5 °<o v V > > w 

* ^ <Zyy y£o * r\ 

^ O S,1‘ A? 



: ; 



0 a^ v ^ 

O' v o. /l ’^7. *' A ^ a 1 

/ 's^Zr.X 


^ V v*^ -* 


^ ^ 4 < 0 V ^ ♦ s 



«A <>• 


r oV 



’<i> 

& * 

o" ^!rL°% 0 -, 

*+a t ^ - h 





i? 


y oY 





^ *v-V o 

^ ^y V ^ o 

A <s ' 

^ 0^ • 


<(. * 

• %/ ’- 





♦ ± ^ »T K^“ rfc> «■ <: k/y / MW^ r\ ^ **<6+ ^ ^ * << ^ y//,n ^ v 

/ %.*^-*/ %*♦ nv 
^ A° ^ v % CV «0 *»VL% v % »* •«* C' a 0 t *.'.>- -v 

° • 

0 ^ •- ^ ^^ii!iiiMil^ , O aV«*» * ' * v/'-. 

* <7 

^ . y V » ' * S) V ^ 




V” <* '«•»** .G* 'O, '' 

a 0' , i ' »^ <^- ry . o « 0 *^3 

% "O ^ sitffci* % 0 U 
*> ^ K JsM^’^\ r$ <-k 





r oK 



.W®. • u‘ ‘WW,' „ i ’ 0 , ts. ', 

-. V .* v .:«i*:.. ^.. ./.*•—'* *> 


■4 <t V ciA «* «... v __. ., 

jy % *r?x* a 

A N a ^ A% 






*- '♦'^T‘* A <. ... 

/,. • ^'. ^ 




O V 



• ^ A^ /, 




/ «5 Ro $ "V • 

^ (y v _ <*- tvy/ l'^c > r\ ^ wv 

■ \. ■/ 

° ^rs cv ^ ^ 

M¥» 

, ., .. .,. 




w 


•i. ,• 


o> a0 v .a ' *, ''<K 

& O a\& * ~/y 7 ^-. -f < 

* a^ * J&m r /Z^ « T. - 

. x> V * <&M i Z*r-/x> - nv 

N * )y 0 

‘ ' '° .... \ ... V 




9 f ^ 




9 f ^ *» N t^l)fl!lll(!ll^v ? Q \ y*' ’j* rs ‘////^\\\V • OU’ u 

/ a? ^ -JllR* ^ a> -% •.„„, 

°- y yJjvi' \ t° v -isiw 

^ *‘^L- -* 0 « .'^S|V : 




^ • A ^ 




* «? *% • 

4 f i* •> ■^iy/p.v^cr > 

0 ^ ^ *7^ A 

.0* o 0 " ‘’ 9 A.0 

0 o> , 

k ■Cs>\\\Tl^k J “ A A " 


o V 

*° ^ *• 

•»* o° 'V ^ 

- <^6 A .’1^ 4.'* '> 

• ^ V.^ •- 

V A \ > 





”, 


. A °f 

♦ <1 ^ 0 ’ 
9»1 * a. u 'V, ^ o»o 0 oy 'o *«»' * ’ a° 

v % ..:•> o. jy v vl*^L% 

* «#> a T> V ”“■ 

o ^ A * 

<*» “ 



O s A ’ ,0 



■ W 


0 0 
* V & 0 




r oV 


y • o . 


<3 ^5 ^ 

* ^ o % 

- 0 - 0 0 % v % * 

r* ^ , i 0 Cj 

* «? a> » 

« A <#* J 

\0 V 

,V A N a 'h. 



0 0 °1 9 * . 'O 



; ^° ^ - 

•. - • • V 5 .. %"'* % a 

w.A AV s’ ,A. A> V 9 

•”. V/ /Jfe-. v,** «• 



* 0 ^^ ^ A y V ' ♦ 

• « S ^ /> 'O • A W 

% -o ** ( ‘:w, ^ 

0> ^ ^ q v 


>y 0 ^ *« 


. 0 



0 


'o. . s % A 

A v 


^0 

o aV^ o 

* <V 0 



Q> 



% M '* ^ • 

< v* 

* A^ * I •» Ta y 


'o . » * -O' 



k V^ 


0 A^^ O 

-. ^ . . s s A <A ' 

•»• A _ ^A,_ T ^ 


. /°- 

T V'*^'A °o 

a 0 **’’% ^ V s • t *°- 

% A Sj 

<bvP, 



«> 


* 'V, 


O . » 



a 3 . ■'•< . . s 




.0 6°Jl a 9. "O. a!* .♦ t '. e 9 .0 V c°."°9. ’O 


■oK 


* "ok ^o v v o k . 

P ; >100 «5°^ -'dWB: iPr*- 

sp- 9 1 1 * A . <A * o n ° A *i+ b • 1 ■> * A 4 , owo° A* Sp 1 A 

cv A v A •■* ' ^ V V ^* 0 , V A AV-. A A f - * o, V A V ^ A' 




* A. A v * 

; vv 
® A 

* A % ^ 

A <,"'?.?• ‘ A 
‘A. ^ c° 

♦ A •„ A"A'. 

* 




^0 




0 



<A^ . v * « „ 

- v> v^ 

.0 




<A 'o »1 * 

* -o ^ ^ 



c 


♦ 

« 























0 


5 «v * 

© *■ . 1 ,0' J 

-', <>• ^ ^ * 
<3 ° <§P"""ll§^ r v*<A • 


|1a A A ^W* A '\>, ^ %S|?' * # A A A \, 

.«* A <*■'*•** <y o *?»\s* A <*> '<>•** V 

L t 9 . <J> (V 0 " O * .& , t ' * <£. A , 0 H • * ^ 

A t * «fc A * C r-C^ *> *1 A t * «p Cr » r^Nv % 

A \ *jfif/ZZ?2j- w y^ . v *%5sSxafr , V* vy oi ♦ 1&(U/Z?^ + 7> - v v ^SooXfrv* 

v* *W -ov* 

tifSsKo’ «5 °* 3,°^. •«tmSe , w ^ 

' / o. ** 




V * • v’ 

* '’V ^ -^p c^ * ™ 1|fflKi , , 

** V'v v'^ ° r V* 


* 4T 

'O. *»«0 9 f 

V *1“®' ^ aO * 

» <3 <a » x£ A <v 

"tr * 


o 

,* >" %. ‘. , ®B?/ ^ V % . 

'* % *?^T‘ A <, -.. 

o j* *w^ ^ 

<$> A * v £> 

o V * ^jjgTreQfo < ^ 

„ v ?► <£> 0 © <x/ 

* rt o ^ ” A' 

0 ^ ‘'oh * 0 


*,*' ,<y \ 

0 ^ c o«*, % " . 

^ 0 0 Jr *\ 

$ oax^M-" ^ 0 ^P 





*^MVMl e ^r5^: vv ‘Mw. 

^#* °y<£Ws ay ^ -^3ISr^ ^ ^ *£' 

vW^ 4 A <* 'o.** ,0 V v> *^V*.* A <", 'o, 

^O ^A # l- 9 9 ^ <$> 0^ 0 0 ^ O ^ 4^ # U ' « ^ 

r\ . » Li^A ® ,1 ^ ffi?« n . o LW ♦ .1 



V A 


a o • A ^rv 

* # ** -y?C^* / % • 





o '♦irr-’' *0° %■ 

C\ <V ^ ^ 


o. A 


4” AO'S 0 . 

< q vX v^ 

^ 'V «> °y^v\' 

•A ^' 0 , 1 .* 


St> "' <& 

v »^ * o^ ^ A o 

' >A¥A,*. ^ A* * 



A>. <0 s 

A v 


v % ^ • o* sy 

t- A^i^/h, 0 ^rv A * 
® rAvSiVy/I 0 ^r.cP o 


.s° A <^ 'o,^* ,G^ 

A . i»» # -O’ 0°!°* 'o, 4). v 

vl v A 1 ^ 4l , yr>7o ^ C,- V • O J ^ j 

^ ‘•^ s> * ^o‘» :»^fe'*. ‘ 


A 

1 > 

* 7 *; 



v %«|K* ^ ** -y|i 

*'••** a A <s '«• 

. ^-v A % . x I * * <J> 

^ '"o A * % *rSrKhu ■* w 


^ *0H°° A ^ 

* '■- %> V , * * o, .<3 V 

* ‘.m° 0 * 


a ^ r ♦ ( 

>: ^° ^ * 

► rv ^ 


' -'mM\ ^ 

’ <?\ *-wm° 

x- , 0 ^ V vr.T* a <*, 

0^ o°"° % rp a J> t . L J* ^ 

»’ “^o 4 :«^»". ’ov* : 

V V <£* % 

v /-v ^ a 



^ o 




„ - , „ „„ N ^^ -a? ^ 

A ,-." v % t ’k'i-. % Vi? . 

A " : 



^ ^ •", ■''Sjtf y<e»* r ■« 4 • • 

' Vft s* v^ <^x * o 0 1 - <v ^ 

° No ^ ^b A • v ' * >♦ -Q, c ** a + ^b 

d* • I; «o/ ' 

I • x0 ^ 4 0. 

°o * • ’ ^0" ^/‘•.o 5 * ^ A * * * ' ,0 

. ^ A Vi:. ^ . 



' - a v, V °1W; a^'V 

;* v ^ *: (/ iW< «y ^ 

A <*'«».** A v o 

, ° 0 A 4 ,-^*. ^ / .•^•♦. 1 





s;« 5 ^ v A ^ 1 * 

V% ^ -5y° 

, A* 



^ A 

^ ^ ’ r 
ft ft? 3, o 4 V A o%7W\W • A u 0 A^ 1 

* J? '-W* ^ ^ ^ % # -^K* ^ 

\ VT-.V A O '».*’* .<? \ *??'** A 

A, O s* *W^,% 0 A + 

a-. °A X ^- ^ -* * 


« o 



0 $ 

% '*3’* y % 

H> V iV>' 

* yp 





0 

*> a} ✓ 


<f> 



* A.0 Y> * J/ 

^ *.;-.» A v ____ 0 .; b *•''’■’ ^ ,.. , %.' — 

V- ^ / #& "V ''S^.'- ** ^ 

0 : L aw , A - 



N c 


a V 


<» ^ r • 

; ^° ^ \ 




* > <^> ^1* yvoo^ » 

. "ill* A 0 %> ‘'OH* 0 A 

s* A *> 



% 0 ■ 
• ^o v^ : 

«v 


\0 

s_ A r£>- ^ 


o ^/^ T A 0 ....^ 





■c\ 






. 

0 A^ V, V 

^ s * A <\ "o * ^ ' * ♦ 5 A ,< C^. 

<X N t , „ <«» n,^ 0 » * „ yy . x ' o , 

^r tT 7 C U ° ^5*^ 


rt> 0 H G * ^/-N „ «- 

C° /isSSki', °o ,* 

O 

























■ 































































































-/ 























• S' 


















<r- 


5 

























































I ORIGIN OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 


The Serbo-Croatian language Is one of the Slavic, or Slavonic 
languages. It falls into the language group known as Indo-European. 

The English language, too, belongs to this large group. Therefore, 
the two languages do not differ fundamentally, and it is possible 
to make a close and true translation from one language to the other. 

The Serbo-Croatian language derives its name from the fact that 
it is spoken by both the Serbs and the Croats. The Serbs, Croats and 
Slovenes make up the population of Yugoslavia. The Slovenes, who in¬ 
habit the northwestern part of the country, have their own language 
which is called Slovenian. This language is very closely allied to 
Serbo-Croatian. 

The Serbs and Croats use the same language, but, due to histori¬ 
cal reasons, there are certain differences between the Serbian, which 
is the idiom spoken by the Serbs, and the Croatian, which is the idi¬ 
om spoken by the Croats. However, these differences are very slight 
and have been disappearing gradually since the formation of Yugosla¬ 
via after the First World War. We are able, therefore, to speak of 
one, and only one language - the Serbo-Croatian language. The study 
of this language will be the object of our course. 

The Serbs, who are members of the Eastern or Orthodox Church, 
use the alphabet known as Cyrillic (so do the Russians and the Bul- 
gars). The Croats and the Slovenes, who are Roman Catholics, use a 
modified Latin alphabet (so do the Poles, the Czechs and the Slovaks). 
This Latin alphabet is the same as that used in English except for 
the fact that a few of the consonants are also used with special dia¬ 
critic signs. i 

Many Serbs and many Croats use both alphabets freely. The stu- I 
dents will be required to learn both alphabets. However, the Cyrillic 
alphabet will be introduced first, and the Latin will be given at a 
later stage, after the students have become fully familiar with both 
the printed and the written characters of the Cyrillic alphabet. 


The Cyrillic alphabet was named for St. Cyril who, with his \ 
brother Methodius, converted the Slavs in Moravia in the ninth centu-\ 
ry. However, the Slavs in the Balkans were converted by their dis¬ 
ciples. St. Cyril invented this alphabet in order to further the suc¬ 
cess of his mission and to make possible the writing of the Holy 
Scriptures in the various Slavic languages. 

The original Cyrillic alphabet was reformed and simplified in 
the first half of the nineteenth century by the great Serbian phi¬ 
lologist and author, Vuk Stefanovic Karadzic. This modern Cyrillic 
alphabet is basically phonetic, that is, each single letter repre¬ 
sents one and only one sound . Vowels make an exception to this rule 
in so far as the same letter represents sounds of various lengths 
and tones, but the quality of the vowel remains the same. 










- 2 - 






II ORGANS OF SPEECH 


in 

m 

5 * 

r~ 

to .' - - 

0= In order that the student may master the pronounciation of 
various sounds, he must learn how these sounds are produced. The 
sounds of speech are produced by breath which is forced from the 
lungs and then modified by the vocal organs. The vocal organs*or 
organs of speech* consist ofs the lips, the teeth, the teethridge, 
the palate, the tongue and the vocal cords as shown in the picture 
belows 



1. Upper lip 

2. Lower lip 

3. Upper teeth 

4. Lower teeth 

5. Teethridge 

6. Hard Palate 

7. Soft Palate 
(Velum) 

8. Uvula 

9. Tongues 

a. Point 

b. Blade 

c. Front 

d. Back 

10. Vocal Cords 


> 


The lips; the upper and lower lip. 

The teeth i upper and lower . 

The teethridge , or alveoli, is the gum just behind the teeth. 
The upper teethridge is more important than the lower. 

The palate consists of the hard palate and the soft palate , 
or velum . The hard palate is the roof of the mouth from the teeth¬ 
ridge back to about the middle of the palate. The velum extends 
from the middle to the back of the roof of the mouth. The uvula is 
a soft appendage hanging down from the back of the velum. The velum 
can be raised to the back wall of the throat where it enters the 
i nasal cavity , so as to shut off the passage of air into the nasal 
" cavity. 






















. 

. 1 






















' 

. 





* 

















- 3 - 


The tongue consists of? (a) the tongue tip or point , (b) the 
blade of the tongue , which is the edge of the tongue immediately 
behind and around the tip, (c) the front of the tongue , which ex¬ 
tends from the blade back to about the middle of the tongue (about 
I 2 inches). When the mouth is closed, the front of the tongue lies 
directly underneath the hard palate; (d) the back of the tongue , 
which is the remaining part of the tongue back of the middle. When 
the mouth is closed the back of the tongue lies directly under the 
velum. 

The vocal cords are actually a pair of folds in the mucous 
membrane containing ligament and muscle fiber. They are contained 
in the larynx which is an enlargment of the upper end of the wind ¬ 
pipe . The front edge of the larynx forms the Adam's apple . 

The organs of speech that have just been described are used 
to articulate the sounds in the following way. When the air is ex¬ 
pelled from the lungs it passes through the larynx and the pharynx , 
and then forward and out through the mouth or the nose or through 
both. However, this flow of air may be stopped or impeded at vari¬ 
ous points along the way,and the shape of the chambers through which 
it passes may be variously modified. 

The sounds are divided in two large groups? the vowels and the 
consonants. When vowels are articulated, the passing of air is left 
unobstructed except for the fact that the shape of the oral cavity 
is modified by various movements of the tongue and of the lips. 

When consonants are articulated the current of air is either com¬ 
pletely stopped at some point by closing the passage through which 
it flows, or the passage is narrowed so that the air current has to 
squeeze through, or an elastic organ, like the tongue point for in¬ 
stance, is caused to vibrate rapidly. 

In order to pronounce correctly the sounds of a certain language 
it is necessary to know how these sounds have to be articulated, 
tnat is, how the speech organs have to be used in order to produce 
exactly the sound desired. It will now be explained how the sounds 
of the Serbo-Croatian language are articulated. 


Ill ARTICULATION OF THE VOWELS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE 

There are five vowels in Serbo-Croatian? "a", "e", w u M , "o" 
and M y", as represented by cyrillic letters**. Two of these, that is, 
"e" and "u" are front vowels , which means that they are articulated 
by raising the front of the tongue towards the hard palate. The 
other three are back vowels , which means that they are articulated 
by raising the back of the tongue towards the velum. 

When pronouncing "a M , the tongue is raised least; when pro¬ 
nouncing H e M and "o", the tongue is raised more; when pr.onouncing 
"u" and "y M , the tongue is raised most. Consequently, "a" is a low- 
back vowel; "e M is a mid-front; "o M is a mid-back; "u" is a high- 
front, and "y H is a high-back. 

**In the alphabet of the International Phonetic Association the 
following phonetic symbols are used to designate respectively the 
above vowels? "a", "e M , M i M , M o M , "u". When referring to vowels in 
this course, only the Cyrillic characters will be used. 







































■ 














' 

■ 




■ 

























- 4 - 


The position of the tongue as well as the teeth and of the 
lips while pronouncing Serbo-Croatian vowels is illustrated by 
the diagrams below; M 

Lips Serbo-Croatian "u” : Lips Serbo-Croatian n y " : 


(front view) (front view} 



Teeth almost closed; 
lips closely rounded; 
back of the tongue 
raised high totards 
velum. 


Serbo-Croatian ”0 ” % 


Teeth more apart 
than far n y*; lips 
less rounded than 
for "y*; back of the 
tongue raised towards 
velum, but less than 
for "y*. 


Serbo-Croatian ”a n : 


Teeth more apart 
than far w o"; lips 
wide open; back of 
the tongue raised 
towards velum, but 
less than far "o*. 


In addition to the quality of the vowel, which is determined 
only by the position of the speech organs as shown above, one must 
also observe the length of a vowel and the tone of a vowel. Neither 
the length nor the tone should have any influence upon the quality 
of the vowel in Serbo-Croatian. It is true that in loose uncontrolled 
speech of a native, a certain vowel may seem to have a quality 
different from the quality that the same vowel has when standing 
in another syllable. However, the student should ignore this and 
should strive to always give the same quality to his vowels *»s in¬ 
dicated on the diagram, no matter in what syllable the vowel 
stands. 

Each of the five vowels can be either short or long. There 
are no reliable rules as to when a vowel must be pronounced short 
and when long, except for the following. 0 the stressed vowel and 
the vowels that follow the stressed vowel can be short or long; 
the vowels that precede a stressed vowel must be short. 

The tone of the vowel is a peculiarity of the Serbo-Croatian 
language. There are two kinds of tone; the rising tone and the so 
called falling tone, which is actually a rising-falling tone. 




































































I 

. 








- 5 - 

The rising tone consists of a rise in pitch within the vowel 
of about a semitone or a full tone. The rising-falling tone is 
formed by a similar rise followed by a fall of approximately two 
and half to three tones. Both in the case of the rising and of 
the rising-falling tone, the syllable that follows that vowel is 
pronounced with the raised or lowered pitch respectively, that is, 
the next syllable has the same pitch as that which the preceding 
vowel has after it has been raised or lowered. A vowel with a 
rising tone is pronounced in almost the same way as the stressed 
vowel in an English word pronounced with a questioning tones Are 
you coming? A vowel with a rising-falling tone is pronounced as 
a stressed English vowel in normal speech? I am coming. 

There are certain rules as to the use of tone in words? 

(1) Only the stressed vowel in a word can have a tone, either 
a rising, or a rising-falling tone. All the unstressed vowels are 
toneless . There are no rules as to which vowel in the word is to 
be stressed. There is only a general guidances most of the Serbo- 
Croatian words do have the stress on their first vowel, that is 
the first syllable (in Serbo-Croatian, there are as many sylla¬ 
bles in a word as there are vowels in that word), and in words of 
four or more syllables, the stress is most likely to fall on the 
third syllable from the end. The last syllable is never stressed. 

(2) In words that consist of only one syllable (monosyllabic 
words), the vowel can have only the rising-falling tone, or it 
can be toneless. It can never have the rising tone. There are 
definite rules as to when the vowel of a monosyllabic word has the 
rising-falling tone and when it is toneless. These rules will be 
explained later. 

(3) In words of two or more syllables, we have to distinguish 
as follows? 

(a) if the stress falls on the first vowel in a word, 
that vowel can have either a rising or a rising-falling tone; 

(b) if the stress falls on a vowel other than the first, 
that vowel can have only a rising tone. 

Consequently, the problem of discerning the tone of a vowel 
boils down to finding out whether the first and stressed vowel in 
words of two or more syllables has a rising or a rising-falling 
tone. Since most of the words in Serbo-Croatian do have their 
stress on the first syllable, the problem of discerning the tone 
of vowels in Serbo-Croatian remains a difficult one for the stu¬ 
dent. 

When writing Serbo-Croatian, neither the length, nor the tone, 
nor the stress is indicated. However, in order to assist the stu¬ 
dent In pronunciation, in all the Serbo-Croatian words whidh will 
appear in the vocabulary at the end of each lesson, the vowels 
will be marked as follows? 


(1) 

a 

will mean a 

long. 

stressed ''a 1 ’, 

with a 

rising tone; 

(2) 

a 

will mean a 
tone; 

long, 

stressed ‘“a* 1 , 

with a 

rising-falling 



'-15 - ' . , 

& v tl 









' 









■ 



■ 

. 

‘ 





. 



. 

■ 













■ 







(3) will mean a shorty stressed "a", with a rising tone; 

(4) a will mean a short* stressed "a", with a rising-fall¬ 

ing tone; 

(5) a will mean a long* unstressed "a 1 2 *; 

(6) a will mean a short* unstressed ’‘a*’. 

IV DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS OF THE SERB0-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE 


When articulating vowels, we are concerned only with the po¬ 
sition of thp tongue* of the teeth and of the lips. When articu¬ 
lating consonants we have to use all the organs of. speech. 

The organs oi speech are divided in "articulators", tnao is, 
the movable organs* and those that are not movable* but can serve 
only as "points of articulation". The articulators ares the lips, 
the tongue (front and back)* the velum and vocal cords. The teeth, 
the teethridge and the hard palate are points of articulation. 

The lips can approach the teeth; the tongue can approach the teeth, 
the teethridge* the hard palate and the velum; the velum can be 
raised to the back wall of the throat. As to the vocal cords, they 
can be drawn apart (as during ordinary respiration), or they can be 
moved so as to narrow the space between them (this space is called 
the glottis), or as to close that space completely. When the glot¬ 
tis is nearly but not quite closed* the passing air current sets 
the elastic edges of the vocal cords into rapid vibration. 

All the consonants that are pronounced with the vibration of 
the vocal cords* are called voiced : those that are produced with¬ 
out this vibration are called voiceless . 

In addition to this* there are two other divisions of conso¬ 
nants: 

(l) Division of consonants according to the organs of speech 
which are used to produce them: 

(a) Bilablals (lips joined); 

(b) Labiodentals (lower lip against upper teeth); 

(c) Dentals (tongue against upper teeth); 

(d) Dento-Alveolar (tongue against upper teeth and 

teethridge); 

(e) Alveolar (tongue against teethridge) 

(f) Palatal (tongue against hard palate); 

(g) Velar (tongue against velum). 


(2) Division of consonants according to the way obstacles are 










































. 

. 





' ' 


r - 






- 7 - 


put in the flow of air while the consonants are being articulated 

(a) Plosives ; The current of air is completely stopped at 
some point (by means of the lips or the tongue), and then it is 
suddenly released so that an explosive sound is articulated; 

(b) Fricatives ; The passage between two speech organs is 
narrowed so that the impact of breath upon them is heard; 

(o) Affricates ; They combine the features of the plosives 
and the fricatives, beginning with a complete stoppage of air 
and ending with a fricative sound; 

(d) Nasals ; The velum is lowered so as to leave the nasal 
cavity accessible to the air stream, which then flows out through 
the mouth and through the nose; 

(e) Laterals ; The median line of the mouth passage is stop¬ 
ped, but an opening is left along one or both sides of the tongue 
for the current to pass through; 

(f) Rolled. ; The passing of the air current causes an elastic 
organ to vibrate rapidly, like the point of the tongue for ex¬ 
ample. 


If we combine the three above divisions of consonants, we 
can classify all the Serbo-Croatian consonants as in the chart 
on the following page. The symbols used are the cyrillic letters 
which represent the corresponding consonants" the symbols in 
parentheses are the phonetic symbols of the International Pho¬ 
netic Association. 

As can be seen from that chart, some of the Serbo-Croatian 
consonants occur in pairs, both as voiced and as voiceless . some 
only as voiced, some only as voiceless. 

For those consonants that come in pairs, when the student 
has mastered the pronunciation of the voiced variety, he will 
automatically be able to pronounce the voiceless variety by 
articulating it in the same way as the voiced one, but he will 
not cause his vocal cords to vibrate. When the student is pro¬ 
nouncing the voiced variety, he will hear a loud hum in his 
head if he puts his hands tightly over his ears. Or, if he rests 
his fingers upon the outside of the larynx, he will feel there 
the vibration of the vocal cords. 










. 

- 

' 

- 

j 

■ 

■ 



CHART OF SERBO-CROATIAN CONSONANTS 



Bi¬ 

labial 

Labio¬ 

dental 

Dental 

Dento- 

alveo- 

lar 

.. (3) 
Alveo¬ 
lar 

_ (3) 
Pala¬ 
tal 

Velar 

vai 1 2 3 

[, (2 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

! 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Plosives 

<5 

(b) 

n 

(p) 



(d) 

X 

(t) 







r 

(a) 

ik) 

Frica¬ 

tives 



B 

(v) 

(?) 



3 

(z) 

c 

(s) 

sc 

(3) 

Ill 

(,f) 

(i. 

1 


X 

Affri¬ 

cates 








U, 

(te) 

(I) 

(d?) 

f) 

(tp) 





Nasals 

M 

(m) 




H 

(n) 






Cp) 




Laterals 









ji 

u) 


Jb 

(iO 




Rolled 




1 





(r) 







(1) Vd. for Voiced 

(2) Vs. for Voiceless 

(3) Both the palatal and the alveolar consonants will be referred 
to as palatals when discussed later in this course. 











































































- 9 - 


The chart shows that the following consonants come in pairs? 

Voiced consonants ? <5 , b, a, 3 , x, y, , r 

Voiceless consonants ? n r t, c, hi, h, 1, k 

Further, the consonants "y 11 and "x" occur only as voiceless. 

Finally, the following consonants? m, h, ji, p, j, h>, 
have only the voiced variety. If they are made voiceless they be¬ 
come inaudible unless they are turned into fricatives by increased 
force of breath. These consonants are called sonorants*. They 
occupy a position between consonants and vowels, and one of them, 
the consonant ,, p M , is used in Serbo-Croatian both as a consonant 
and as a vowel, as will be explained later. 


V ARTICULATION OF THE CONSONANTS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE 


It will now be explained how the various Serbo-Croatian con¬ 
sonants are articulated. For this purpose, it will be convenient 
to divide them in three groups? 

(a) consonants that exist also in English and ere arti¬ 
culated in the same way as in Serbo-Croatian ?b , <& o, c j j; m; 

(b) consonants that exist in English but are not arti¬ 
culated in the seme way as in Serbo-Croatian? <5, n; a, t$ r, k; 
x, nij y, h; h; ji; 

(c) consonants that do not exist in English? x; y; 

L; h>; je>; p. 

The consonants of the last two groups will be taken up indi¬ 
vidually. 

(A) Serbo-Croatian consonants that exist in English but are 
pronounced differently . 

(1) M n M , rt <5 M ; M r% are articulated in the same way 
as the corresponding English M p M , M b M , M g" (as in goal), M k M 9 ex¬ 
cept for the fact that these English consonants are aspirated 
whereas the Serbo-Croatian are not. 


<5a<5a 

<5e(5a 

6y6a 

nana 

nona 

6 a<5e 

6e6e 

(5y(5e 

nane 

none 

<5a6n 

6e6n 

(5y(5H 

nann 

n6nn 

<5a(5y 

6e6j 

6v(5y 

nany 

nony 

6a6o 

6e6o 

6y6o 

nano 

nono 

*The 

sonorants can 

stand next to 

voiced or 

voiceless conso< 


nants, either precede them or follow them; a voiced and a voice¬ 
less consonant cannot stand next to each other. If a voiced pre¬ 
cedes a voiceless, the voiced is converted into its voiceless 
variety. If a voiceless precedes a voiced, it is converted into 
its voiced variety (regressive assimilation). 









- 10 - 


K&na 

nera 

ryna 

ryKe 

Bor 

Kane 

n&re 

E6ra 

K&ny 

nery 

ryKy 

B6ry 

K&no 

n&ro 

t^ko 



( 2) m a% m t m are articulated differently from the corre¬ 
sponding English ^d 11 , M t M . In English they are alveolar and are 
pronounced with aspiration; in Serbo-Croatian they are dental 
and are pronounced without aspiration. ( 



English "d" 

H t N. 

Serbo-Croatian 11 

a". "t 1 

tongue 

ridge 

point against teeth- 

tongue 

teetb 

point against 

upper 

A ©A 

A©xe 

T^Ta 

Anna 

T^na 

KyAa 

A^Aa 

T^Aa 

Abda 

T&de 

K^.Aa 

ryxa 

a^ Ay 

T^Aa 

A&K 

T§.KO 

tslah 

d^AH 

A&A© 

T&Ta 

Afra 

T^ra 

naAa 

dHTH 


(3) The Serbo-Croatian M * M , 11 
from the corresponding English 
in bishop) 1 



The English w g M . as In measure, 
and M as In bishops 

Tongue raised so as to approach 
the blade to the teethridge and 
the front of the tongue to the 
hard palate; tongue spread lateral¬ 
ly 


m M are articulated differently 
(as in measure) and M J fcM (as 



Serbo-Croatian “ac 11 and ’’in 1 * ; 
Tongue point against gums of 
lower teeth; tongue blade 
raised towards teethridge 


scad a 

niana 

nyjK 

ryuia 

scera 

iuyra 

rfyMca 

r^me 

Kyxa 

ui&da 

nyxy 

r^uni 

DKH3Ka 

uiera 

nyace 

rymo 














- 11 - 


(4) The Serbo-Croatian " v M are articulated differently 

from the corresponding English M cjg H (as in gin) and M y* M (as in 
chin )i \ \ 



Engl ish ** as in gin, and Serbo-Croatian w u H and “y 1 * ; 

as in chins Blade of the tongue against 

Blade and part of the front the teethridge 
of the tongue against the border 
of the teethridge and the hard 
palate, followed by an explosive 
release and the tongue moving 
down so as to come between the 
teethridge and the lower teeth 


yaK 

H&uia 

nave 

w 

yen 

vena 

w 

nyve 

yHH 

HHTa 

nbve 

6yua 

vyna 

nbve 


(5) The Serbo-Croatian "r" 



English tt n tl ; 

Tongue point against the 
teethridge, with sides touching 


is pronounced differently from 



S e rbo-Croa t la n 11 h h ; 

Tongue point against the upper 
teeth 


In both languages this consonant is nasal. Consequently, 
the air flows through the mouth and the nose. As a result of this, 
any vowel occuring next to it is partially nasalized. 


\\ 

Ham 

AaH 

caiiTa 

hSsc 

Aana 

caHTe 

Hera 

A any 

CaHTH 

HHKH 

AaHe 

caHTy 

HyAH 

AaHH 

cShto 


(6) The Serbo-Croatian is articulated in the same way as 
the English clear H 1 M (as in M lily M ), that is, with the tongue 
point against the teethridge and with the sides of the tongue 
free (lateral consonant). The student should guard from using the 
dark variety of the English "l" (as in "mill") for rendering the 
Serbo-Croatian 








* 












; 






































jiyjia 

JiaJia 

jijjie 

Jlejia 

jiyjm 

jiojia 

jLfjry 

ji&na 

jiyjio 



(B) Serbo-Croatian consonants that do not exist In English ; 

(l) The Serbo-Croatian H x M is articulated by forming a nar¬ 
row passage between the back of the tongue and the velum, and by 
forcing air through the passages 



Mex 

M&xa 

M&xy 

p$-xo 

tAxo 


o 

xe j 

x'ajro 

x&Ta 

x^Aa 

xyKa 


(2) The Serbo-Croatian M n M is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the back of the lower teeth, and the blade 
of the tongue against both the upper teeth and the teethridge 
(it is preferable to have the teeth closed during this articu¬ 
lation) s 



liana 


liana 

Jivine 

Il6na 

Man a 

<5yna 

Myna 


(3) The Serbo-Croatian M b w and "k" are articulated by pres¬ 
sing the tongue tip against the lower teeth, and the blade of the 
tongue against the teetnnuge. a very narrow passage is left 
between the tongue and the lower teeth (in the middle of the 
tongue) to let the air pass throughs 






h&Ka 

r&he 

jiafye 

^M 

k&he 

nSk 

Jiafyu. 

i)bH 



JiSfyy 

i>fpa 

hk\y 

HOk 

Jiafyo 

^HAa 

h&tio 

Kyka 


(4) The Serbo-Croatian is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the lower teeth, and the blade of the 
tongue against(both the teethridge and)the fore part of the 
hard palate. Being a nasal sound, the velum is left open; 



H^TOB 

6hma 

H@H 

6ane 

H&XOB 

6 Aim 

MBa 

<5 any 

















' 












' 





















- 13 — 


(5) The Serbo-Croatian H jb tt is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the lower teeth, and the blade of the tongue 
against (both the teethridge and) the fore part of the hard pal¬ 
ate. The velum is closed. Being a lateral sound, an opening is 
left on both sides of the tongue to let the air pass through: 

jb'kra. Kaj&a 

Jbe^> o 

»&o. 2 >a K&^>e 

»i>yjba K$\a>a 

(6) The Serbo-Croatian M p M is articulated by raising the 
tongue point towards the teethridge and by causing the tongue 



If the tongue point is trilled more than three times (if 
there are more than three taps), ”p rt becomes a vowel. The ,! p M 
is used in Serbo-Croatian as a vowel in the following cases: 

(a) between two consonants in the middle of a word; 

(b) in the middle of a word, before the vowel w o M 
which was originally an and was converted into " o M , in which 
case the “p 1 ’ is marked with two dots; 

(c) in front of a consonant at the beginning of a 
word; when a prefix is added to such a word, the "p 11 still re¬ 
mains a vowel. 



"p M as a consonants 


p&Ha 

6§ipa 

pena 

(5&pe 

pfttfa 

6Spa 

p$6a 

(56pa 

pjrKa 

<5fpa 


np&TH capMa 

npeTH <5^p(5a 

npSna cBtlpKa 

npoTa ^6p<5a 

npyke acj-pda 


H p M as a vowel 


(a) 

(b) 

, <®> 

CptfHH 

yM^o 

p^aB 

X^B^T 

rpoue 

pBa'i 

6 PAO 


PT^ 

UPB 

cpue 


3ap|>, 








. 



























14 - 


CYR/LL/C ALPHABET 

ITTPIJ DD/h/rcn 


PP/N TED 

WRITTEN t} 

pumrfc 

SYMBOL 

PRINTED 

WRITTEN l) 

2) 

PHOWtC 

SYMBOL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

A 

a 

"p/l 

'' 4 s s' 

i 

a 

H 

H 

✓ V* 

2 J 

'S+C 

n 

B 

6 

r 


b 

H> 

H> 


2 3 
/✓ 

/ 

Ji 

B 

B 

* A 

X 

V 

o 

0 

^ -*r“ / 

<5,. 

> 

0 




i 




NX 

1 * S 


r 

r 

,1 


9 

m 

n 

<z 

jt,l 

sits 

A* 

1 

P 

A 

A 

+ 

Si 

i ^ 

rT> 

d 

p 

P 

& 

I 1 

X 

A* 

r 

■B 

* 


if 

dp 

c 

c 

e 

f'JJ 


s 

E 

e 

%*" 

1/2 

yC 

e 

T 

T 

£ 

Xuc 

t 

E 

3K 



5 

7i 

h. 

£ 



3 

3 

A 1 

S' 

/'A 1 

1 

*y*3 

f 

' is 

z 

y 

y 

¥ 

ft 

* /c 
xfx 

a 

H 

H 

% 

4 4 

• 

$ 

* 

p: 


f 

J 

j 

a'* 2 


j 

X 

X 


' / 

S 

1 

X 

K 

K 

A* 

/* 

i 

k 

n 

A 

i jl 

* s 

44 

N 

ts 

Jl 

Jl 


j A 1 

t^ 

i 

H 

4 

% 

X 

V 

Jb. 

M 

J> 

M 

ci/b 

V/' 

.. 

y(? 

Uu 

x 

m 

W 

hi 

y 

in 

/'/* 

% 

fa 

/ 

* 3 

4/ 
J ,'Ufa 4 
^ iT* 

/// 

fa 

! 


1) When writing the letters, begin each stroke as indicated and 

follow in the direction of the arrow. The numbers near the arrows 
Indicate the sequence of the strokes. Follow this sequence. 


2) As used by the International Phonetic Association (when reference 
is made to a consonant in this course, only the Cyrillic charac¬ 
ter, not the phonetic symbol, will be used). 



























■ 

' 


■r. • . 






























SAMPLE OF SERBO-CROATIAN HANDWRITING 


dstZie '/hi'? C Toy ,COc4l <//&&#/ c h/^Jh^^Ktf/hil/t. 
‘/lluZcis /Ciu£- hi? c In /Cclm/ '^letuuc. 

< /liuccc' hi y/uune. ? cytiuwxxxy/uMi^^ ye&cuc. 

tf/ojti je&iift ccZ-yttuzie ? //a- -co?cyuiM. e'Hisieoui . 

Qd Ml ^ MC£UC/CO' ICUUlliUCll CfUZCJCOOC-^dlillfClL ? //iy& . 
Ui/dtcO' luifild /Id/uicj/oyicZtcZ ? $t /uiuid y&dfUA: 
old dd y? &t£t€C/Cii Mceqta-H> ? //ye- -uuqtaiod wye nu. *iaic. 
3d tyuU' Je <5Cz/uc& ^odtyi ^a^/o ? ^iye, ^/Aciyv. 
^mouLo" Jtu^e tuye zzaqcsMcs^r 

A? sic/y^ cfoAcyt ? J6tt^u£ 

fia^ufsttXute jet, ZoAcytu^c? 

^a^/zczy ^ ^^-^oeuce ? 

%Lutcv jUtstZca, 'Auzjxzczo^ustc ? AAuZos y^uZlcc s^ta^tu, " 

U{c 3?t6u sUCUOZ, ZZtO £HJ%stlC ? itc r&tuissStcr: 


4^e*UtsK> '' 


t-CO --K> il 


>2icuccc, saz^ ?££ fiO/d^Aces . 


^/ZUL sU*tC6UlC£ ^ChAtCl'C ? &*tC<Z*tC£y 'tthtU&sfoC sto ZZh£C£U£B . 
zut~ MssK&uce '£t&ficy ? ^ zze^cr^o zzcui/^/v- 




- 16 -i 


VI PRONUNCIATION DRILL SENTENCES 


1 - 

2J% . Ja caM jrneHHK . 

/ 2. Th ch }neHHK« 

Bfi CT© J-HCHHK. 

£ 4^ Oh Jjb JH©hhk. 

35o Mh qmo 
6o Bh CTe ^hchhuh. 

I® R. Ohh cy 
/ -8-« Ja caM HacTaBHHK o 
U IK Bh CT© HaC TaBHHKo 
~] 10* 6h j© HacTaBHHK. 
\Zati*o MS CMO HaCTaBHHHH o 
/0B2,» 6 hh cy Hac trbhhijh. 

13. IIItA caM ja? 

14* BS ct© Hac t aBHHK. 

15. UlT^L CT© BS? 

16. Ja caM ^HeHHKo 
17 o A hitA ch t8? 

18o M ja caM J-HeHHKo 
Cf 1IIt& je 6 h? 

20. H 6h je ^hchhk. 

21. HIt& CTe bh h 6h? 

22. Mh CMO ^HeHHI^Ho 
// 25-. IUt& cy 6hh? 

24. 6hh cy J-neHHi^H. 


I am a student . 

You are a student.(informal) 
You are a student, (formal) 
He is a student. 

We are students . 

You are students. 

They are students. 

I am an Instructor . 

You are an instructor. 

He is an instructor. 

We are instructors . 

They are instructors. 

What am I? 

You are an instructor. 

What are you? (formal) 

I am a student. 

And what are you? (informal) 
I, too , am a student. 

What is he? 

He, too, is a student. 

What are you and he? 

We are students. 

What are they? 

They are students. 



















• 17 - 


25 o IHtSi CTe bE? 

What are you? 

26 o JS caM 

OCj&IIHPo 

I am a commissioned officer. 

27 o A iiitSl CTe bE? 

And what are you? 

28, Ja caM 

n8flO({)HI]jHpo 

I am a non-commissioned officer, 

29. A bh? 


And you? 

30 o Ja caM 

3 Sc T EBHSk o 

I am a warrant officer. 

51. HtHl je 

B&III ^2h? 

What is your rank? (formal) 

32 . JS c aM 

Kank t5h • 

I am a captain. 

33. UIx& je 

b Smi hEh? 

What is your rank? 

34o JS caM 

n'bpyHHHK c 

I am a first lieutenant. , 

35 o A uitSl je skin ^2 h? 

And what is your rank? 

36. JS caw 

nbTnOPYHHKKo 

I am a seoond lieutenant. 

37. IUt a je 

skill HHH? 

What la your rank? 

38. Ja caM 

CTaPHjH B^flHHK. 

I am a master sergeant. 

39. A hitSl je bSuh *iEh? 

And what Is your rank? 

40. J£ caM 

BbflHHK. 

I am a sergeant first olass. 

41. IiM je 

tb6.1 ^2h? 

What is your rank? (informal) 

42. Jt caM 

M^kbE b6ahhk. 

I am a sergeant. 

43 o IUtJl je 

bIui hEh? 

What is your rank? 

44. J£ caM 

fleck tSp. 

I am a corporal. 

45. A Bkiu? 


And yours? 

46 « JS caM 

6 opau. 

I am a private first olass. 

47. A TB^j 

H0H? 

And your rank? 

48. JS caM 

tftfpau. 

I am a private. 


























! •% . ' J 


■ 









- 18 - 


49° K& cTe B0? 

50® Ja caM KaneTan IjoH /tdty) ° 

51 o IIIt& je rocnbflHH Ro{j) ® 

52 ® 8h je Kan^TaH. 

55o K& caM jS? 

54. Bh cTe Hac TaBHHK toch^ahh 

n^TpOBHi. . 

55® IUtIl je nyKQBHHK (rocnbflHH ) 
Cmht? 

56 o Oh je KOM^HflaHT . 

57. K& je n6TnyKQBHl!K? 

58. n&TnyKOBHHK (FOCnbAHH ®0H3 . 

59* Ko je Majop ? 

60® PocnoAHH Eeji je M^jop. 

61 o IIItcI ey nyKOBHHK, n^TnyKOBHHK 

h M&jop? 

62 • 6hh cy b&hih o^hhhph q 

63 o IilTa cy KaneTaH, nSpyvHHK h 
n^TnopynHHK? 

64o 6hh cy HkysH ocfomHpH ® 

65® HIt& cy cTkpnjS boahhk, boahhk 

H b6aHHK? 

66® Ohh cy n^flod)HHHpH , 

67 o A hite je Aec&Tap? 

68® M oh je n&AO($HAHpo 

69o K& je reHepaJi (^eHepaji) • 

70® Pocn^AHH CTHJiBeJi je reHepsU® 
71® HIt& cy reH&pa.3 h <56pau? 


Who are you? 

I am Captain John Doe. 

What is Mr. Doe? 

He is a Captain. 

Who am I? 

You are the instructor, Mr. 

IleTpoBHh ® 

What is Colonel Smith? 

He is the commandant . 

Who is a lieutenant colonel ? 

Lieutenant colonel Jones. 

Who is a major? 

Mr. Beilis a major. 

What are the colonel, the 
lieutenant colonel, and the major? 

They are field grade officers . 

What are the captain* the first 
lieutenant and the second 
lieutenant? 

They are company grade officers . 

What are the master sergeant, 
the sergeant first class and the 
sergeant? 

They are non-commissioned 
officers . 

And what is the corporal? 

He, too, is a non-commissioned 
officer. 

Who is a general ? 

Mr. Stillwell is a general. 

What are the general and the 
private? 






























72O 6hH cy BOjHHUH o 


They are soldiers . 


75® KIlko je B&uie &mc? 

74® Moje &Me je XpiicTH^op 

HHXH(|)6pOBHii o 

75. Kkno je TBbje hue, a k^lko 
je TBoje np^3HMe ? 

76o Mb je &Me je P&.i>a* a Mbje 
npe3HMe Xkynii. 

77o K&ko je Mbje frMe? 

78 o Bloue ikite je “BSp^e HhhhhL® 

79® K&ko je Blkme &mc? 

80® Mbje &Me je rj>ryp Mhje>kobh}io 

81® Ja caM CjbOHH, a hits CTe b'h? 

82* Ja caM AMepHKaHau ® 

83® Kb je Xpbslt? 

84® PocnoflHH MbniTpoBHh je x£>BaT 


What (' how' 1 ) is your name ? (formal) 

My name Is XpHCTH(|)op 
Hnh.H(f)OpOBilh. © 

What Is your first name , and 
what is your last name? (informal) 

My first name is Pe^a, and my 
last name Xaywiio 

What is my name? 

Your name is 'Eop^e HhhhkX® 

What is your name? 

My name is Fpryp MhakobhL • 

I am a Serb , and what are you? 

I am an American . 

Who is a Groat ? 

Mr.MeiiiTpoBHii is a Groat. 


85® UIt& be yHHTe? 

86o Ja y^HM jesHK® 

87« KbjH jb3HK y^HTe? 


88 ® 

89* 


^HHM cfh 
jeSHK® 

Th yHHm 



je3HK® 


What do you study ? (formal) 

I study the language. 

What ( which" ) language do you 
study? 

I study the Serbian language 
and the Croatian language. 

You study the Serbo-Croatian 
language, (informal) 


90o ynilM cpncKOX^aSTCKH 

jesHK. 

91 * flbcSpo , a nbjH jbaHK y^H 
nbpynHHK Xpede^anoBHii? 

92® H OH yHH CpnCKOXpBaTCKF jbsHK® 


Yes . I study the Serbo-Croatian 
language. 

All ri ght , and what language 

does First Lieutenant Xpe6e®baHOBHii 

study? 

He too p studies the Serbo- 
uroatian language. 

































” 20 = 

93o A KbjH jbsHK Kan^TaH 
F^Guh. h b6ahhk Ct6ihobh}i? 


94. H 6hh J-ne cpncKoxJ)BaTCKH 
j e 3 hk e 

95o KbjS j^3HK yHHTe bh h cTa- 
pHjH BbAHHK P&HHk? 

96o Mh ^HHMO CpnCR^XpBaTCKH 

j b 3HK e 


97. jits, bh r^BopHTe cpncno- 
x^bStckh? 

98. H&, .jg He rbBopHM cpncKo- 

X^BETCKHo 

99. A^c^Tap Dohs rbBopS 
C pnc KCxJiBaTC KH? 

100 o Hh 'oh ho, rbsopHo 

101o Kb Jm jbsHK rbBopHTe bh h Sh? 

102. H 6h h ja rbBppHMO bHiyreckia . 

103. th rbBopiim cpncKO- 
x^BarcKH? 

104. Hlc 

105. jXk jm Cmht v XaMHJiTOH rbBope 
CpnCKOXpBaTCKH? 

106. Hbj, He roBope hh ohh. 

107. JX a Jivi Bain Hac TaBHHK roBopn 
bHr^ecKH? 

108 o JX\ 9 h&iii Hac TaBHHK rbBopii 
^HrviecKHo 

109. JXh. jm je e h rJiec kh je3HK 
TescaK ? 

110. Hb* ^HrjiecKH HHje t^mk» 

111. Jlk jm je cpncKCxJ)BaTCKH £an? 

112. He 9 cpncKOx^BaxcKH HHje j&k, 

H^ro TeiaKo 


And what language do Captain 
PpdHland Sergeant First Glass 
CxoinoBHk study? 

They s too 5 study the Serbo- 
Croatian language. 

What language do you and 
Master Sergeant PaHHk study? 

We study the Serbo-Croatian 
language. 


Do you spea k Serbo-Croatian? 

(formal) 

No , I do not speak Serbo-Croatian. 

Does Corporal Jones speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

He does not speak either . 

What language do you and he 
speak? 

Both he and I speak English . 

D o you speak Serbo-Croatian? 
Tinformal) 

No. 

Do Smith and Hamilton speak 
Serbo-Croatian? 

No 5 they do not speak either. 

Does your instructor speak 
English? y 

Yes ? our instructor speaks 
English. 


Is the English language 
difficult ? 

No s English is not difficult. 

Is Serbo-Croatian easy ? 

No ? Serbo-Croatian is not easy* 
but difficult. 



























































' 

' 

. 





















- 21 - 


115® Rjk jm ,je jiAkq roBbpHTH 
eHrJiBcKH? 

114o Rk, JiaKO je roBbpHTH ©HrjiecKH. 
115® fla jm .je TeinKO roBbpHTH 

CpnCKCXf)BaTCKK? 

116o flA, TeuiKO je roBbpHTH 
c pnc k o x J)b a tc kh ? 

117® kAko r^BopH bHrjiecKH 
rocnb^H Uoh3 ? 

118- 6h A&<5po roBopa ©HrJiecKH® 

119® Kino r^Bopi! rocnbflHH IJohs 

CpnCKOX^BETCKH? 

120. Oh rbBopn cpncKOX^BaTOKH 
bbaBo . 

121 - K6 je flo6ap yneHHK? 

122- BpayH je A^dap ^eHHKo 

123- Rk jm je Cmht pfraB jKeHHK? 

124- Rh 9 Cmht je £>^aB jfHB hhk- 

125- 3&hito je 6 h £|»aB JKeHHK? 

126- 5h je £^aB, jep HHje naacj>HB . 

127- Kojn ^neHHK je nais^HB? 

128. £b(5ap yneHHK je n^HB- 

129. Rk jib je AO(5po (5 hth na^BHB? 

130- Ri 1, A^dpo je 6 &th naJKjbHBo 

131- R& jtsl je Abdpo 6 &th HenkacAHB ? 

132- He 9 HHje A^dpo (5 &th Hen^HB. 


Is It easy to speak English? 

Yes, it is easy to speak English. 

Is it difficult to speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

Yes, it is difficult to speak 
Serbo-Croatian. 

How does Mr. Jones speak English? 

He speaks English well. 

How does Mr. Jones speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

He speaks Serbo-Croatian badly . 

Who is a Rood student. 

Brown is a good student. 

Is Smith a bad student? 

Yes, Smith is a bad student. 

Why is he a bad student? 

He is bad, because he is not 
attentive . 

Which student is attentive? 

The good student is attentive. 

Is it good to be attentive? 

Yes, it is good to be attentive. 

Is it good to be inattentive ? 

No, it is not good to be in¬ 
attentive. 


133, 


R& JIK BH 
rbBopHM?” 


1HT& 


Do you understand what I am 
"°ving? 


134- He pasyMeM hit a bh rbsopHTe? 
155- 3aiiiTO He paayMeiii ? 


i ao not understand what you 
are saying. 

Why don 8 t you understand ? 

(informal) 






























. ■■ Cl ' 











, 












■ 





































- 22 - 


I do not understand, because 
you speak fast . 


156, He pasyMeM^ j£p roBopHTe Ppso . 


137 o 0 jits, bh h 6h pas^Mexe k&a 
r^BopifM nOJISLKQ ? 

138, 0 i 9 p asyMe mo k&a roBopfixe 
noji^Ko o 


Do you and he understand when 
I speak slowly ? 

Yes, we understand when you 
speak slowly. 


139o jth_ 6hh pas^Me.jy k&a bh Do they understand when you 

r&sopHTe cpncKo^pBaxcKH? speak Serbo-Croatian? 

140 o 6hh He pasyMejy <&a ja rbBopHMo They do not understand when I 

speak. 


141, 0 jm^MapHk pasyMe k&a ja 
r&BOpHM? 

142, 0, oh paayMeo 

143, 0. jihjbh pas^Mexe k&a ja 
rbBopHM dp30 ^Hr^recKH? 

144, 0 9 p as y Me mo k&a bh (5p3 0 
rbBopHxe eHrjieeKii. 


Does Mapnh understand when I 
speak? 

Yes, he understands. 

Do you understand when I 
speak English quickly? 

Yes, we understand when you 
speak English quickly. 


145, IHxa bh ynHTe AaHac? 

146, /],aHac ja ^hhm Aa hhxslm . 
147 o JXi i jm h th ^hhih Aa Hkxani? 


148 H ja 

149, Ulxlt BH H OH ^HHTe Aa HHXaxe ? 


150, Mh yhhmo a& nfoxaMO cpncKO- 
XbBlTCKS, 


151, Kano HHTajy £>hh e puck o- 

X^BaTCKHe 

152, 6hh H^iTljy A^>6pOo 

153, 0 ji h je HHTlifce xeimco? 

154, H&XaXH CpnCKOX^BSTCKH HHje 
TeiUKO o 


155, 0 -7TH je xeuiKO fo b&phxh 
CpnCKOXpBaTCKH? 


What are you learning today ? 

Today, I am learning to read . 

Are you , too, learning to read ? 
(informal) 

Yes, I, too, am learning. 

What are you and he learning to 
read ? 

We are learning to read Serbo- 
Croatian. 

How do they read Serbo-Croatian? 

They read well. 

Is reading difficult? 

To read Serbo-Croatian is not 
difficult. 

Is it difficult to speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

















































' 







■ 
















































. 























156. 

157. 

158. 

159 o 

160. 

161 o 

162 o 

163 o 
l64o 
165o 
166 • 

167. 

168. 

169. 
170c 
171. 
172 o 

173. 

174. 

175. 
176 o 

177. 

178. 


- 23 - 


Hkje TeniKo 9 suih HHje hh ... . is not difficult, but it is not 

.kAko. easy either. 


M^hm,kIlko ee Kaace ’’Good Please , how is “Good morning” said 
morning”? TKowdoes one say “Good morning”) 7 


»»Good morning" ce name 


“Good morning” is said “£o(5po 
jyrpo" 


XBajiao A k&ko ce Ktitace Thank you . And how is “Good day” 

“Good“ day”? said? 


"Good day" ce KSste "£6<5ap “Good day” is said ”£o(5ap flaH", 

fltH ". 

kSko ce KSsce “Good evening”? How is “Good evening” said? 

"Good evening" ce Ka^e “Good evening” is said ”£o(5po 

" £6(5po B&ve ". eene". 

M6jihm, k&ko ce Kaie "So Please 5 how is “So long” said? 

long”? 

"So long" ce nf^e " £oBHbe- “So long” is said "/Iobh^m". 
H>a" • 

Klko ce naie "Good-bye"? How is “Good-bye” said? 
"Good-bye" ce K^e "366 tom". “Good-bye” is said “3<5oroM"c 
KAko cTe? How are you? 

£66po caM ? xBaka. I am all right 5 thank you. 


UlTa 3HEHH " btK "? 

To 3HEHH "pupil". 

A hit£i s?HaHH "ivHTejb"? 

To snaHK "teacher® 1 o 

£a jih bh 3Haie hit& shShh 
"nkscjbHB"? 

Jg t 6 He 3HaM o 

K6 sna ? 

Mh t6 h6 shImq . 

£a jm th to 3Hain? 

Ja 3 hSm o TS 3HanH “attentive 


What does “b aK “ mean ? 

That means “pupil” . 

And what does “yvHTe^” mean? 

That means “teacher” . 

Do you know what “najo>HB“ means? 


I do not know that. 

Who knows ? 

We do not know that. 

Do you know that? (informal) 

Ml know,That means “attentive”. 






















































. 














» 


; 

































- 24 ~ 


179. Mdpoo A s&iiitq 6 hh He 

3Ha,jy? 

180o Rhh h^ 3HEJy, jep KHcy 
n^.3KJbHBH fraUHo 


All right. And why don't they know ? 

They do not know because they are 
not attentive pupils . 


181. 

182. 

183. 

184o 

185. 

I860 

187. 

188 o 

189. 

190. 

191. 
192 o 


hit It ja hHtSm? 

Bh n&TETe uitI shSihh 

"nAscAHB”? 

A uit& b® OflrbBSpare r 
Ja QflrbBapaM g n He shIm”. 
K&a ^hshhk oarbslpf? 

Ki.A 3 Ha UITil HaCTaBHHK 

n®Ta. 

KAa nHTaiy? 

£)hh nHTajy kIla He pae^Mejy 

nMiaae . 

3Iiuto th He OAPbsapam? 

He OAP&Blpak^ j@p He 3H»u 


What am I asking ? 

You are asking what "nasc^HB" means? 
And what do you answer ? 

"I don't know”. 

When does the student answer ? 

When he knows what the instructor is 

asking . 

When do the students ask (questions)? 

They ask (questions) when they do 
not understand the question. 

Why don 0 1 you answer ? (informal) 

I am not answering because I don't 
know. 


3&HIT0 b® h 8 h h© oArbBapaxe? Why are you and he not answering? 

He oarfosSpaMo , jep shImo. We are not answering because we 

don't know. 


S ^ 

193 . Hmsltg jus, a&hec nncaae? 

194. HmImo h naq&e h nfiTa&e . 

195. ^mIih ji h th nfepo h n^nflp? 

196. kaM h nbpo h nknKp. 

197 o JXk jm je nacaae xeniKO? 

198. H&je hh JiitKO hh TeiHKOo 

199. Kano ee name " paa^MeTK "? 
200o T8 ce name M p.a. 3.y. m.c • - 

TeHo W o 

201 o A kIko ce nine " shIth ”? 

202. To ce n®me w 8oH.Lt.h. m . 


Do you have writing today? 

We have both writing and reading. 

Do you have pen and paper ? (informal) 
I have both pen and paper. 

Is writing difficult? 

It is neither easy nor difficult. 

How JLs " to understand " written? 

That is written " p. a. 3 . y. m. e. t. h. ». 
And how is " to know " written? 

That Is written " 3. h, a, t. h, “ „ 























































' 















. 


. 






, 












. 

■ 




- 






















■ 




















- 25 - 


203 0 HIt& k Mgjy )neHHnH flaHac? What do the students have today? 

204« 6hh HMajy HHTase h nHcaHje. They have reading and writing. 


205* UIt& je t3? 

206 * 6bo je p&HHHK• 

207• Hh.Ih je to p^hhhk? 

208. 6bo je MQ j 

209* ^Hja je to dbjreacHHira? 

210* 6bo je Moja gbjieaeHHHa . 
211 * Hk.le je to nepo ? 

212* 6bo je Mbje nepo* 

213. Kb com ja? 

214* Bh CTe HaCTRBHHKo 
215* Hkjn caM ja h^lcT aBHHK? 

216* Bh CTe Hater HaeTaBHHK . 

217. jas. je 6bo Tebja KH&ra? 

218. to je B&uia . 

219. Koja je ne fob a bjiQBKa? 

220. 6ho je aeroBa bjrbBKa. 

221. Ah jm je tS aeroBQ nbpo? 

222. Hnje. 6bo je Mbje nepo. 

223. A nbje je EbbroBO? 

224* 6ho je neroBO. 

225. Kbjn je h^tob p^hhhk ? 

226. 6ho je aeroB pbvHHK* 

227. .Abdpo je HMara pevHHK. 


What is that ? 

This is a dictionary. 

Whose dictionary is that? 

This is my dictionary. 

Whose notebook is that? 

This is my notebook . 

Whose pen is that? 

This is my pen. 

Who am I? 

You are an instructor. 

Whose instructor am I? 

You are our instructor . 

Is this your book ? (informal) 

No, that is yours , (formal) 

Which is his pencil ? 

That one over there is his pencil. 

Is that his pen ? 

It isn e t. This is my pen. 

And which is his? 

That one over there is his. 

Which is his dictionary? 

That one over there is his 
dictionary., 

It Is good to have a dictionary. 






















, 












' 

























































228 


- 26 - 


It is easy to study , when the 
dictionary is good. 


JI&ko je K^A je 

P&hhhk AO(5 ap c 


229. jih je 6bo H&ma mra ? 
230o Hiije, to je AcobRo 
231 o && jlr je t6 h&xobo nepo? 

232. HHje, t6 je H&jne . 

233. jivl cTe bm h&xqb 
H aCTaBHHK? 

234. H8Y jg HHcaM h$xob 

HaCTaBHHK. 

235. Hect6? A HHjii cTe? 

236. Ja caM Bam HaCTaBHHK. 

237. jm cTe bh h 6h HacTaB- 

HHIJH? 

238. He ? MH HHCMQ HaCTaBHHIJH . 

239. Hh TH HHCH HaCTaBHHK o 


240. HncaMo 


Is this our book? 

No, that (it) is theirs . 

Is that their pen ? 

It isn't, it is ours . 

Are you their instructor ? 

No. I am not their instructor. 

You are not ? And whose are you? 

I am your Instructor. 

Are you and he instructors? 

No, we are not Instructors. 

Neither are you an instructor. 

(inf ormalT”’ 

I am not. 































■ 

. 

* 


- 











VII vocabulary 


Abbreviations! 


m. 

noun, masculine 

f. 

noun, feminine 

n. 

noun, neuter 

pi. 

plural (irregular plural of nouns) 

pron.,m.f.n. 

pronoun-masculine, feminine, neuter 

ad j •, m. f.n. 

adjective-masculine, feminine, neuter 

V. 

verb, Infinitive 

pr.t. 

present tense 

adv. 

adverb 

prep. 

proposition 

con j. 

conjunction 


A 


1. a,conj. 

2. kin, conj. 

5« AMepKK&nai^ m. 

pi.sAMepuKimpi 


^ 4. Oe^eosHHiia, f. 

5« 6&TH, V. 

pr.t. $caM,cn,je,eMQ,cTe ,cy 
pr. t. 5 negative! h 6 c aM, hhck, 

HH je , HHCMO 
HHCT6 ,HMCy 

6* ddpau, m. 

pi. sddpipi 
7o adj.,m. 

<5g3a, fa 

^dpso , n. 
dpao 9 adv. 


8 . bIeIj. pron.,m. 
Bka 5 f. 

Bime s n, 

9 e bQ, pron. 

10 . bhiiih, adj„,m. 

BHiixa, f. 
bmiu§ , n. 
b&hi@, adv. 

;$oiih o^HnHp ? ra. 

11. BbAHHi^m. 

pi. S 


- and(used to contrast two words or 

- but two clauses) 

- American 


- notebook 

- to be 


— private first class; private 

- fast 3 quick 


- fast, quickly 


- your, yours 


- you ( 2 nd person plural,and 2 nd 
person singular-formal) 

- higher, taller 


- higher 

- field grade officer 
~ sergeant first class 









- '■ 




































- 28 - 


r 


12. reHepcwr (-^eHepajr) ,m. -general 

13. roB&puTH, v. to speak; to say 

pr.t.s r^BopHMjr6BopHiu,roBopH 

r&BopHMo,r^BopHTe,roBope 

14. rocn&fiHH, m. - mister (Mr.), sir 


pi .I rocnbfla 

A 

15. a a (aa) 9 adv. 

A&> conj. 

A& JL13. 

16 o a&h, m. 

17. A^-Hac, a&v. 

18. Aec^Tap, ra. 

19o A$<5ap, adj.,m. 

A&<5pa, f. 

A&(5po, n. 

A 60 po» adv. 

20. AOBH^eitaj adv. 

21 o |)£lk ? m. 
pi .l 

E 

22o eHrjiecKHj, adj.,m. 

eHiviecKa, f. 

^HiviecKO, n. 
eHrjiecKH, adv. 

3 

23. aacTaBHlKj m. 

pi. I 3ftCTaBHHU(H 

24. sIjiito, adv. 

25. 3<5&roM s adv. 

26. 3H&TH, v. 

pr.t. s 3HaM s 3Haui 9 3Ha 

3HaM3 s 3H^Te 9 3H^ajy 

27. 3HEHH 

H 

28. h, conj. 

H..oK, oonj. 

29 o kaTHj v. _ 

pr.t. : kMaM 9 iiManr 9 HMa 

^MaMOgHMaie,&Majy 

30. &Me, n. 

pi .I HMGHa 


“ yes 

- that 

- interrogative particle 

- day 

- today 

- corporal 

- good 


- well; all right 

- so long, till we meet again 


- pupil 


- English 


- warrant officer 

- why 

- good-bye 

- to know 


- (it) means 


- and 

- both...and 

- to have 


- name; first name 


- ■ 











■ 




















' 

• 

































- 29 - 


J 


31. ja, pron. 

32. j^3HK, m. 

pi.; je3Hiui 

33. j|p, conj. 

34. j^Tpo, n. 

K 

35. k&a» conj. and adv. 

36. ce 

37. k&ko, adv. 

38. Kan^TlH 9 m. 

39. Ka&ra, f. 

40. K&,_pron. 

41. k6jh, pron.m. 

ko ja, f. 

Koje, n. 

42. KOMaHfiaHT, m. 

J1 

43. ' jraK* adj.,m. 

jiaKa s f. 

J1&.KO t n. 

jraKO, adv. 

M 

44. Ma j op , m. 

45-. mh . pron. 

46. Mjia^H, adj. ? m. 

Mjra^a, f. 

MJia^§, n. 

47 . MJiatjH boahhk 
48 o mo j j pron. ,m. 

Moja, f. 

Mbje, n. 

49. MOJTHM 

H 

50o HacTaBHHK , m. 

pi. I HaCTaBHHDCH 

51. Ham^ pron. ,m. 

Hama, f. 

H&iiie, n. 

52. h^. adv. 

He(or Hh J or He) 

53. Hero, conj. 

54. Hena^HB, adj.m. 

Henaac^HBa, f. 

HenaacjbHBO, n. 

HenkisubHBO, adv. 

55. hh, conj. 

HH.....HH, COnj. 


- I 

- language 

- because 

- morning 


- if; when 

- it Is said 

- how 

- captain 

- book 

- who 

- which 


- commandant 


- easy 


- easily 


- major 

- we 

- younger 


- sergeant 

- my, mine 


- please (I beg) 


- instructor 

- our, ours 


- no 

- not (negative particle) 

- but (after negative clause) 

- inattentive 


- inattentively 

- nor 

- neither.nor 






















































- 30 - 


56. Hfexfi, adj.,m. 

H&HC&, f. 

iribcS, n. 
hhjk©, a<3v. 

ocfMijHp, m. 

It 

57. H^roB, pron. ,m. 

HabroBa, f. 

H^roBO, n. 

58. h&xob, pron.,m. 

nSxoBa, f. 
h^xobo, n. 

0 

59. 6bo, pron. 

60. oaroBapaTH, v> 

pr.t.s oflr6BapaM,oAr6Bapam, 
OAr6Bapa,oAr^BapaMo, 
OAr6B&paTe,OAr^Bapajy 

61. o^BKa, f. 

62. 3h, pron. 

63. 3hh, pron. 

64. 6ho, pron. 

65. o(J)ku;tfp, m. 

n 

66. nk^HB, adj.,m. 

n^HvbHBa, f. 

nastHBO, n. 

nkacAHBO, adv. 

67. nknSp, m. 

68 . nkpo, n. 

69. iracapbe, n. 

70. nHTaae, n. 

71. n^TaTH, v. 

n2 t aM, mt t am, n'S t a 
nHTaMo ,nSraT© ,riHTfi. jy 

72. mbie ce 

73. n&AO(|)HAHp, m. 

74. nojir.KO, adv. 

75. n6pynHHK, m. 

pi. Sn6pyvHHAH 

76. n6Tnopy vhhk, ra. 

pi.SnoTnopy^HHAH 

77. n6TriyKOBHHK, m. 

j4. sn6TnyKOBHHi];H 

78. npe3HMe, n. 

79. n^KOBHHK, m. 

pi. SnyKOBHHITH 


- lower 


- company grade officer 


- his 


- their, theirs 


- this 

- to answer 


- pencil 

- he 

- they 

- that over there 

- officer 


- attentive 


- attentively 

- paper 

- pen 

- writing 

- question 

- to ask a question, to question 


- it is written 

- non-commissioned officer 

- slowly 

- first lieutenant 

- second lieutenant 

- lieutenant colonel 

- last name, surname 

- colonel 










■ 










i' ' • ' • - 



, 




- 31 - 


P 


80. pa3^Me th , v. - to understand 

pr.t. : pa3yMeM,pa3yMeni,pa3yMe 

pa3^MeMo ? pa3VM^Te jpao^Mejy 

81. p&hhhk, in. - dictionary 

pi.Sp&HHHUH 

82. ^aB, adj. ,m. - bad 


p^ana, f. 

J)$aBO, n. 

£)*>aBO, adv. 

C 

83. CpOHHj m. 

^pl.^c^dn 

84. cpncKH, adj.,m. 

c|ncKa, f. 
cpncKO, n. 
cpncK®, adv. 

85. cpncKOxpBaTCKH, adj.,m. 

cpncKoxJ)BaTCKa, f. 
cpncKOxpBaTCKd, n. 
cpncKoxf)BaTcKH, adv. 

86. cTkpnj5 s adj.,m. 

CT&pnja, f. 
cT^pKje, n. 

CT&pHJH boahhk, m. 

T 

87. tbSJ, pron.,ra. 

tb 6ja ? f. 

TB^je, n. 

88. T^maK, adj.,m. 

T^iirKa, f. 

Tennco, n. 
t 6 iliko , adv. 

89. t 3, pron. 

y 

90. ^NeHHK, m. 

pi. : ^HeHFUH 

91. y^HTe^, m. 

92. v. 

pr.t.: ^HHM 5 yHHui»y^H 

yvHMo,^HKTe,yve 

X 

93. X£>bSt, in. 

94. x^bStckh, adj.,m. 

itpBaTCKa, f. 
xpBaTCKo, n. 

. xpBaTCKH,adv. 

95. xb&i& 9 f. 


- badly 

- Serb 

- Serbian 

- in Serbian, in Serbian 

- Serbo-Croatian | fashion 

- in Serbo-Croatian( fashion) 

- olaer 

- master sergeant 

- your, yours (informal) 

- difficult, hard 

- with difficulty 

- that 

- student 

- teacher 

- to learn, to study 

- Croat 

- Croatian 

- in Croatian (fashion) 

- thanks; "thank you" 



















. 


■ 


, JO 


- 





- 32 - 


H 

96 * hhjh, pron. ,m. 

HEja, f. 

^Hje, n. 

97. hSh, m. 

pi. 5 'EHHOBH 

98. HHTaiije, n. 

99 o HHTaTH, v. 

pr.t.s H$tTaM s HHTam,H^Ta 

hAtSmo ^HTaTe ,-^HTajy 

III 


- whose 


- rank 

- reading 

- to read 


100. UIT&J pron. 


- what 




-35- 

LESSON I 


DAILY UNIT I 


IiPBH lx EQ PART I 

flHJAJTOr EFCJ I DIALOGUE NO. 1 



/ PAC/roPFA 



1. 


2 . 


3. 


4. 


5 6 


6, 


llama nrrojia 

HacTaBHH.-c ; Ro 6 po jyTpo . 1. 

Ao(5po jyTpo * 

Hac t • iiiTa ZMaMO ca a? 2* 

CaA ZMaMO #zj a^or . 

HacT° IiiTa je flz.jajror ? 3. 

To je Ka£ roBope HacTaBHZ K 
z yneHZi;z . 

HacT « hobpo. Ko cTe bz, moahm?4. 

y~H ° Ja caM AeceTap He Tap 3eij. 

Hac t » tt 3eu tl cpncKOxpBaTCKZ 5. 

3Haaz ” rabbit ” • 

Yh ° hodpo, xsajia. 

Hac t i Kojz je obo Hac? 6. 

Yh ° Obo je npBZ vac « 


Our school 

Instructor s Good morning . 

Student s Good morning , 

Instr s What do we have now? 

St s Now we have the dialogue . 

Instr s What is a dialogue ? 

St s That is when the Instruc ¬ 
tor and the students speak, 

Instr s All right. Who are 
you* please? 

St s I am Corporal Peter Zee , 

Instr s In Serbo-Croatian 
H zee 11 means " rabbit ", 

St s All right, thank you, 

Instr s What ("which") period 
is this? 

St s This is the first period . 





















































-34- 


7* HacT ° 3Ha^H 9 flH.j ajior je 
npBH nac. 

Yh° #a, a rpaMaTHKa je 
Apyrn naco 

8. HacT ° A naA je rpaMaTHHKa 
Beac 6 a? 

£h° Besefie cy TpekH nac > 


9* HacT ° Kafl je HHTaae? 

Yh ° HHTarae h npeBofreifce je 
neTBpTH aac o 

10* HacT ° iilTa je neTH nac ? 


yn ° IlHcaH>e h npeBofreise 
Ha cpncKOxpBaTCKHo 

lie HacT ^ IilTa je niecTH nac? 


yj.i lilecTH nac je ah ja^ior o 


12* Hac t s && 9 rk jaJiosH cy 

npBH h mecTH nac o 
Yh » 3a hit a je hithbq 9 

MOJZHM? 

13* Hac T o UlTHBa cy 3a HHTarae 

h 3a npeBO^ese Ha eHiviecKH 

y~H » XBaJiao 

14 o HacT ^ A 3 a hit a je nepo? 

YhS Ilepa cy sa nHcaneo 3a 
neTH nacJ 


7# Instr s That means* the dia ¬ 
logue Is the first period* 

St s Yesj and grammar is the 
second period* 

3* Instr s And when is the gram- 
mar exercise ? 

St s The exercises are the 
third period . 

9o Instr s When is reading ? 

St s Heading and translating 
is the fourth period * 

10* Instr s What is the fifth 
period ? 

St s Writing and translating 
into ("upon") Serbo-Croatian, 

11• Instr s What is the sixth 
period ? 

Sts The sixth period is the 
dialogue * 

12 . Instr s Yes s t he dialogues 
are the first and the sixth 
periods 

St s What is the reading 
text for* please? 

13* Instr s Reading texts are for 
reading and for translating 
into ("upo n 11 ) Engl is h* 

St s Thank you* 

14* instr s And what is the pen 
for? 

St s Pens are for writing. 

For the fifth period ! 


























































-35- 


flEO PART II 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EP. 1 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. l ' 

(The numbers in front of the example sentences are those under 
which these sentences appear in the dialogues) 


PAR. 1 - NOUNS 

(3) To je nafl roBope HacTaBHHK h y^eHHun. 

(5) tT 3eu ” cpncKOxpBaTCKH 3Hann "rabbit”* 

(15)A~ itiTa je nepo? 

(9) Kafl je HHTaae ? 

Words denoting names of persons (HacTaBHHK,yHeHHH;H) animals 
(3eu;) , things (nepo), ideas (nKTane), are called nouns, 

PAR. 2 - KINDS OF NOUNS 

(4) Ja caM AeceTap HeTap 3eu* 

Nouns which are the names of individual members of any 
species (neTap) are called proper nouns, 

(4) Ja can fleceTap lie Tap 3en;« 

(3) To je Kafl roBope HacTaBHHK h yneHHflH . 

Nouns which name a species (fleceTap, HacTaBHHK, yHeHHun) 
are called common nouns. 

Nouns denoting something that cannot be seen or touched, 
but is supposed or imagined (joy, knowledge) are called abstract 
nouns 


PAR. 3 - GENDER OF NOUNS 



Every Serbo-Croatian noun has a grammatical genders 
masculine, feminine, neuter. 

Grammatical gender of nouns is determined by the letter 
in which they end, and not by the sex. 

















- 36 - 


(2) CaA HMaMO AHjajior o 

(6) Kojh je obo aac ? 

(4) Ja caM AeceTap o 

Most Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in a consonant are 
of masculine grammatical gender (AHjajior, nac, ffeceTap) o 

(?) &a. s a rpaMaTHKa je Apym Mac. 

(8) A KaA je rpaMafH^Ka Beac6a ? 

All Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in “a” are of feminine 
grammatical gender (rpaMaTHKa* Be3K<5a). 

(9) HnTaifee h npeBofreTse je ae tbpth nac« 

(l5) l!epo je sa rmcaae o 

(14) IUthbo je 3a wa^o 

All Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in H -e M (aHTase, 
npeBo^eiLe * nncai&e ) and practically all Serbo-Croatian nouns 
ending in M -oJl (nepo, hithbo) , except personal names and 
nouns in which final M -o M is preceded by a vowel* are of 
neuter gender. 

NOTE S (a) The gender of animate nouns determined by the sex is 
called natural gender. Grammatical gender is important for declension 
of nouns (Par 4) and natural gender for agreement. However* the gram¬ 
matical and the natural gender of animate nouns in most cases are the 
same. 

(b) In the vocabularies of these lessons the grammatical 
gender for all listed nouns will be given (m.- masculine, f. - feminine, 
n. - neuter). 

(c) There is no article in Serbo-Croatian. 


PAR. 4 - DECLENSION OF NOUNS 

Nouns change their form in Serbo-Croatian according to 
their function in the sentence. Each such change of form is 
called a “ case * and the procedure is called “the declension” 
of nouns. 

NOTE? There are only three cases in English? the nomi¬ 
native* the possessive* and the objective, and there are 
seven cases in Serbo-Croatian? the nominative, the genitive 
(possessive), the dative, the accusative (objective), the 
vocative, the instrumental and the locative. 


PAR. 5 - THE NOMINATIVE CASE OF NOUNS - DEFINITION AND USE 

Ja caM AeceTap. 

I am a corporal. 

( 8) A Ka A je Bescda ? 

JlHTaHje je TeniKO. 

The question is difficult. 

(15)A sa hit a J* e nepo? 

















The nouns M AeceTap' 1 , 11 Beacda 111 , M nKTaTfee 18 and M nepo M in 
the preceding sentences are in the nominative case singular. 
This is the form in which nouns are listed in the vocabularies 
of these lessons and in all dictionaries. The nominative case 
is the case most frequently used. The most common use of the 
nominative is as the subject of a verb. 

NQTS g (a) The subject is the word in a sentence about which something 
is asserted. 

(b) The nominative case, used as a subject, answers the[ 
questions "Who?* or * What ?"% 


yazTejb je oB^e • - The teacher is here. (Who is here?) 
IlHTasbe je TeuiKO. - The question is difficult. (What is 

difficult?) 





,Mh AC GST a ph . 

We re corporals 
(8) A na/i cy Beacde ? 
ih; ir.":*- cy Te:iKa. 
The quest! 

(15) ilepa / a a 


ns are difficult, 
nHcaite. 



The r 4 V-e/8Tapn M , ,j Be3Kde% Tana 11 and "nora 11 in 

the sentences above appear in a form which is different from 
the forms of the same nouns in Par. 5. Serbo-Croatian nouns, 
like English nouns, have two numberss singular and plural. 
The forms M „fteceTep“, M Beset-a w , H imrane* 9 and ” nepo* 1 in Par. 5 
are the nominative singulars and the forms n AeceTapn", 

N Bex«5e% M nHTaaa tt and . ■* iiepa" are the nominative plurals of 
the same nouns. 

The nominative plural as well as all other cases of 
Serbo-Croatian 'nouns are obtained by adding certain endings 
to the stem of nouns (Par. 7) • 







- 38 - 


in 


The nominative plural endings are s 

For all masculine nounss fleeeTap - z 

For all feminine nouns which in the nominative singular end 
M -a M : -ej Beacd - (e) 

For all neuter nouns: nzTas> - a, nep - a; 


PAR. 7 - THE STEM OF NOUNS 

The constant (unchangeable) part of nouns, the part which 
appears in all cases and to which are added the endings to form 
different cases, is called the stem . 

The nominative singular of masculine nouns ending in a con¬ 
sonant (aeceTap, yvenzK, AHjajior) is the stem itself except the 
nouns which in the nominative singular have a movable "a" (see 
Par. 17). 

The stem of all feminine nouns that end in M a M in the nom¬ 
inative singular ( CejteacHzua, BescCa, rpaMaTZKa) and of all neuter 
nouns (nepo^ jyTpo, nzTai&e) is obtained by dropping the final 
vowel. 


The nominative singular: 
AeceTap 
yveHHK 
AH j amor 
CejiescHHua 
BescCa 
rpaMaTHKa 
nepo 
jyTpo 
nzTaae 


The stem: 
AeceTap- 
yveHZK- 
AHjajror- 
be^rescHHu- 
BeJKb- 
rpaMaTHK- 
nep- 
jyTp- 
nzTait- 


PAR. 8 - CHANGE OF VELAR CONSONANTS 

(3) To je ksa roBope h HacTaBHZK z yneHzijZo 
(I3)£a, AH.1a.ao3H cy npBZ z inecTZ vac. 

**Ohz cy czpoMacz . 

They are poor-men. 

If the stem of masculine nouns end in a velar consonant 
(k, r, x), that consonant is changed in the nominative plural 
and in all other cases the ending of which begins with M z“. 

M k" turns into **if”: yneHZKj stem: yneHzir 0 > nom.pl: yneHznz 

M r M turns into *? o Azja^ror; stem: AHjajror-; nom.pl: ^zjajio3z 

“x* 1 turns into czpoMax; stemsj czpoMax-; nom.pi: czpoMacz 










TPEEH REO 


PART III 


rPAMATHHKE BEHEE EP. 1 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 


1. Use the proper form of the adjective H Aodap" 

(good) before each of the following nouns (Aodap - nom¬ 
inative singular masculine; Aodpa- nom.sing.feminine; 

Aodpo - nom.sing.neuter): 

AMepHKaHau, dejiemimja, dopau;, boahhk, renepaji, rocnoAHH, 
AaH, AoceTap, i?aK, sacTaBHHK, hm© , je3HK, jyTpo, KaneraH, 
KEmra, KOMatiAaHT, Majop, HacTaBHHK, ojioBKa, ocjbHijHp, nepo, 
nopynHHK, rianup, nncapfee, nnTaT&e, noAodimnp, noTnopyHHHK, 
nyKOBHHK, peHHHK, CpdHH, XpBaT, y^eHHK, VHHTevSb, HHH, 361];, 
HHTajfc© , niKOJia, AHjajior, Bexcda, npeBO^eae, uithbo, JieKijHja, 
pe^HHK, dpo j , cnpoMax. 

Determine the stem of the following nouns: 

Boahhk, reHepajr, a&h, Aecerap, *>aK, 3acTaBHHK, je3HK, 
jyTpo, Kane Tan, KTmr§} 9 KOMaHAaHT, Majop, HacTaBHHK, ojiOBKa, 
ocfMnnp, nopyaHHK, nannp, nepo, nHeaite, XpBaT. 


3. Give the nominative plural of the following 
nouns: 

Boahhk, reHepaji, AaH, AeceTap, ^aK, je3HK, KOMaHAaHT, 
AHj aJior, cnpoMax, dejieKHHiia, KHsHra, ojioBKa, rpaMaTHKa, 
JieKUHja, Beacda, nepo, uithbo, nHTai&e. 


4 



. Translate into Serbo-Croatian: 
My dictionary is big. 

My grammar is big. 

My pen is big. 

Our dictionary is not good. 

Our grammar is not good. 

Our pen is not good. 

• Your dialogue is easy. 

Your lesson is easy. 

Your reading text is easy. ^ 
He is the first student. 

She is the first student. 

This is the first reading text. 
This is the last dialogue., 
"'This is the last period. 

These are dictionaries. 

These are pencils. 

.These are pens. 


tv 


uuxJk* 






PART IV 


HETBPTH JxEO 

LITHBO EPOJ 1 READING- TEXT NO, 1 

Hama jieKDiHja 

IIpBH Aeo je Anjajioro J \pyrn Aeo je rpaMaTHKa* TpeEn Aeo 
je rpaMaTH^Ka Be»c( 5 ao HeTBpTH Aeo je cpncKOxpBaTCKO hithbO® 
lie th a©o cy nnTaH>a Ha to ithbo» IilecTH Aeo je eHivrecKO iiithbo 
sa npeBO^eHje Ha cpncKOxpBSTCKHo CeAMH Aeo je penHHK• 

IIpBH Aeo je 3a npBH h uiecTH nac<> Apyrn Aeo je 3a ApyrH 
nac. TpeEn Aeo je sa TpeEH ^ac o He tbpth Aeo h nexn Aeo cy 3a 
neTBpTH naco iilecTH Aeo je 3a nem nac. UiecTH Aeo je 3a npe- 
Boijeae Ha cpncKOxpBaTCKH h 3a AHKTaTo 

3a npBH nac AaHac HMaMo AHjamor 6poj jeAaH, a 3a iiiecTH 
nac HMaMO ah j amor <5poj ABa® 3a npBH nac cyTpa hmsmo ah jamor 
6poj ABa g a 3a mecTH nac hmsmo Tpehn ah jamor® IIIthbo dpoj 
jeAaH je sa AaHac, a hithbo (5poj ABa je 3a cyTpao 


IIETK 23.EO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 IIITHBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON READING- TEXT NO. 1 


lo IllTa je npBH Aeo? 

2o IilTa je ApyrH Aeo? 

3 * IilTa je TpeEH Aeo? 

4 o IilTa je ne tbpth Aeo? 

5 . IilTa je neTH Aeo? 

6 o IilTa je mecTH Aeo? 

7 o IilTa je ceAMH Aeo? 

8 * 3 a ko j h ^ac je npBH Aeo? 

9 o 3 a ko j h nac je ApyrH Aeo? 

10 o 3 a ko j h nac je TpeEn Aeo? 

11o 3 a ko j h nac je ne tbpth Aeo? 
12o 3 a ko j h Mac je neTH Aeo? 

13 o 3 a ko j h nac je mecTH Aeo? 

14 « Kojn Aeo je 3 a AHKTaT? 

15 ® Kojn Aeo je sa npeBo^eae? 

16 o KaA HMaMo ah jamor 0 poj jeAaH? 
17 o KaA HMaMo ah jamor < 5 poj ABa? 












-41- 

18 . KaA hmomo Tpe^H . AHjaJior? 

19. KaA HMaMO iuthbo dpoj jeAaH? 

20. KaA HMaMO iuthbo <5poj Asa? 

^ETBPTh AEO PART VI 

BKKfcA M3 IIFEBO'EEHrA EPCJ .1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE HO, 1 

Our school. We study Serbo-Croatian 
Today we have our first lesson. Our lesson is not easy. 
The first dialogue, the dialogue number one, is for today. 

The dialogue number two is for tomorrow. We study the dialogue 
both the first and the sixth periods ("period"). 

Grammar is difficult, but we study it ("that") both the 
second and the third periods ("period"). The third period is 
for exercises. 

Translating into Serbo-Croatian is difficult. To trans¬ 
late the Serbo-Croatian reading text into English is not 
difficult. Dictation is easy. 


CEflMH liEO PART VII 

PE^HHK EPCJ 1 V OCABULARY NO . 1 


Abbreviations: 

Cardinal numerals card.num. 
Ordinal numeral : ord.num. 


101. uiKOJia, f. 

102. caA, adv. 

103. AHjluior, m. 

pi? AHj £Ul03H 

104. sen;, m. 

pi? 3eneBM 

105. vac, m. 

pi: nacoBK 

106. npBii, ord.num. ,m. 

npsa, f. 
npBO , n. 

107. rpaMaTHKa, f. 

108. Apyrn, ord.num.^m. 

Apyrfi, f. - Apyrs, n. 


- school 

- now 

- dialogue 

- rabbit; hare 

- period 

- first 


- grammar 

- second 












42- 


109o rpaMaTHHKH 8 adjo,m 0 
rpaMaTH^Ka, f. 
rpaMaTHHKO, n. 

' 

grammatical 

110o Besctfa,, f* 

“ 

exercise 

lllo tp hhvi 9 ord.numo/ra. 

TpeKa, fo 

Tp&te, n» 

112o npeBO^eae s n» 


third 

- 

translating 

113. H6TBPTH, ordonunu, m 0 

He TBpTSL , fo 

ne tbpto , n 6 


fourth 

114o n8 th , ord.num., m 0 
n§Ta, fo 
neTd, n Q 


fifth 

115. sa, prepo 

- 

for 

116o Ha, prep,, 

— 

on, upon 

117 o iii§cth, ordo nunio, mo 
mecTa, fo 
niecTOg n 0 


sixth 

118. niTHBO, n D 

- 

reading text 

119« jreKHHja, fo 

- 

lesson 

*81. peHHHK, m 0 

plS peHHHIJH 

*■ 

vocabulary 

120. fl^Oj m. 

pis rSjiobk 

— 

part 

121. flHKTax, m. 

- 

dictation 

122. dp3j, m. 

pis CpojeBH 

“ 

number 

123o jeflaH, card.num„,m. 
jeflHa, fo 
jfeflHo, n. 


one 

124. cyTpa, adv. 

- 

tomorrow 

125. abS, card.nunio ,m„ 

AB6 9 fo 

abS, n 0 


two 

126o cnpoMaXg m. 

pis cupoMacn 


poor man 



Arr-'V T. an 611 a 6 p. School Calif = 1 1 RR 


















DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBK ZiEO PART I 

AHJAJIQr EPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO, 2 



y^eHHu;H 

1* HacTaBHHK ° A a jih je cpncKO - 
XpBaTCKH ,1 e 3 hk Te%caK ? 

Y T -ieHHK ° Hnje hh TescaK hh 

Jian o 


xiiTHBa cy Jiana ^ a h 
ah.] ajiosM cy JiaKH. 

4® HacT ° KaA je yaeHHK Ao6a£? 


y^eKHK je AO<5ap ano je 
AapOBHT H MapvfcHB o 

5o HacT° Aa jih: je jioili yh&hhk 
npBH hjth noc^eflBH? 


1• Instructor s Is the Serbo- 
Croat iarTTanguage difficult ? 

Students It is neither 
difficult nor easy . 

Instr s Is Serbo-Croatian 
grammar easy ? 

St s It isn't;, but grammar 
exercises are easy . 

Instr s Is the reading text 
easy ? 

Sts Reading texts are easy 
and dialogues are easy too. 

4® Instr s When is a student 
good ? 

St s A student is good if he 
is talented and diligent . 

. Instr s Is a bad student 
first or lastT Tln class)? 


2. Hac t * Aa jih je cpncnoxpBaTCKa 2* 
rpanaTHKa Jiana? 

Vv ° HEje, ajiH rpaMaTHHKe 
BestOe cy Jiane » 

3. HacT ° Aa jih je ihthbo JiaKO ? 3® 


5 










































































-44- 


6 o HacT ° /J,a jits, je rocnobnga 
Mapnii ao 6 pa yneHHna? 

y-'i o OHa je iiphwhhho aapoBHTa 
H MapJbHBa o 

7 o HacT ° Koje uithbo je 
nocmeAae? 

y^ o He TBpTO UITHBO je 
noc^ieflifce . 

80 Hac t ° #a jra je npBa JieKHHja 

BeJiHKa hjih Ma^a? 
yn“ OHa je Be JiHKa o 
9 ° HacT ° Jl a, QHa je "^oraTa”. 


6o Instr s Is Miss Marie a 
good student ? 

St s She is fairly talented 
and diligent . 

7o Instr s Which reading text 
is the last ? 

St s The fourth reading text 
is the last o 

8• Instr s Is the first lesson 
large or small ? 

St s It is large . 

9. Instr s Yes s it is “ rich 11 . 


H Ham penHHK <5poj 
je a aH je ” 6oraT n o 

10* HacT S Hnje hh Be jihk hh 
M a£H° 

Yh q ” EoraTH n penHHK (5poj 
jeAaH je npnjiHHHo TeiaK o 

11* HacT S #a jlk je Baiue nepo 
AO^po? 


St s Our vooabulary number 
one is “rich * too* 

10o Instr s It is neither large 
nor small . 

St s The "rich” vocabulary 
number one is rather 
difficult . 

11° Instr s Is your pen good ? 


yn ° Oho je jronre o 

12. Hacx S TemKO ce nmiie ksa 
je nepo .gome . 

£hS Hjth ksa yveHHK HHje 
MapjbHB o 


•Sts It is bad e 

12. Instr s It is difficult to 
write when the pen is bad . 

St s Or when a student is 
not diligent . 


15° Hac t s ^a jth cy AMepHKaHnH 
AQtipn bagH? 


13. Instr s Are Americans good 
students? 


yn ° Ha, ohh cy ao< 5 ph 

y^eHHHH o 


Sts Yes 5 they are good 
students. 









































































-45- 


PART II 


Kpym XEQ 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 2 

PAH. 9 - ADJECTIVES 



Adjectives are words which describe or limit no.uns. 


PAR. 10 - GENDER OF ADJECTIVES 

1. There are three genders of adjectives in Serbo- 

Croatian s masculine, feminine and neuters 

jiaK, m* - easy 

jiaK - a, f. - easy 

ji&k - o, n. - easy 

2. (4) KaA je yveHHK AQ*5ap? 

(6) jm je rocno^mja Mapul AQ<5pa yMeHHg a? 

(11) IX a jij& je same nepo AoCpo ? 

Adjectives must agree w x ith the nouns they modify in 
gender, number and case (yveHHK Aotfap; Aotfpa ynenHua; 
nepo Aobpo)* 


PAR. 11 - THE STEM OF ADJECTIVES 

Serbo-Croatian adjectives have seven cases, which are 
formed by adding certain endings to the stem of adjectives . 

The basic form of all Serbo-Croatian adjectives is the 
nominative case masculine gender singular (jraic). In diction¬ 
aries, adjectives are listed in their basic form. 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives of masculine gender sin¬ 
gular end in a consonant, some in m -h m , and a few in ,5 -of. 

The basic form of adjectives ending in a consonant is at 
the same time the stem of those adjectives (jiaK,m. ; the stem? 
jiaK-), except the adjectives which in their basic form contain 
a movable “-a” (see Par. 17). 
















-46- 


The stem of adjectives which in their basic form end 
in m -h m is obtained by dropping the M -faJ (cpncKH,m 0 $ the 
stems cpncR”)® 

PAR e 12 - THE FORMATION OF FEMININE AND NEUTER GENDER OF 
ADJECTIVES 

lo (1) /la jits , je cpncKQXpBaTCKH jesHK TeataK? 

(2) /la jm je cpncKOxpBaTcka rpaMaTHKa JiaKa? 

(4) yveHHK je flodap aKO je aapoBHT h Mapj>HBo 
(6) OHa je npHjiHHHo flapoBHTa h Map^HBa o 

The nominative singular feminine of adjectives is ob¬ 
tained by adding the ending M ^a" to the stems 

cpncKoxpBaTCKH s m c | the stems cpncKOxpBaTCK femi cpncKoxpBaTCK 

Aodap, m c the stems Aotfp- ferns #o<5p-£i 

AapoBHTjm e the stems flapoBHT- ferns #apoBHT—si 

2«, (1) CpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK HHje hh Te^aK hh JiaK o 

(3) /la jits, je uithbo Jiano? 

• (11) M jivl je Bauie nepo ffoOpo ? 

The nominative singular neuter of adjectives, the stem 
of which does not end in a palatal consonant is formed by 
adding the ending to the stems 

jiaK*me the stems jian- neuters jiaK-o 

£o6ap 9 m« the stems #oc5p- neuters £,o<5p-o 

3o (7) He tbpto uithbo je nocJie Rrye o 
(11) Oho je Jiouie o 

The nominative singular neuter of adjectives, the stem 
of which ends in a palatal consonant is formed by adding the 
ending “-e M to the stems 

nocJieflHsH, m« the stems noe.ueA&- neuters nocJieAH^e 

jioiu, m 0 the stems jioui- neuters jrom-e 


PAR 0 13 - INDEFINITE AND DEFINITE FORM OF ADJECTIVES 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives have two forms of some 
cases, the definite and the indefinite ,, The difference be¬ 
tween the two is approximately the difference between the 
English forms the good book (definite) and a good book (in¬ 
definite) o The following chart shows the cases in which the 
definite and the indefinite forms are differents 

















-47- 



MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

s 

All cases have 

Only one form 

Nominative and 

I 

both indefinite and 

in all cases. 

accusative have 

N 

definite forms. 


only one form; 

a 


the other five 

u 



cases have two 

L 



forms. 

A 




R 




P 




L 




U 

Only one form. 

Only one form. 

Only one form. 

R 


A 




L 





NOTEs In cases in which there is no difference in form there 

exists a slight difference in accent. There is a growing 
tendency to prefer the definite over the indefinite forms. 
But only the indefinite form, if it exists, is used as a 
predicate adjectives 

Yhq hhk je flodap . 

The student is good * 


PAR. 14 - THE FORMATION OF THE DEFINITE FORM OF ADJECTIVES 

(10) ,f EoraTH tT penHHK (5poj je^aii je Aocxa xeseaK. 

The definite form of masculine adjectives is formed by 
adding m -Jl% to the steins 

<5orax> m. the stems dorax- definite forms dorax-H 


PAR. 15 - ADJECTIVES WITH DEFINITE FORM ONLY 

(5) Aa jih je jiom ynemiK npBH hjih nocJieflTm ? 

(10) Hnje hh BejiHK hh Maoris. 

All adjectives, the basic form of which ends in •'-h", 
have the definite form only (nocjiepjw 9 ulbljisl) • 


PAR. 16 - THE NOMINATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

(3) AHjaJio3H ■ ey ram . 

(2) TpaMaxH^Ke secede cy Jiane . 

(3) HIxHBa cy jrana 0 
















-48- 


The nominative plural of all adjectives is formed by 
adding the following endings to the stems 

-For masculine gender adjectives the ending m -h"s 
jia.K 9 m. the stems jiaK- nom.pi.masculine: jiaK-jK 

NOTE S Velar consonants do not change before M h m in the nom¬ 
inative plural of adjectives. 

-For feminine adjectives the ending M -e M $ 
jiaK* m. the stems jiaic- nom.pi. feminines jiaK-e. 

-For neuter adjectives the ending M -a B s 
jislK s m® the stems jibk- nom.ploneuters jraK-st 


PAR. 17 - THE MOVABLE «A« 

( 13 )^ jivl cy AMepHKanuH floCpn i>agH? 

Jhh cy flo6pH (5opu;H o 
They are good fighters * 

The nominative plurals w AMepHKaBijH”* M <5opun M * and 
M Ao6pn M are not obtained simply by adding the ending m -h m 
to the nominative singular* In addition to that change* the 
,! a M which in the nominative singular precedes the final 
consonant has been omitted* This M a w occurs in the nomina¬ 
tive singular of all masculine nouns ( dopag)* of all mascu¬ 
line adjectives (Aodap) and of all masculine pronouns 
( oBanaB - this kind of) which otherwise would end in two or 
more consonants* It is dropped in all other cases except the 
genitive plural of nouns* Because of that this w a H is called 
movable w a M . 

The movable M a tt never occurs in one-syllable words. The 
movable M a M is always short. 


nom. sing, jiek 
nom.sing. Aodap 
nom.sing. AMepHKaHag 
nom.sing, dopag 


nom.pi. 
nom.pl. 
nom.pl. 
nom.pl. 


jiaKH 
AO<5p H 

AMepHKaHgH 

(5opgH 


NOTES (a) Exceptions The only monosyllabic words which have a movable 
* a* are the nouns *na<? (dog) and "carf* (dream) and the pro¬ 
noun "caS^ (whole* entire). 

(b) The "a* of the numeral "jeAaH"(one) is movable. 

(c) The only groups of consonants in which Serbo-Croatian nouns 
and adjectives may end are ’fcT" ( npcT- finger)* "-iiit 11 
(npmiiT- boil)* w =ga* ( rposA” bunch of grapes) and *-2 ka” 

(bosca - leader). 

(d) In the vocabularies of these lessons there will be given not 
only the nominative singular of nouns and the nominative singu¬ 
lar masculine of adjectives but also the nominative plural of 
all nouns as well as the nominative singular feminine and 
neuter of adjectives and pronouns which have a movable "a**. 








TPETiM £E0 


PART III 


rPAMATHRKE BEFEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

I* Tell the gender of the following adjectives? 

Bp3, AOdpo, jraK, na^JbHBa, p^aBO, cpncKOxpBaTcica, rpaMaTHHKH,- 
AaposHTO, nocJieA^, Ma^in, doraTa, HeMapjbHB• 

2o Determine the stem of the following adjectives? 

Ep3, Aodap, Jian, na^uHH, pi>aB, jioiii, doraT, nocjreA - ^, 
CpnCKOXpBB TCKM, rpaMfiTHHKH , MaJIK . 

3* Tell the feminine and neuter gender of the following 
adjectives? 

Bp3, Aodap, nay-c^HB, JiaK, pbaB, jrour, noc^ieA^, cpncKoxpeaTCKH, 
doraT, MajiH* 

A-o Tell the definite form of the following adjectives? 

Ep3, Aodap, nasjbHB, Jian, px?ae, jioiu, doraT, AapoBHT. 

5. Give the nominative plural for all three genders of the 
.following adjectives? 

Ep3, Aodap, jiaK, naytubHB, pi>aB, cpncKOxpBaTCKH, AapoBHT, 
nocjieAH>ti, ?.*ajrn, rpaMaTHHKH, Be jihk * 

5. Give the nominative plural of the following nouns? 

AMepHKaHau, dopan, cupoMax, XpBaT, KaneTaH. 

7o Choose the right word in parentheses? 

(£odap,&odpa,flodpo) yneHHK ynn Mapj&HBO• 

(Aodap,Aodpa, Aodpo). ynenHija ynn MapjbHBO# 

(Hob,H osa,H obo) nepo je (Aodap, Aodpa,#odpo) • 

( Ham, Haura, Haiue ) niKOjia je ( BejiHK, Be junta, Be jihk o) . 

(Baiii,Bania, Bane ) nepo je (jiojii,Jioiiia, Jioiiie ) «. 

^OH,OHa,CHo) je AapoBHT yneHHK® 

(AOdpn,Aodpe ,Aodpa) yneHHijH 3iiajy lUTa ynHTeJb nHTa. 
(MspjbHBH,Map^HBe ,MapjbHBa) yneHHije cy (npBH ,npBe , npBa) , a 
(HeMapjbHBe , HeMapjbHBH, HeMapJiHBa) (nocJie£n>H, nocjie£Vje ^ocjrefl^a) » 

(Hainn, Haiue , Hama) JieKiiHje (je ,cy) (jiaKH, Jiane , JiaKa)« 

HauiH (penmiK,penHHnii) cy "doraTH". 

(CnpoMax,CnpoMacH) hhcv ldoraT,doraTu). 

KitKre cy ( hobh , HOBe , hobb ) « 

BejieycHHue Hncy ( hobh , HOBe , hob a) » 

{ Ham, Haiua,Kauie ) lUKOJia je (Aodap, Aodpa, Aodpo) o 
Majop je (BHiuH,BHiua,BHiue) o^Hunp* 






WBPTMJtEO 


PART IV 


lilTMBO EPOJ 2 READING TEXT NO, 2 

yneHMi^H 

IIpBH yneHHK je AapoBHTH, naJKjbHBH* Map^HBH yneHHK. 
IIocJieAHsH yaeHHK je h enasubHBH 9 HeMap.£HBH ynenHK. 

y^eHHKj KOjH je AapOBHT H TaKO^e naSCJbHB H Mapj>HB, yB6K 
je Ao6ap yneHHK. y^eHHK, ko j h je na3K*s>HB h MapjbHB, a HHje 
Hapo^HTO AapoBHT, necTO je Ao6ap yneHHK. AapoBHT yneHHK, 

ko j h je HenascvifcHB h HeMap^HB, o<5hhho HHje Aodap yneHHK, a 

\ 

ne cto je Jiouio 


AapoBHTH, nasc^HBH, MapjbHB h yneHHAH cy yBeK AO(5pH 
yneHHHHo Hena^HBH, HeMap^HBH yneHHijH cy nee to jioihh yneHHijH» 


iJapoBHTa, naiMBa, Mapj&HBa yneHHija je AO(5pa yneHHija. 

* 

Heriasc^HBa, HeMap^HBa yneHHija je necTO jioma yneHHAa. 

IIa>KjbHB yneHHK yBeK 3Ha uiTa HacTaBHHK nHTa - oh yBeR 3Ha 


’’nocJieAKje nHTaHje". 

yneHHK, ko j h HHje AapoBHT, Tpe(5a Aa ynn BHiue Hero yneHHK 


KOj H je AapOBHTO 


IIETH flEO 


PART V 


riHTAHA H 3 BITHBA BPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON TRANSLATION 

---- EXERCISE NO. 2 


1c 

Ko Jh 

2. 

Ko j H 

3o 

Ko jH 

4, 

KojH 

5c 

Ko j H 

6 o 

KojH 

7. 

KojH 

8 o 

KojH 

9 o 

KojH 

10o 

KojH 

llo 

Koja 

12. 

Koja 

13. 

Ko j a 

14. 

Koja 


yneHHK je npBH? 

yneHHK je nocjieAHiH? 

yneHHK je yBeK AO(5ap yneHHK? 

yneHHK je nee to Ao6ap yneHHK? 

yneHHK o(5hhho HHje Aotfap yneHHK? 

yneHHK je nee to jioni yneHHK? 

yneHHixH cy yBeK ao(5ph yneHHijH? 

yneHHAH cy necTO Aodpn yneHHAH? 

yneHHAH o(5hhho HHcy Aotfpn yneHHijH?. 

yneHHAH cy nee to jiouih yneHHAH?. 

yneHHAa je npBa? 

yneHHija je nocjieAH»a? 

yneHHAa je yBeK Ao6pa yneHHija? 

yneHHAa je nee to Aotfpa yneHHija? 












-51- 


15. Koja yneHUija oOhhho HHje AO(5pa yneHHija? 

16. Koja yvenima je nee to jioina yneHHija? 

17. Koje yveHHije cy yBen flodpe yneHime? 

IB. Koje yneHHt^e o(5hhho HHcy ffo6pe yveHHue? 

19. UPra na^KJbHB yneHHK yBen 3Ha? 

20. Ko xpe6a as ynn bhutq Hero AapoBHT yaeHHK? 



1ILEGTM MO PART VI 

BEHEA M3 UPEBOlEFfcA EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 


*M> i'' 


Students 


Who has to study more: the talented student or the stu- 

«g!gA/K£ 

dent who is not talented? That is a good question! 

Both the talented student and the student who is not 
talented have to study, but the second ought to study more than 
the first. A talented (boy) student who does not study is not 


a good student. A talented girl student who does not study is 
not a good student. Talented (boy) students who do not study 

0(1 MAA- B 0 C> °i o j- 9 Kvsat®-- 

are not good students. Talented girl students who do not study 

Cm kxi 


CA 0 .1 i W . 

talpnted, but is attentive and stu- 


are not good students 
A student who is 
dious, often is a good student. To be attentive and studious 
is always good. 


CEflMH flEO 
PEUHMK EPOJ 2 


127. ano, conj. 

128. AapoBHT, adj.,m. 

AapoBHTa, f. 

AapoBHTo, n. 

129. MapjbHB, adj.,m. 

MapjbHBa, f. 
MApJbHBO, n. 

Map^>HBO, adv. 

130. conj. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 2 

- if 

- talented 

- diligent, studious 

- diligently 

- or 











-52- 


131 ® nocjieAHM^ adjo*m, 

nocjieflH>aj f c 

nocjreAae * n. 

132. rocnoijHija* f. 

133. ;HeHHija s f. 

134. Ty, adv. 

155. oHa, pron. 

136® Be jiiik, adj.*m. 

Be jiHKa * f 0 
BejiHKOj n«> 

137o msUh, adj.*m. 
MaJia, f w 
msLzio* n* 

MaJio* ad Vo 
138o <5oraT* adj.*m. 
OoraTa* f. 
v 6oraTo f n. 
<5oraTO* adv. 

139. npiMH^HOj adVo 
140o oho* pron,,n« 

141 o HeMapjbHB 9 adjourn, 
HeMkp^HBaj f. 

HeM'apjbHBO, n. 
HeMapjbHBo 9 adv. 
142. TaK6l>e, adv. 

143 o yBeKj adv. 

144. HapoHHTo * adv* 

145. necTO, adv, 

146. o<5hhho* adv. 

147. T]D&<Sa Aa 
*10. BHiire* adv. 

*53. H^ro ? conj. 


- last 


- miss (Miss) 

- girl student (school 

- there /girl) 

- she 

- big* large 


- small* little 


- little 

- rich* wealthy 


- richly 

- fairly; rather 

- it 

- negligent 


- negligently 

- also 

- always 

- particularly 

- often 

- usually 

- ought to* have to 

- more 

- than 


Army Language School, Calif . 1288 


-53- 


IIPBH REO 
AHJAJIOr EPOJ 3 


DAILY UNIT III 

PART III 
DIALOGUE NO. 5 



nopofiHiia 

1• HacTaBHHK » Kano ere? 

y^ieHHK * XBa^a, Aodpo caM . 

2. Hac t • Kano j_e rocno^a EpayH? 
(Kano Bama rocno^a (Bauia 
sceHa)? 

y~H * OHa j_e AOCTa Aodpo. 

3* HacT « A Aa jm cj. Bame 
Lepne AO(5po? 

Jecy l h oHe cy AoOpo. 

4. RacT* Tocno^ima Mapa jj3 Bpjro 
Aodpa AeBOjHima* 

Yh * OHa je Bek BejiHKa 
AeBojKa* 

5. Hacx ° lilTa paAe Banin chhobh? 

Ohh yne 9 HapovnTO Uoh. 


Family 

1. Instructor : How are you? 

Student : Thank you, I are 
well (all right), 

2. Instr : How is Mrs, Brown? 
(How Is your wife?) 


St : She is fairly well. 

3* Instr : And are your 
daughters well? 

St : They are : they . too, 
are well, 

4, Instr : Miss Mary is a very 
good little girl. 

St : She is already a big 
girl. 

5. Instr : What are your sons 
doing ? 

St : They study . particularly 
John. 























-54- 


6® HacT ° Oh .1 e BpJio AO(5ap 
MJiaAKko A MajiH lie Tap? 

y 

y~H ° Oh He pa ah aoboje>ho, ajra 
je h oh Ao6ap Aenan® 

7. HacT ° 3HanH Aa cTe bh h 
B aina n^poAHija aocT a Aotfpo® 

JecMO , AO(5po cmo® A Aa 
jih CTe bh Aodpo? 

8. HacT ° JecaM , Aotfpo caM h 
,1a ® Hero, kbko yveite? 

<■ 3HaTe t iiithbo je_ AaHac 

AocTa xeuiKOo 

9o Hacjc° 3HaM Aa oho HHje JiaKO 


y~H ° Ajih uiTHBa (5poj jeAan h 
( 5poj ABa HHcy TeuiKa® 

10. HacT ° JXbl 9 QHa cy AocTa Jiana 
H AHjajior j_e AaHac jiaK. 

11 o HacT ° ^a, h oh j_e jiaK. 

y~H ° Hh rpaMaTHHKa Be»c6a 
AaHac HHje TeuiKa® 

12® HacT ° HHje hh QHa Teuina. 


6o Instr; He Is a very good 
young man. And (the) 
little Peter? 

St ; He does not work 
enough, but he, too, is 
a good little boy. 

7 o Instr ; That means that 
youT and your family are 
fairly well. 

St ; We are 9 we are well. 
And are you well too? 

8. Instr ; I am , I am well 
too. But how's the stu¬ 
dying? 

St ; You know , the reading 
text Is rather difficult 
today. 

9. Instr ; I know that it is 
not easy. 

St ; But the reading texts 
number one and number two 
are not difficult. 

10. Instr ; Yes, they are fair¬ 
ly easy. 

St ; The dialogue, too, is 
easy today. 

H° Instr ; Yes, it is easy 
too. 

St ; Nor is the grammar 
exercise difficult today. 

12. Instr ; It is not difficult 
either. 


Yjp HHje® 


St; It isn't 



























-55- 


zipyrn mo 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A BPCJ 3 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 5 


PAR* 18 - FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD PERSON 

In grammar the term first person means the person 
speaking (I, we); the second person Is the person spoken 
to (you); the third person Is the person spoken about (he, 
she, it, they). 


PAR* 19 - PRONOUNS 

Pronouns are words which are used to replace nouns* 


(rocno^Hua Mapa je Bp.ro Aodpa AeBojunua. OHa je Bek 
BejiHKa #eBojKa, 

(6) A Ma«7iH lie Tap? Oh He pa^H aoboj&iio, ajin je h oh #odap 
Aenaic. 

NOTE ; All Serbo-Croatian pronouns have seven cases* 

PAR. 20 - PERSONAL PRONOUNS 


1. The Serbo-Croatian personal pronouns in 
mental form (the nominative) ares 


Ja 

I 

Mh 


- We 

Th 

You (thou) 

Bh 


- You 

Oh. m* - 

OHa,f. - 

He 

Ohh, 

m. 

- They 

She 

One, 

f. 

- They 

Oho , n* — 

It 

OHa, 

n. 

- They 


their funda- 


2 . ( 6 ) Oh je Bp.ro Aodap MjraflHk* 

( 4 ) OHa je Bek Be JiHKa AeBojKa. 
( 9 ) Qho HHje jiaKO* 

( 5 ) Ohh yne, HapoHHTo Uoh. 

( 3 ) Jecy, h QHe cy £odpo. 

( 10 ) J\ 8 l 9 QHa cy AOCTa Jiana, 


Serbo-Croatian has different forms for all genders not 
only in the singular third person (oh, OHa, oho) but also 
in the plural third person (ohh, oHe, OHa). 


3. (11) £a, h oh je jiax. 

(12) Hnje hh OHa TeniKa® 

(9) SHaM #a oho HHje JiaKO. 


The English pronoun H lt n may be rendered into Serbo- 
Croatian by "oh m (AHjajior - oh), "oHa" (rpaMaTHHKa Bescda - 
OHa) or "oho” (hithbo - oho) according to the gender of the 
noun to which the M it tt refers. 









-56- 


The same is true for the English pronoun "they"; 

ObO C^ peHHHUH^ OHH C J MO j H . 

These are dictionaries; they are mine, 

Obo cy Kifinre; OHe cy Barne. 

These are books; they are yours, 

Obo cy nepag OHa cy aeroBa. 

These are pens; they are his, 

4. (1) XBajia, #o6po caM , 

(8) JecaMj Aodpo caM h ,1a . 

As subjects of verbs, personal pronouns are usually 
omitted in Serbo-Croatian, But if the speaker wants to em ¬ 
phasize the subject* he uses the pronoun, 

5. The second person singular “th" is used in Serbo- 
Croatian only between relatives and intimate friends of about 
the same age; therefore its use is to be avoided by foreigners 


PAH. 21 - VERBS 

(2) OHa j©. AOCTa £0(5po. 

(6) Oh He paflH aoboxho, ajin je h oh Aodap flenaK, 

MH yHHMO cpncKoxpBaTCKH jeCHKo 

We are studying the Serbo-Croatian language. 

The words ' M je H , M paAH B and M yHHMo M are verbs. A verb is 
a word which expresses an action (paAH, vhhmo) or state (je 
AocTa Ao6po); by it we say that people do things, or that 
people or things are something or other. 


PAR. 22 - THE INFINITIVE OF VERBS 

The infinitive is an impersonal form of the verb which 
does not indicate time, number, or attitude. It is the form 
by which verbs are listed in dictionaries. 

The following underlined verb forms are infinitives i 

He wants to go . 

He learned to swim . 

We cannot leave . 

To invite so many people is foolish. 

In English the infinitive usually has M to M in front of 
it and in Serbo-Croatian it is characterized by the infini ¬ 
tive ending . Most Serbo-Croatian verbs end in and the 

rest end in 


yHHfcn, v, 


- to study - 

- to go 















-57- 


NOTE : Verbs are listed in all dictionaries and in the vocabularies 
of these lessons in the infinitive form. With each infinitive in these 
vocabularies, the following information will be given: the first person 
singular and the third person plural of the present tense; the active 
past participle (if irregular); the participle passive; whether it is 
transitive (t.) or intransitive (i.); whether it is reflexive (r.); and 

whether it is perfective (pfv.) or imperfective (ipfv.). The significance 
of these terms will be dealt with later# 


PAR. 23 - PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS 

The following examples show varieties of the present 
tense in English: 


I study 
I am studying 
I do ask 
Do I ask 


- Ja y^HM 

- Ja vhhm 

- Ja ynHM ("Ja" 

- Yhhm jih ja? 


must be stressed) 


Note that in Serbo-Croatian only one form of the present 
tense is used to translate the four English types. 


PAR. 24 - AUXILIARY VERB "EHTH" 

The verb m 6hth" (to be) has two functions in Serbo- 
Croatian. It is used: 

(a) In its literal meaning and 

(b) As an auxiliary verb 

"Ehth" as an auxiliary verb corresponds to the English 
auxiliary verbs “to be" and “to have" (as in: I have worked, 
I had worked, I was working, He is gone, etc.). 


PAR. 25 - PRESENT TENSE OF THE AUXILIARY VERB "EMTH" 

1. (8) JecaM , a o(5po caM h ja. 

JecH jivl fio(5po? 

Are you well? 

(11) A a, h oh JiaK. 

(7) JecMO, flodpo cmo o 
(7) Jecre jm bh floOpo? 

( 3 ) Jecy, h 0 He jcy Aodpo. 

The words "jecaM 11 , "jecH", M je M , "jecMo", "jecre” and 
"jecy" are forms of the present tense of the auxiliary verb 
"<5 hth M . 

The verb "6hth" has two forms in the present tense: a 
full and a short form. 


(a) Full form : ^ 

1. (Ja)* jecaM 

2. (Th) jecH 

3. (Oh) je 
(OHa) je 
(Oho) j e 


- I am (mh) 

- You are (bh) 

- He is (ohh) 

- She is (C H e) 

- It is (OHa) 


jecMo- We are 
jecTe” You are 
jecy - They are 
jecy - They are 
jecy - They are 







-58- 


Full forms are used only in questions and snort affir¬ 
mative answers. The full form for the third person singular 
is the same as the short form (je),® There exists a longer 
form but is is used only in affirmative short answers re¬ 
ferring to the third person singular and as an adverb meaning 
i»y es M (see Par, 27) 

(b) Short form s 

1® Ja caM Mh cmo 

2o Th ch Bh ct© 

3. Oh, oHa, oho je Ohh, oHe, oHa cy 

Short forms (enclitic forms) are never stressed* They 
may never stand at the beginning of a sentence. 


TPERH /jEO PART III 

rPAMATMKE BEHEE EPOJ 3 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 5 


Choose the right word in the parentheses2 

v (Ja,TH,OH) caM ocfamup. 

(Ja,TH,OH) ch yneHHKo 
(Ja,TH,OH) je yneHHKo 
(Ja,T h,Oh,OH a)» je yneHnua® 

Obo je nepo| ( oh, OHa, oho,) je hobo. 

(Mh,BH,Ohh). Cy ’BOjHHUH. 

; (Mh,Bh,Ohh) cmo OopuH. 

(Mh,Bh^Ohh) cTe y^HTeMo 
(Mh,Bh,Ohh,OH e) cy yHHTe^Hue. 

Obo je KH>Hra $ ( oh,OH a e , oho) je Ao6pa. 

Obo je pevHHK| (o%CHa,OHo) HHje Be jihko 
(Oh,OH a) je Moj OTau. 

(Oh,OH a) je Moja Majna. 

(Oh,OH a) je neroBa 6 ada» 
i(O h,OH a) je H>eroB ReRo 
{ Ohh, OHe*,OHa) cy Moje kepKe. 

OHa (vj'e ,cy) Moja cecTpa. 

Oh© (je,cyj Moje cecTpe. 

Mh (caM, cmo) dpala. 

Bh (cHjCTei JbyAH. 

Ohh (je,cy)< AMepHKaHUHo 
Th (cTe,cn) MJiaAHiie 
Bh (cTe,cH) MjraAHix. 

Bh (cTe,cn) MjraAHlo 

(Ja,TH,OH) yaHM cpncKOxpBaTCKH jesHK. 

(OHa,Ja,Tn) ynn cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK. 

(Tn,OH,Ja) yHHin cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HKo 
(Mh,Bh,Ohh) yHHMO cpncKOxpBaTCKH j e 3 HK © 

(Mh,BH,Ohh) yHHTe CpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HKo 
(Mh,Bh,OH e) yne cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK. 

Obo cy omoBKe; (ohh, oHej/ona) HHcy ( oiiixpe^oniTpH,oiriTpa). 
Bh (cH,cTe) Ham yHHTejto 
OHa ije,cy) Moja meHa® 

KaKO cTe? - ^CaM,Ja caM) Aotfpo. 

Kano je Bam OTaij? - (Je AOdpo, /(odpo je<K 







-59- 


Jecy jm obo BaiiiH poAHTe^H? - (Cy,JecyJ® 
JecTe jth BH cbh yneHHiiH? - (/JecMo ,Gmo ) • 
Jecy jih obo Banie KKHre? - (,Jecy 9 Cy)® 


RETBPTH REO PART IV 

MTMBQ EPQJ 5 READING- TEXT NO. 3 

nopoAHuia 

Ja caM HOBen - oh je moj* chh, a oHa je Moja Pepica - iATa caM 
ja? Bh cTe HAxoB OTau;® 

Ja caM 3KeHa - oh je moj chh, a OHa je Moja Eepna - uiTa caM 
ja? Bh cTe KbHxoBa MajKa® 

Ja caM HOBeK - OHa je moj* a seHa - uiTa caM ja? Bh CTe h>©h 

Mysc • 

Ja caM oTau; - oh je Moje A©Te - niTa caM ja? Bh cie H>eroB 
pOAHTeJb® 

Ja caM OTai* h Moje A©Te je oTaij - hit a je H^eroBo A©Te? 

Bam yHyn hjeh Bama yHyna® A nixa caM ja? Bh cTe h>hxob p,ep,» A nua 
je Moja aceHa? OHa je imxoBa dada® A iTa cy ohh? Ohh cy dpaT h 
cecTpa® 

ZieA> dada, ot^h, Majna, chh h Pepica cy nopoAHija® 

Obo je AOCTa 3a A^Hac* 


IIETH AEO PART V 

I1HTAHA HA iilTHBO EPQJ 5 QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT NO, 3 

lo Ja caM HOBeK® A hit a je OHa? wcuaak 
2o Ja caM Mysc® A fflT'a je OHa? 

5® Ja caM oTai;® A uiTa je oh a? 

4® Ja caM a©A» A mxa je oh a? 0a<'. V. • 

5® Ja caM poAHTej>® A mTa je OHa? 

6® Ja caM chh. A lHTa je oHa? ' 

7® Ja caM yHyn® A mTa je OHa? 

8® Ja caM dpaT® A mTa je ona? 't&%' 

9® Jla. Jin je Myx-c HOBeK hjih seHa? > 











-60- 


10. 

fla 

Jim 

je 

11. 

JX a 

JWL 

je 

12. 

JX a 

Jim 

je 

13. 

Aa 

Jim 

je 

14. 

JX a 

Jim 

je 

15. 

#a 

JIVL 

je 

15. 

JX a 

Jim 

je 

17. 

Zta 

Jim 

je 

13. 

JX a 

Jim 

je 

19. 

JX a 

Jim 

je 

20. 

IllTa je 

s n 


OTau; HOBen mjim neHa? 


HIECTM flEO PART VI 

BEMEA M3 IIPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 5 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 5 

Our family 

H»\ Cam! V. HmU. CA ~ ■ a.' 

My wife* my son and my daughter are my family. My wife 

.. * J* Cka K *«£ «*.M M U. 

and I are parents. My son and my daughter are brother and 

c»tiua^ y /-i*4i/~<k > ku*: 

sister. My father is their grandfather. My mother is their 
grandmother. My son is their grandson. My daughter is their 
granddaughter. 

ft. Vj . _ c 

My son is my child. He is a young man. My daughter is 

j .J M \ L tluA-e ou*k ic 3 cItq\ {^«v too***.. ft* tyfo* 

also my child. She is a girl. My wife is Mrs. Brown. My 

daughter is Miss Brown. I am Mr. Brown. 

My son and my daughter are very well. My wife and I are 
fairly well. My father and my mother are not so well. 


CEflMH AEO 
PEHHHK EFOJ 5 


143. yaeiLe* n. 

149. rocno^a* f. 

150. sc^Haj, f. 

151. A&cTa, adv. 

152. LepKa* f. 

153. oHe, pron.pl.f. 

154. AeBojaHua, f. 

155. Bel* adv. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 5 


- genitive singular 

- studying 

- Mrs., wife 

- woman; wife 

- enough; fairly 

- daughter 

- they 

- little girl 

- already 


Abbreviationss 

gen.sing. 











-61- 


156o AeBOjKa, f c 

- 

girl 

157* paAHTH, v. t., Sr i. , ipfv. 

- 

to work 

pr.t.* paAHM ? paA0in, paAii 

paAEMO, pa rt HTe, paAe 

158. cmh, m. 

- 

son 

pi” CHHOBH 

159. MjraAKii, m. 

- 

young man 

160. ab^Sk, m. 

- 

boy 

pi” AeaSAH 

161. nopoAHAa, f„ 

~ 

family 

162. TaKO ? adv. 

- 

so 

163. oHa, pron.pl. n. 

- 

they 

164. HOBen, m. 

- 

man 

v p^ Jbyzw 

165. OTan, m. 

- 

father 

gen. sing oija 

pi” OHeBH 

166. M?tj Kaj f o 

- 

mother 

167. HfiH, pron. ,ra. 

-> 

her, hers. 

n>eHa, f. 

He ho , n. 

168. My3K, m. 

- 

husband 

. pi Myste bh 

169. AeTe, n. 

- 

child 

gen.sing AeTeTa 
v pi flena 

170. poAHTe^i), m. 

- 

parent 

171. yHyK, m. 

- 

grandson 

pi " yHyijH 

172. yHyna, f. 

- 

granddaughter 

173. a©A* m. 

- 

grandfather 

pi aoaobh 

174. (5a6a, f. 

- 

grandmother 

175. (5paT, m. 

- 

brother 

pi 6 pai a 



176. cecTpa, f. 

- 

sister 


Army Language School Calif . 1288 


- 62 - 


DAILY UNIT IV 


IIFBH AEO 
AHJA^Or EPOJ 4 

ripBH Mac 

1. HacTaBHHK g Ko.1 h je obo vac? 1 

y^eHHK ° Obo je npBH■nac• 

2 0 HacT ° rAe cy (rocnofla) EpayH 2 
h Cmht? 

y~H ° rocnoflHH EpayH HHje 
3flpaB ® 

3. HacT ° To ce Kase "Oh je 
dojiecTaH” o 

"EojiecTaH" je HOBa pen. 

4-. HacT ° A a a jm 3Haxe mxa 
3HaHH M 3ApaBO Tt ? 

He 3HaM a 

5. Hac t ° Ko 3Ha bits to 3HanH? 

( Koj h yneHHK 3Ha hits to 

3HaHH?). 

Mh to He 3HaMO o 

6« Hacx ° To 3HanH "hello". 

Yh ° KaJKe ce "A0(5ap ash" hjih 
" sApaBo"» 

7. HacT ° TaKO jeo A r^e je 
Cmht? 

y^ ° Oh HHje (5ojiecTaH 8 ajiH 
He 3HaM0 rp,e je caflo 

9» HacTj Hnie je oho MecTO? 

Yh ° Oho je HjeroBO MecTO• 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 4 

The first period- 

instructor : Which period is 
this? 

St_s This is the first 
period. 

Instr ; Where are (Messieurs) 
Brown and Smith? 

St ; Mr. Brown is not healthy 


3. Instr ; That is said, M He is 
ill 11 . 

St : ,, EojiecTaH M is a new word. 

4o Instr ; And do you know what 
M 3£paBO M means? 

St : I do not know . 

5. Instr ; Who knows what that 
means? ( Which student 
knows what that means?) 

St ; We do not know that. 

6. Instr ; That means "hello 1 ’. 

St : One says ’’good day” or 
"hello”. 

7. Instr : That is right-(’’that 
is so”). And where is Smith? 

St: He is not ill, but we 
do not know where he is 
now. 

3. Instr : Whose place is 
that over there? 

St : That (over there) is 
his place. 









































9 


y 

9. HacT » J\a. jlsl je 3&AaTaK 3 a 
AaHac TeiaK? 

y~H * TenaK je Kao o6hhho. 


10 • Hac t ° Hh j e TaKO MHoro. 

Yh ’ Hh.1 e , ajin cy HOBe penn 
TeuiKe o 

11. HacT * Kojihko bh ynHxe? 


Yh °- Ja y hum jeflaH Mac Ha 
Aan. 

12 . HacT ° Bh He yHHTe aoboaho. 
Tpeda as yHHTe BHiue. 


Yh « Kojihko? flBa, Tpn, 

HeTI'ipH. 

13. Hac t • Rjm TpH, KaA je 

3aAaxaK jiaK. 

y~H ° A neTHpn KaA je TescaK? 

14* HacT ° ,2,a jits. 3HaTe KaKBa h 
KQJ iHKa je Apyra jreKijHja? 


% Instr s Is the assignment 
for today difficult? 

St s It is as difficult 
as usual. 

10. Instr : It isn’t so much. 

St s It_isnJ_t, but the new 
words are difficult. 

11. Instr s How much do you 
study? 

St s I study one hour a 
day («per M day). 

12o Instrs You do not study 

enough. You ought to study 
more. 

St s How much? Two, three, 
four..... 

I 3 ® Instr s Two or three, when 
the assignment is easy. 

St s And four when it is 
difficult? 

14. Instrs Do you know what 

kind and how big the second 
lesson is? 


Join He shemo 


St s We do not know yet 


























apyrn aeo 


PART II 


rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 4 


PAR. Z6 - INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 

1. -(5) Ko 3Ha lit a to 3Ha^u? 

(5) lilTa TO 3HaHH? 

"Ko" (who) and "uito" or "niTa” (what) are interrogative 
pronouns which are used for indefinite questions. '’Ko 11 is 
used for persons and "iirra" is used for things: 

Ko roBopn? - Who is talking? 

IUt a je to? - What is that? 

M Ko M and "niTa" are the only two independent interroga¬ 
tive pronouns, that is, they do not modify nouns. They have 
only singular forms and are declined as adjectives of defi¬ 
nite form (the stem of "ko" is "ki" and the stem of "uito" is 
"*-"). 

To ask about someone's name or titles 

Ko je oh? - Who is he? 

To ask about someone's profession or social position: 

HIt a je oh? - What is he? 

2. -(1) Ko j h je obo nac? 

(3) Hn.je je oho Me cto? 

(14) KaKBa h KOJinna je flpyra JieKHHja? 

"Kojii", "vHje", "KaKBa", "nojiHKa", are also interroga¬ 
tive pronouns. They have all the characteristics of adjectives, 
that is, they have all three genders, seven cases in both 
numbers (singular and plural), they modify nouns and must agree 
with the noun they modify in gender, number and case, and their 
cases are formed by means of the same endings as adjectives. In 
their fundamental form they read: 

KojH,m., Koja,f., Koje,n. - Which, who 

RHjH,m. , HHia,f. , nnje,n. - Whose 

KaKaB (KaKH), m., KaKBa (KaKa) s f«, KaKBO (KaKo),n. - What 

kind of, what sort of 

KojiHKH,m„, KOJiHKa, f», kojihko, n. - Of what size ? how big 

(large, tall) 

"Koj h, Koja, Koje" are used for definite questions for 
both animate beings and things: 

(5) Ko j h yneHHK 3Ha uiTa to 3HaHH? 

NOTE : These and other pronouns with characteristics of 
adjectives are called adjectival pronouns. 

PAR. 27 - THE SENTENCE 

A sentence is a group of words expressing a complete 
thought. It begins with a capital letter and is followed by 










-65- 


either a period, a comma, an interrogative or an exclamation 
mark. 

Every sentence has a subject (1) and a predicate (2); 

1 2 

(5) Mh He 3HaM0 TO o 

The subject is not always expressed but may be understood; 
(9) £,a jiv. je saAaT&K 3a Aanac TescaK? - TescaK je Kao o(5hhho. 

PAH. 28 - THE SUBJECT 

(2) rociiQAKH EpslyH HHje 3ApaB« 

(5) Mh TO He 3HEMO« 

(10) Hnje, a^iH c y HOBe pen n TeniKe. 

The subject in a sentence is that about which (rocnoAHH 
EpayH, mh, HOBe pevn) we are talking. 

It is most often a noun ( rocnoflHH EpayH, HOBe pevn) or 
pronoun (mh) (in its nominative case). 

The subject may consist of either one (mh) or more words 
(rocnoAHH EpayH, HOBe pean). In the first case it is called a 
simple subject and in the second a complete subject. 

To find the subject of a sentence we must ask the question 
M Ko? w or M lllTa? tt before the predicate. 


PAR. 29 - THE PREDICATE 

(11) (Ja) He 3Hai© 

(12) Bh He yaHTe aobqje>hq o 

The predicate of a sentence is the part which asserts 
something about the subject (ae shsm, ynHTe soboaho) . It tells 
us what the subject is or does. The predicate which consists of 
only one word (shsm) is called a simple predicate and the predi¬ 
cate which consists of more than one word (y^HTe aobo^ho) is 
called a complete predicate. 

The predicate of a simple or a complete subject agrees with 
the subject in person and number. 


PAR. 30 - THE SIMPLE SENTENCE 

(5) Mh He 3HSMO TO 4 

A sentence which contains only a subject and a predicate, 
that is, only one independent clause is called a simple 
sentence. A clause is indpendent when it expressed a complete 
thought without the help of another clause. 


PAR. 31 - KINDS OF SENTENCES 

A sentence-may be declarative (Par. 32), interrogative 
(Par. 35) or imperative (Par. ). 






-66- 


PAR. 32 - DECLARATIVE SENTENCES 


lo«Map*i>HB yneHHK ynn mhotOo 

A diligent student studies much* 

In the sentence above we made a statement about the 
subject; we used a declarative sentence,. Declarative 
sentences may be either affirmative or negative,, 

2®-(2) PocnoAHH BpayH je_ 3flpaBo 
(2) TocnoAHH BpayH hh,i e 3/ipaBo 


A sentence is made negative by making the verb negative, 
The present tense of the verb m <5hth m is made negative by pre* 
fixing to its short forms the negative participle m hh ‘ 


1* (Ja) HHcaM 
2® (Th) hhch 
,3o (Oh) HHje 
(OHa )hh j e 
(Oho)hh j e 


I am not 
You are not 
He is not 
She is not 
It is not 


(Mh) mhcmo 
(Bh) HHCT6 
(Ohh)HH cy 
(OHe)HHcy 
(OHa)HHcy 


We are not 
You are not 
They are not 
They are not 
They are not 


- The above negative forms are not enclitics ® 

All other verbs are made negative by placing in front of 
them the negative particle "He” (not)* which is written sepa¬ 
rately s 

(5) Mh to HejHaMOo 
(12) Bh H£ ynHTe AeBOJbHOo 
(14) Join He 3HaMoo 


NOTEs (a) The negative particle "He” must always precede 
the verb immediately,, 

(b) There are only two verbs the present tense of 
which is made negative by prefixing to their 
affirmative forms the negative particle "He M , 
They are M HMaTH M (to have) and "xTeTH 11 (to 
want* to be willing)? 

1. (Ja) HeMaM - I do not have 

2. (Th) HeMaiu - You do not have 

3o (Oh) HeMa - He does not have 

(OHa)HeMa - She does not have 
(Oho) HeMa - It does not have 


(Mh) HeMaMo 
(Bh) HeMaTe 
(Ohh)H eMajy 
(OHe)HeMajy 
(OHa)HeMajy 


- We do not have 

- You do not have 

- They do not have 

- They do not have 

- They do not have 


(c) The verb ,5 xxe th 1 * will be explained later* 

(d) In Serbo-Croatian* two or more negative words 
in a negative sentence are not only possible 
but may be required? 

Ja He_ 3HaM Hmm« 

I not know anything (nothing). 









TPETiH flEO 


PART III 


rPAMATH^KE BEHEE EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO, 4 

Choose the right word in the parentheses? 

(Ko,UIxa) HHTa HIXHBO? 

(Ko ? HIxa) nHTa rocnoAHH ynuxei? 
v(Ko,iIIxa) 3Ha nHTafte? 

(Ko,iiIxa) ynnxe? 

i(KojH,Ko je ,Ko ja,illxa) je3HK ynHTe? 

(Ko jh,Ko je ,Ko ja 9 Iilxa) KifcHra je Bama? 

(Ko jH,Koje^Koja ? liIxa) nepo je Bauie? 
y ( HHjH ? RHja,RHje J je obo penHHK? 

(HajH^RHja^RHje) je obo Kffinra? 

(RHjH,RHja,RHje) je obo nepo? 

(KaKaBjKaKBa^HaKBO ) je oh HOBen? 

(KaKaB,KaKBa 9 KaHBo) je 0Ha neHa? 

(KaKaB,KaKBa 9 KaKBo) je Bame nepo? 

{K0JIHKH ? K0JIHKa 9 K0JIHK0) je Bain CHH? 

(KojiHKH s KojiHKav 9 KojrHKo) je Bauia tepKa? 
(KojiHKHjKojiHKajKojiHKo) je Bame flexe? 

(Ko jH,Ko je ? Ko ja) penHHijH cy Bantu? 

(KojH ? Koje 9 Ko ja) nepa cy AO<5pa? 

(4h j h 9 Mh je ? Hh j a) cy obo penHHHH? 

(Hnjn 9 RHje 9 Rnja) cy obo nepa? 

\iKaKBH 9 KaKBe yKaKBa) cy ohh AyAH? 

(KaKBH ,KaKBe 9 KaKBa) cy OHe sieHe? 

(KaKBH,KaKBe 9 KaKBa) cy Bama nepa? 

(Kojihkh jKojiHKe 9 KojiHKa) cy Banin chhobh? 

(KojiHKH 9 KojiHKe 9 Ko.7iHKa) cy Bame Pepneo 
(KojiHKH,KojiHKe ,KojmKa) cy mxHBa? 

(KojH 9 Ko je ,Ko) AeTe je Bam chh? 

^Kojn 9 Ko je 9 Ko ) rocno akh je Bam ynnxejb? 

(Kojn,Koja 9 Ko) rocno^a je seroBa sceHa? 

( Ko>Ko j h ? Koja ) HOBeK je Bam oxait? 

(Ko ? KojH 9 Koja/ weHa je n*eHa Majna? 

(RHja,HHjH,Rnje) sceHa je Bama 6a6 a? 

(Hnjn,RHja,RHje ) Mysic je Bam a©A? 

(;RHjH s Rnja,HH 7 je) cxe chh bh? 

(RnjH^HjajRHje ) yHyic cxe bh? 

(HHjH 9 RHja 9 RHje) yHyna je oHa? 

(KojHjKoja^Koje) ojiOBKa je Bama? 

(RHjH,RHja 9 RHje) je xo omoBKa? 

(Ko,HIxa) cxe bh? - Ja caM Ilexap nexpoBHko 
(Ko 9 IlIxa) cxe bh? - Ja caM ocftfmnp. 

(Ko 9 UIxa) je Bam KOMaHAaHX? - Moj KOMaHAaHx je nyKOBHHK 
rocnoAHH Cmhxo 

(KOjlHxa) je Bam KOMaHAaHx? - Moj KOMaHAaHT je nyKOBHHK® 
(KaKaB 9 KaKBa,KaKBo) je Bama KH>nra? 

(Koj h 9 Ko) rocnoAHH je h>©h Myse? 

(Ko 9 Kojn)/ je Bam ynHxejb? 






HETBPTH AEO 


PART IV 


iiTHBO BPCJ 4 


READING- TEXT NO, 4 



yHHOHHita 

ynHO^Hija je coda r%e yne hhijh yne • y^HOHHija HMa BpaTa h 
HMa npo3op« OHa TaKol;e nua cBeTJio® 

Kpe^a h xadvia c^iysce 3 a nHca^e® PyMa gjiv-'m 3 a djHca^e. 

Cto cjiywn 3a Ksure h sa dejieHHMije ® CTo Tano^e csiywn 3a 
nncai£e« CTOjmije c^iyjKe 3 a cefleite® Cto He cJiy^H sa cefleTte® 

Katire cjiywie 3 a HHTan^e, a dejieJKHHije sa riHcatBe. 

Hama yHHOHHija je BejiHKa coda* Mh Ty ynHMO® Hama Tadjia je 
ijpHa s a Kpe^a je de^ia® narmp 3 a nHcan^e TaKoije je deo® Cto je 
*cyT® H CTOjiHija je myTa® 


I1ETH AEO 

IIMTAHA H3 iilTHBA EPOJ 4 

1® LlTa je ynHOHima? 

2® Hit a HMa ynHOHHija? 

3® 3a lit a cjiy>KH Kpe^a? 

4® 3a HiTa cjiy^cn TadJia? 

5® 3a niTa cmystH ryMa? 

60 3a liiTa cmyjKH cto? vm 1 0 

?® 3a mTa c-ayscH cTomnija? (/ 

3® 3a mTa cmyxcH KttHra? 










































-69- 


9. 3a niTa cJiy^H dejiexHHija? / V'-' 

10. KojiHKa coda je Hama yHHOHHija? 

11. IilTa je ijpho? 

12. IilTa je dejio? 

13. IilTa je scyTO? cCLv * 

14. Aa jih cto cjiymn 3a cefle^se? 

15. Aa jih je Kama Tadjia dejia? <Mj,: • . 

16. Aa jih je naura Kpe^a iipna? 

17. A a jih je i-rain narmp iipH? 

13. A a jih cy erojraue dejie? 

19. //, JIH je CTO II,pH? '' N ' o 

20. Aa jih je cBerjio dejio hjih i-pHo? 

UEOTH mo PART VI 

Bi ;) r i-A M3 HPEBOoEHA BrOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 


The first period 

This is the first period. Today* Brown is not here. He 
is ill. Smith is not here either* but he is not ill* and we 
do not know where he is. 

Today* we have new words which are difficult. M 3flpaB M 
means H healthy% but n 3ApaBC w means M hello M in English. 

I study only one hour a day* but that is not enough. I 
ought to study three or four* particularly when the assignment 
is difficult. Bell studies much more than I. He is the best 
student. The other students also study much. 


CEAMH AEO 


PART VII 

PEHHKK BPOJ 4 


VOCABULARY NO. ■ 

Abbreviationss 

pi. t. 

- pluralia tantum (plural 


v. t. 

- verb, transitive 


v. i. 

- verb* intransitive 


v.ipfv. 

- verb* imperfective 


V. pf V. 

- verb* perfective 


inter jo 

- interjection 

177. rfll, adv. 


- where 

173. 3Apis* adj 

•» nu 

- healthy 


3AP&3a*f . 
SApaso*n. 












-70- 


179. 3ApaBo 9 inter,]. 

180. (5&.7iecTaH g adjo,mo 

<5&jiecHa, fo 
nX dojiecHo, n« 

181. hob^ adjourn* 

HOBa 5, fo 
hobo g n« 
hobo, adVo 

182® pea, f e , gen.sings penn 
- 183. mIcto, no 

184« 3aAaTaK s m», gen.sings 3 asaTKa 
pis 3aA^nn 
185o MHoro, adv. 

*105. nac, m. 

*116. Ha» prep, 

186. Tp2 9 card.num» 

187o THpnj, cardonum. 

188. ' KanaB, pron.,m„ 

KaKBa, fo 
k&kbo, no 

189. kojihkh, pron. jin. 

KOJIHKa, f. 

KOJIHKO , n«, 

190. kojehko, adv. 

191. yaHOHHnap f. 

192. c£x5a, f. 

193. Bp^Ta, pl.te,n. 

194o np63op, m. 

195o cBeT*ao 9 n» 

196. npeAa, f. 

197« Tad^ia, f. 

198. cJiyscHTHj v. ? to, ipfv. 

pr.t.s cJiy^HM,0Jiy3CHiu,cjryscH 

CAymHMo 9 cjryHHTe , c Jiyme 

199. nocjiyjKHTH, v.,to, r>f TT * 

pr.t.s nocjryJKHM, noc^iyscHiir 
nocjrymi, nocjiyoKHMO 
nocjryscHTe, nocAysee 

200. 6 pucaite, n. 

201. cTOJiHija, fo 

202. ceAeite, n. 

203. ct 3, m., gen. sings cTOjia 

pl£ ct6^iobh 

204. npH y adjourn. 

HpHa 9 f. 

HpHo f n. 

HPho , adv. 

205. <5eo g adj.,m 0 

tfejia, f. 

6ejio 9 n. 

6ejio 9 adv. 

206o scyTj adjo,m 0 
3^Ta 9 f. 

/W to, n c 
kjto 9 ad Vo 


- hello 

- ill 


- new 


- newly 

- word 

- place, seat 

- assignment 

- much 

- hour 

- per 

- three 

- four 

- (of) what kind (sort) 


- how big (large, tall) 
(of) what size 

- how much, how many 

- classroom 

- room 

- door 

- window 

- light 

- chalk 

- blackboard 

- to serve 


- to serve 


- erasing, wiping 

- chair 

- sitting 

- table, desk 

- black 


- black 

- white 


- white 

- yellow 


yellow 



-71- 

LESSON II 
DAILY UNIT I 


IIPBK AEC PART I 

LLJALON BRJ I DIALOGUE NO. 1 



HanpeaaK 

1 o HacTaBHHK° Ko 3Ha nixa 3Hann 
pB^i n HanpeAOBaTH”? 

y h6hhk ° La jivl je to M to pro¬ 
gress' 9 ? 

2. HacT » JecT(e ).. A uiTa SHaw 
n HanpeAaK”? 

Yh" La JLT& TO 3HEHH ( 3H8HH JOL 

to) •progress"? 

3 . IiacT ° H to je TaHHO« Bn cTe 3 
AQdap tan * 

y~H * JecaM jivl g 6 EUba? 

4 . Hac t ° La, bh Hanpe^yjoTe spvTQ 4 
.zee no o 

yn °o KaKBa je yneHHga rocno^Hga 
MapHL? 

5o IIacT ° CHa pa ah join BHine Hero 5 

BH o 

Ynt A Aa jih je ona aobo^ho 

nasubHBa? 


P rogr ess 

o gswu-vjii-iki^ i i g B i . ■ , . 1 

1 • Instructor s Who knows what 
the word "HanpeAOBaxn" means? 

Student s Is that "to progress'*? 

2o Instr s It is 0 And wn,.t does 
!f nanpeAaK M mean? 

St s Does that mean "progress**? 


Instrs That, too, is correct. 
Y ou are a good cup11 . 

St s Am I really? 

Instr s Yes, you are progress¬ 
ing very nicely * 

St s What kind of a student 
is Miss Mar id? 

Instr g She works even more 
than you . 

St s Is she attentive 
enough ? 























































-72- 


6 ° HacT ° A niTa MHCJiHTe , Aa jits. 

CTe BH naTKJbHBH ? 
yn ° Ja mhcjihm Aa .jecaM o 
7. HacT ° JecT t bh ctc naJJUbHB 

yneHHKo 

Kqjikkh je moj HanpeAaK? 


Bo HacT ° 3a Tano KpaTKO BpeMe 
Bain HanpeAaK je sdn^a b©jihk® 


9o Hacx ° Ileo Bain pa3peA 
HanpeAyje o 

3HaM ? ajiH hh.1 k HanpeAaK 
je HapOHHTO BejIHK? 


10. Hacx ° rocnotjHija MapHh. je 
npBa, a bh CTe ApyrHo 

XBa^ia, 3a caA can 
3aA0B0^>aH ? ajrH xpeda join 
MHoro Aa paAHMo 


IX. Hacjr- Hncxe jih cacBUM 

3aA0B0JbHH? 


6. Instr s And what do you 
think, are you atten ¬ 
tive ? 

St s I think that I am . 

7. Instr s Yes , you are an 
attentive student. 

St s How great is my pro¬ 
gress? 

8. Instr s For such a short 
time your progress is 
really great. 

St s Which other pupils 
are progressing? 

9o Instr s Your entire class 
is progressing. 

St s I know, but whose 
progress is particularly 
great? 

10. Instr s Miss Marie is 

first and you are second. 

St s Thank you. For the 
time being I am content, 
but I still have to work 
a lot. 

IX• Instr s Aren't you quite 
satisfied? 


y~H ° Ko,1h Apyrn ^an;H HanpeAyjy? 


HucaM cacBHM saAOBO^aH, 
jep caM join yB©K ApyrH. 


St s I am not quite 
satisfied, because I am 
still second. 






























AP5TH AEO 


PART II 


P PA ATHHKA All A JIM 3 A EPOJ 1 GRAMLAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PAR 0 33 » THE PREDICATE NOMINATIVE AND THE PREDICATE 
ADJECTIVE 

(3) Bh c t© fioda£jaKo 

(5) A Aa jih jjs oKa aobojbho na^HBa ? 

A frequent construction in Serbo-Croatian is$ 


Subject * 
Bh t 

Subject + 
Bh t 


verb 

4 

nouns 

cTe 

+ 

ors 

verb 

4= 

adjectives 

CTe 

+ 

Ao(5ap 


The noun or adjective occupying the last place in this 
pattern is called predicate nominative (ban) or predicate adj¬ 
ective (AO(5ap) e The predicate nominative or adjective always 
agrees with the subject in case and in gender and number when¬ 
ever it is possible* 


PAR* 34 - WORD ORDER 

(4) fla 9 bh HanpeAyjeTe Bpjio Aotfpo® 

(6) Ja mhcjihm Aa jecaMo 

The usual order of words in affirmative and negative 
declarative sentences in Serbo-Croatian is similar to the order 
of words in English? first the subject (bh, ja), second the 
predicate (HanpeAyjeTe „ mhcjthm) and afterwards all other parts 
of the sentence (bpjio Ao(5po)o 

The most important place in a sentence is the first and 
then the last* Therefore, when we want to point out a word in 
a sentence we put it at the beginning of the sentenceo Conse¬ 
quently not only the subject, but either the predicate or the 
object may stay at the beginning of a sentence^, 


PAR* 35 - INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES 

lo - ( 2 ) Aa jlk to oHavH "the progress”? 

(2) 3HaHH to "the progress”? 

(3) JecaM 3(5H*&a? 

(5) A Aa jih je 0Ha aobo^ho naac^>HBa? 

Interrogative sentences are formed by making the verb 
interrogative* A verb is made interrogative by means of inter¬ 
rogative particles ”jih” and M Aa jih”s 

(a) Questions made by means of the interrogative particle 
"jib" have the following word orders 








-74- 


Verb 4 particle 4 subject (If expressed) s 

(2) 3HavH + jm + to? 

When we form questions by using the particle '’.Tm" the 
long forms of the verb m 6hth m must be used. 

(3) JecaM jivl Q6njba? 

NOTE S The "jik" is an enclitic and may never begin a 
sentence. 

The Mec t ( e) 11 is a special long form for the third 
personsTngular which is useds 

-In short answers referring to the third person 
singulars 

(1) £a jm je to "to progress 1 *? JecT(e). 

-As an affirmative adverb meaning "yes M s 

(7) JecTp bh cTe namjbHB yveHHK® 

(b) Affirmative statements which include any verb* except 
m 6hth ,! ? may be made interrogative by placing the particles M fla 
•Tm 1 * in front of them. Consequently* the word order in such 
questions is the followings 

Particles 4 sub.lect (If mentioned) 4 verb 

( 2 ) Aa jik 4 to + 3 HavH "the pro¬ 

gress”? 

£a job. 4 bh + 3iiaTe ko je oh? 

Do you know who he Is? 


Affirmative which include a form of ”6hth” may be made 
interrogative by placing the particles ”aa jih" in front of 
them and by placing the subject after the verbs 

Particles + verb 4 subject (if mentioned) 

(5) jm 4 je 4 oHa aobojbho naMBa? 

(6) JX a jivl + CTe + bh nascjbHBH? 

In questions which are formed by using the particles 
”fla jih” the short forms of m (5hth” must be used. 

2. - (1) Ko 3 Ha HiTa bhshh pen "HanpeflOBaTH"? 

(6) lilTa MHc^iHTe * a a jih CTe bh nasc^HBH? 

(8) Ko jH APyrH ^auH HanpeAyjy? 

(4) KaKBa je yveHHija rocno^nna Mapnl? 

(7) Kojihkh je woj Hanpeflan? 

(9) Hnjn Hanpe ahk je HapovHTO Be jihk? 

Interrogative sentences may be introduced by interroga¬ 
tive pronouns (Par. 26). 







-75- 


PAR. 36 - INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE SENTENCES 

1 ® - ( 11 ) iiHCTe JTH CaCBHM 3 8 AOBOJbHH? 

Hn.le jlvl oh Ham yHHTejb? 

Isn n t he our teacher? 

An Interrogative sentence which contains a form of the 
verb "<5hth" is made negative by using the negative form of 
m 6hth m o 

2* He 3HanH mu to ”to progress"? 

IX a jva He 3HanH to m to progress"? 

Doesn^t it mean "to progress"? 

An interrogative sentence containing any verb but "Ohth" 
is made interrogative negative by placing the negative parti¬ 
cle "He" before the verb. 


PAR. 37 - THE LONG PLURAL Qi MASCULINE NOUNS 



Some masculine nouns form the plural by adding the syllable 

"-ob” M or "'-eB-^ and then the plural ending ("AeaoBH p wysceBi?"). 
Plurals obtained in this way are called lomc plurals * The in¬ 
serted syllable "-ob- m or "-©b-" is retained in all cases of the 
plural. 

2. - HaiUK chhobh cy boJhhhh. 

Our sons are soldiers. 

KojH cy obo Opo.jeBH ? 

What numbers" are these? 

Most masculine nouns of one syllable (chh, Opoj) have long 
plurals (chhobh, 6poj©bh). 




















-76- 


3* - Obo cy ^enubeBH o 
These are combs„ 

Some masculine nouns of two syllables (nema^) have long 
plurals ( veuubeBH) 0 

Masculine nouns of two syllables (vernal Be Tap - wind* 
etc.) which have a long plural usually have a movable M a H in 
the nominative singular„ 

Masculine nouns which do not have a movable '’a tt usually 
have a regular plural and some have both the regular and the 
long plural (rojryb - pigeons nom.pl. vojij6ta s or rojrytfoBu). 

NOTE : No noun of more than two 
plural« 

4o - Tfle cy Barm i™bh? 

Where are your husbands ? 

Rhjh cy obo HenubeBH ? 

Whose are these combs ? 

The syllable and not h -ob- m is inserted in form¬ 

ing the plural of all nouns whose stem ends in a palatal con¬ 
sonant (MysEceBH* HeuLi>eBH* etc.). 

The syllable and not “-ob-" is also inserted in 

forming the plural of nouns whose stem ends in the consonant 

”U” (sen* 3eveBn)o 

Some nouns ending in ,8 3 15 or ,8 p M insert (nHes - 

knight* KHejKeBH or KHe3OB0* nap - tzar* napeBu) and some of 
them m -ob- m (bos - train* bo3obh; nap - pair* napoBH). 

The consonants M n 88 and "a" before the inserted syllable 
are changed into 88 (seveBn) and ,8 3 k 88 (KHejjceBH) re¬ 
spectively, 

NOTE s In the vocabularies of these lessons there will be given the 
long plural for every noun which has it® 


syllables has a long 

V 1 ? . 

Ife- - 

y 


TFE'EH REQ PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPQJ 1 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 

1* - Make the following sentences interrogatives 

(a) Using the interrogative particles *Vih w and "na jm M s 
Ja caM ^eceTap. 

Tn CH MJia^H BO JHHK 9 
Oh je boahhk* 

MH CMO BOjHHIJHo 

Bh CTe noAOcfmjiipHo 
OHH cy OC^HUHpH o 
OHa je yneHHnao 
OHe cy yneHHijeo 
y^HTe^b nHTa yveHHKao 
yneHHK OflroBapao 










-77- 


IleTap ynn mhoto© 

OTau nHTao 
Chh o^roBapao 
Th HMaui Aodpo nepoo 
Majna roBopn© 

Tiepna cjiyuia© 

2o - Make proper questions for the following statements by 
using all interrogative pronouns in the parentheses? 
Ham ynHTejb je CpOHH (qHjHjlllTagKo ) © 

Bam ynHxejb je Xpsax (HHjH 3 IilTa ? Ko) © 

Tbo j KanyT je hob (Hh j h,K anaB ) o 
Moj dpaT je Be jihk (P~o jihkh 9 Ko $Hh j h ) © ' 

Kpe^a je Cejia (illTa) ° 

Tatfjia je upHa (IllTa) • 

/iaH je Jien (IllTa 9 KanaB) o 

Pe^a je Jien MJiaAHp (Ko) o 

Pejba je flodap ujiaRnh. (Ko,KaKaB)« 

3* - Make the following sentences interrogative negatives 
JecTe jih bh Ham ynHTejb? 

Je jih oHa BSLiira cecTpa? 

JecTe jih bh yveHHUH? 

JecMO jih mh Cpala? 

Jecy jih oHe yneHHue? 

JecaM jih ja MapjbHB? 

TOBOpHTe JIH BH CpiICKOXpBaTCKH? 

CJiymaTe jih bh nasutHBO? 
liMaxe jih bh nepo? 

4. - Put into the right form the words in the parentheses? 
(TojiyC-} cy (5ejiHo 
Tfle cy (nema^)? 

Huxobh ( chh) cy mo jn yneHHUH? 

Ko j h cy obo (C5poj)? 

(3eu;) cy C pan® 

(B03) cy TaK.o^e (5p3H© 

Hhxobh (Mysc^cy bo j hhijh <> 

HaniH (nac) cy xeniKH© 


HETBPTH /TEO PART IV 

II1TKB0 EPOJ 1 READING TEXT N0 o 1 

Pafl 

Kafl yneHHHH pa#e ^obo-mio, ohh 3Hajy JieKUHje h jieno 
HanpeAyjy 0 Ako yneHHK He paflH aobo.&ho 3 oh He 3Ha JieKHHje 
h He HanpeAyje° KaA yneHHHH yve ? ohh xpe<5a #a MHcjie Ha oho 
mTO yne 0 Ako yneiiHK He mhcjih Ha oho utto ynn* oh HHiiiTa He HayvH® 






KaA HacTaBHHK roBopn, yneHHuH Tpe(5a Aa cjiyiuajy nascjbHBOo 
Ako yneHHK He cjryuia ksa Hac TaBHHK roBopn ? oh He 3Ha KaKO Aa 
OAroBapa Ha miiaMo Ako yneHHK He paoyMe hit a Hac TaBHHK roBopn 
oh Tpeda Aa nHTa. Ako Hac TaBHHK roBopn cyBHiue dp30 ? yneHHK 
Tpeda Aa KasceS "lie pa3yMeM s jep roBopHTe cyBHiue (5p3o !, o KaA 
Hac TaBHHK roBopn nojiaKOg yneHHHH .Tie no paoyMejy® KaA yneHHK 
OAroBapa, h oh Tpeda Aa roBopn noTiaKO. 


HETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 I ifTHBA EFOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON TRANSLATION 

EXERCISE NO® 1 

lo KaA yaeHHHH 3Hajy JieKiiHje? 

2. KaA yneHHHH jieno HanpeAyjy? 

5® KaA yaeHHK He 3Ha .neKHHje? 

4® KaA yneHHK He HanpeAyje? 

5® Ha iHTa yaeHHijH Tpeda Aa MHc^ie KaA yne? 

6® IilTa Tpeda Aa paAH yneHHK KaA ynn? 

•7® 3aniTO yneHHK Tpeda Aa mhcjih Ha oho hito ynn? 

8o LIt a Tpeda yneHHiiH Aa paA© kha Hac TaBHHK roBopn? 

9® 3airro Tpeda yneHHK Aa cjiyma na^jbHBO KaA Hac TaBHHK 

TOBOpH? 

10® IilTa Tpeda yneHHK Aa paAH aKo He pa3yMe hit a Hac TaBHHK 

TOBOpH? 

11® IilTa Tpeda yneHHK Aa Kasce aKO Hac TaBHHK roBopn cyBHiue 
6p30? 

12® KaA yneHHnH pa3yMejy? 

13® KaA yneHHHH He pasyMejy? 

14® Kano Tpe(5a HacTaBHHK Aa roBopn? 

15- Kano Tpeda yneHHK Aa OAroBapa? 

15® 3 am to Tpeda HacTaBHHK Aa roBopn nojiaKO? 

17® 3aniTO Tpeda yneHHiiH Aa OAroBrapajy nojiaKO? 


Of 1 


11IECTH AE0 PART VI 

BE2REA M3 nPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 1 

The first student 

Our Instructor says that our entire class is progress¬ 
ing nicely® I work a lot, but I am still not first. I am 














- 79 - 


second. I am content for the time being, but not entirely 
satisfied. 

To be the first student is really difficult. It is not 
enough to be attentive. I always listen attentively when the 
instructor speaks. That is good, but not enough. I have to 
work much more than I am working now. 

To work too much is not so good either. To progress 
slowly, but to progress always is not bad. 


CE£MH flEO 
PEHffliK EPOJ 1 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 1 


207 

208 

209 


210 

211 


212 

213 


214 


215 


216 

217 


HanpeflaK, m « 9 gen.singsHanpeTKa 
pis HanpeuH 

HanpeflosaTH, Vo,i.,ipfv. 

pr.ts HanpeAyjeM,HanpeAyjeni> 
Hanpeflyje,HanpeAyjeMo, 
HanpeflyjeTe,HanpeAyjy 
TanaH, adj.,m. 

TSLHHa, f. 

TaHHOg n. 
tI^ho, adv. 

3dadv. 
jien, adj. ,m. 
jiena, f. 

•Tieno, n« 

•neno, adv. 
mojka&s, adv. 

MHCJIHTH c, V. . 1 


& i, 


ipfv. 

pr.ts MHC JIHM , MHC JIH1II, MHCJIH 

MHC JIHMO , MHCJIHT6 , MHC J1C 

KpaTaK, adj.,m. 

Kp^TKa , f. 

KpaTKO, n. 

KpaTKO, adv. 
ueOg adj.,m. 

uejia g f. 

ne.no, n. 
pa3peAs> m. 
saAOBO^aH, adj.,ra. 
saAOBOAHa, f. 

3 8LAOBO^)HOg n. 

saAOBOvbHo, adv. 


progress 
to progress 

correct 


correctly 

really 

nice 


nicely 
perhaps 
to think 


short 


shortly 
whole, entire 


class 

content, satisfied 


contentedly 







-80- 


213. cacBHM, adv. 
219. j6m, adv. 


- quite, entirely 

- still 


220 . 


221 . 

222 . 

223. 


224. 

225. 

226. 

227. 

228. 

229. 

230. 

231. 

232. 


flOBOjbaH| adj.,m. 

AOBOJbHR, f. 

a6bo.£HO, n. 

AOBOjbHo, adv. 
uito, pron. 

HHuiTa, pron. 
cjiyinaTH, v.,t., ipf v. 

pr.t: cJiyiiiaM,cjiyniaiii,cJiyiiia 

CJiyinaMo, cJiymaTe , cjiyna jy 
cyBHuie, adv. s 
n^Jiano, adv., nojiano, adv. 
Heuiajb, ra. 

nom. pi: nbnube bh 
BeTap, m. 

nom.pl: b^tpobk 
rojiy<5, ra. 

nom.pl: ro/iyOoBH - rojiyOH 

KH@3, m. 

^ noin.pl; KH&jiceBH (KHe30Bn) 
nap, m. 

^nom.pl: uapeBH 
b5s, m, 

nom.pl: bo'3obh, or: bo3obk 
nSp, m. 

nom.pl: napoBM 


sufficient 


sufficiently 
what 
nothing 
to listen 


too (much) 

slowly 

comb 

wind 

pigeon 

knight 

czar, emperor 

train 

pair 




203 





/ 



i 

1 




















































-81- 


DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH AEQ 
AHJA^OF EPOJ 2 

KOfl Kyle 

1* EpayH ° iilTa paAHTe Bevepac? 

Cmht ° 3aiiiTO nHTaTe? 

El Ryjeu Aa CTe yBene yBeK 

koa KyKe• 

_C" JecaMo 

3 o B_c } e.iHTe ji h rq, uajro cnymaMO 3 
paAHO Beaepac? 

CJ Ja MopaM Aa yimit Benepaco 

4* El Mopa Te jm a a yaHTe join 4 
h ysene? 


PART I 

DIALOUUE NQp 2 

Studying at home 

1. Browns What are you doing 
tonight? 

Smith s Why do you ask? 

2* J3s I hear that you are always 
at home in the evening* 

Ss I am* 

Bs Do you want to listen 
T N that we listen*’) to the 
radio a little tonight? 

Ss I must study tonight* 

Bs Must you study in the 
evening Too? 


£° HacTaBHHK na^e Aa TpeOa 

Aa y^HMo koa Kyle TaKot>e* 

5.. B» Ja HHKaA He jhz.m koa Kyle *5. 

C_i Bh JiaKO ynHTe o 

6 e B° Ja mkcjihm Aa je aobo^ho 6. 
aKO HoseK cjiyma nasubHso ksa 

HaCTaBHHK rOBOpH o 

C_s Mo^Aa* sko je nopeK tsko 
A.apOBHT Kao BHo 

7o B° Hhct© hh bh noc^ieAH>H t?aKo 7. 


Ss The instructor says that 
we ought to study at home 
too* 

Bs I never study at home* 

S; You learn easily* 

Bs I think that it is 
enough if one listens atten* 
tively when the instructor 
speaks * 

Ss Perhaps* if one is as 
talented as you* 

Bs You are not the last 
pupil either* 


Hhc&m noc.zreAHJi* ajiH.oo 


Ss I am not the last but*** 


8* E° Ja mhcjihm Aa ctb bh Bpuio 
MapJbHBH * 


8* Bs I think that you are 
very diligent* 


£s MapJoKB MoiflEj a jih He 
AapOBHTo 


Ss Diligent perhaps* but 
not talented* 

























-32- 


9® J3* Jlfno 8 lit a y HHTe 
Bevepac? 

O' Mo paw fla H&y ahm geo 
pnjajior bpoj TpH aa cyTpa 

10 9 b} KejiH t« ji . . a/uiMG 
3aje,:,Ho sevepac? 

C“ Aodpo, ca: o, anaxe, ja 
He cjiyman ; apao aok yvHMo 


11 ® B^o PasyMe' 9 bh He cjiynraTe 

papzo aok ie Ha y HHTe ah ja-aor 


£o Tano je® 


9* Bs Well, what are you 
studying tonight? ~ 

3 s I have to master the 
entire dialogue number 
three for tomorrow 0 
1C® Bs Do you want to work 
r ,! that we work ,J T~to^ 
gether tonight? 

3s All rights only you 
know I do not listen to 
the radio while I am 
studying® 

1j.« Bs I understand, you do 
not lis ten to the radio 
until you ("don't") 
master the dialogue. 

Ss That ie right ( ,! so 

is M h 


£?yrn ^E0 PART II 

rPAKA.KHFA AiJ L M3A EP( J 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO® 2 

PAR® 38 - THE PRESENT TENSE ENDINGS 


1® - (o) KejiHTe jlts . Aa irajio cjtyiiiaMo paflEo Bevepac? 

(1) Kta T.aAHxe Bevepac? 

( 2 ) Hy.jeM Aa cTe jBene yseK koa Kyle® 

BoJhhhm h otJffliuHpH rumy sajeAHO® 

Soldiers and officers perish together® 

The words ,{ cjiymaMo", "rcejiHTe", " paAHT© ", and n rHHy" are 
the present tense forms, fdxs-t-p e ^s^m^aijigulaE, of the verbs 
"CJiyuiaTH", "aejieTH", "pa/tHTH", and "rHHyTH"* 

The present tense of all Serbo-Croatian verbs is formed 


by adding one of the following groups of 

endings 

to the pre- 

sent tense stems 




I 

II 

III 

IV 

1st person singulars -an 

-HM 

- jew 

-eM 

2nd person singulars -am 

-HIII 

- jem 

-em 

3rd person singulars -a 

— H 

“ j® 

-e 

1st person plurals -aMQ 

- HMD 

- jeMO 

-eMo 

2nd person plurals -axe 

-KTe 

- jere 

-eTe 

3rd person plurals -ajy 

-e 

-jy 

-y 

2® - The present tense stem 

of all ’ 

verbs is 

the part 

which remains when the ending is 

omitted 

from the 

third 


person plural ® Consequently, once we know the present tense, 
the determination of the present tense stem, which is im¬ 
portant not only for the formation of the present tense -but 






























-83- 


also for the formation of other verbal forms, is very simple,. 

As all dictionaries give only the infinitive, it is important 
to know how to form the present tense from the infinitive,. 

For the present we shall explain the formation of the 
present tense of verbs the infinitive ending ’’-th 18 of which 
is connected with the root by a connecting vowel or syllable- 
regular verbs (see 3 in this paragraph)o The verbs ending in 
and "-th" which is added directly to the root (irregu¬ 
lar verbs) will be explained later« In the meantime the present 
tense of all irregular verbs used in these lessons will be 
given in the vocabularies,, 

3. - The connecting vowels (2) and syllables (2a) by 
which the infinitive ending "th 11 (3) is connected with the root 
help us in classifying the verbs into groups according to 
their conjugations 
12 3 

pavyH - a - th - to calculate, to count* to 

figure 

1 2a 3 

HanpeA - oBa - th - to progress 

NOTE % The root a word is that part which the word has in common 
with other words of related meaningss paayn - bill, account! pavyH^a 

- calculator; pavyH-aiae- calculation* figuring; pavyH-aTH- to calculate* 
to count* to figure; pa.v>yH-i,iH jar -calculator* mathematician; pavyH-Hua 

- mathematics* etc® 


PAFL 39 - THE PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS WITH THE CONNECTING 
VOWEL "A'* AND WITH THE PRESENT TENSE ENDINGS 
M AM, Alilooooo” 

(10) JX odpo* caMO sHare* ja He cJiymaM paflHo aok yvHMo 
Cmyuiaiu jivl th iuto th ja roBopHM? 

Are you listening (to) what I am telling you? 

(6) /j.obojjHo je aKO HOBeK cmyiua na30>HBO KaA HacTaBHHK 

TOBOpHo 

(3) JSejrsiTe jih Mamo cjiymaMO pa^no Bevepac? 

(4) PasyMeM* bh He cjryiuaTe paAHo aok He HayvHTe 
ah j ajioro 

.ZIotfpH ^ai*H cmyiua.iy naMBO kea vhht ejb roBopHe 
Good students listen attentively when the teacher 
is talking,, 


The present tense of verbs of this class is formed by 
cutting off the connecting vowel 88 -a~ ,j and the infinitive 
ending ‘'-th-’* and adding the endingss -aM, -am* -a* -aMOg, 


-aTe<j, -ajy$ 

2o 

3o 


(Ja) cmyin - em 
( Th) cmyin - am 
( Oh) cmym - a 
( OHa) cjryrn - a 
( Oho) cmyiii - a 


(Mh) cmyur - aMo 
( Bh) cJiym - are 
(Ohh) cmyui - ajy 
( OHe) crnyni - ajy 
( OHa)cmym - ajy 









-84- 


PAR, 40 - THE PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS WITH THE CONNECTING- 

VOWEL rt E ,(l OR M H ,J AND WITH THE PRESENT TENSE END¬ 
INGS ,J MM, Hllooo.o" 

(5) Ja hzksa He vhzm koa Kyle, 

y^HIil AH TZ KO£ nyhe? 

Do y°u study at home? 

Vna ah oh koa Kyle? 

Does he study at home? 

(4) HacTaBHHK Ka3K@ Aa Tpeda Aa ynzMo koa Kyle TaKO^e® 

( 5 ) Bz asko yHHTe o 

A a ah oh h yne asko? 

Do they learn easily? 

Ja qceAHM Aa dyAeM npBH© 

I want to be the first, 
lilTa th -icejiHni? 

What do you want ? 

Oh aceAH Aa cAyma paA^o Benepac® 

He wishes to listen to the radio tonight, 

Mh hcahmo Aa cJiyinaMo paAHO Benepac, 

We ^ish to listen to the radio tonight, 

( 3 ) HfejiHTe jih Aa msjio cAymaMO paAHO Benepac? 

3KeA8 ah ohh Aa cAyina jy paAHO? 

Do they wish to listen to the radio? 

The present tense of verbs ending in "-th", which is 
connected to the root by the connecting vowel "-e-" or 
u -h- m , is formed by cutting off the connecting vowel ,, -e“ ,t 
or m - k - m and the infinitive ending 16 -th” and adding the pre¬ 
sent tense endingss -hm 9 “hik* -h, -hmo$> ”ZTe s 

yvHTH - to study 

1o (Ja) y h - hm (Mz) y h - hmo 

2® (Tz) yn - ziii (Bz) yv - me 

3, (0Hs,0Haj,0Ho)yH - z ( Ohz s Ohc, 0Ha)yv-e 


meJieTZ - to wish Q to want 
1 . (j a ) ace a - hm (Ja) ace a - hmo 

2® (tz) sEceA - znt (Bh) >k©a - ZTe 

3® (0H 9 0Ha ? 0Ho)»ceA-z (0Hz ? 0He ,0Ha)sceA-e 


NOTE S Most Serbo-Croatian verbs belong to the classes in Par®, 39 & 40, 


PAR, 41 - USE OF THE CONJUNCTION (THAT) 

(3) Ja MopaM Aa ynHM Benepac© 

(9) MopaM A a HaynzM ueo AHjaAor 6poj Tpz 3a cyTpa, 

Bz MopaTe Aa ynzTe Bzme © 

You have to study more, 

Serbo-Croatian tends to avoid the use of the infini¬ 
tive after a main verb (MopaM 9 MopaM^ MopaTe), Instead of the 
















-35- 


infinitive in such cases is used the conjunction M Aa M (that) 
plus the form of the verb lAa vhhm, HayvHM, a a yxHTe)cor— 
responding to its subject (and corresponding to the subject of 
the infinitive in English) (Ja - a& jhhm, ja - #a. nayvnM, bh 
- Aa ynHTe)• 

PAH. 42 - IMPERFECTIVE AND PERFECTIVE VERBS 

In Serbo-Croatian almost every verb has two aspects, Im¬ 
perfect ive and perfective, which express different points of 
view on the action named by the verb. 

The aspects are varieties of the same verb which.express 
varieties of the same action. 

1. I mperfective verbs refer to an action or condition as 
continuing in the past, present,, or future, or as frequently 
recurring in the past, present, or future. 

yvHTH, Vo,ipfv 0 - to study, to be studying 

Imperfective verbs in the present tense answer the que¬ 
stion M What is the subject doing (now)?” 

Lira paflHTe (cafla)? - Vhhm Axjajior. 

What are you do Inf-; (now;? - I am studying the dialogue. 

The present tense of imperfective verbs is used ; 
j.) Where English uses the present tense progressives 

ll) lilTa paAHTe Bevepac? 

Ohh roBope cpncK-oxpBaTCKH (cafl). 

They are' speaking Serbo-Croatian (now). 

NOTE s The English "i air, studying, You are studying", etc. represent 

each a single unit expressing an action which is going on. "Am", "are" 
etc. are forms of the auxiliary verb "to be"; together with the present 
participle "studying" they form the present progressive tense of the verb 
"to study", which is rendered into Serbo-Croatian by the present tense of 
the imperfective verb "yhht#. Do not translate the English auxiliary 
verb and the participle separately. 


b) Where English uses the simple present tense to de¬ 
notes 

- A habits 

(5) Ja HHKaA He ynmi koa Kyhe. 

(10) Ja He cJiyma M paA*io aok vhhm ® 

OH PaAH BpjIO TeilTKOo 

He works very hard. 

- a quality lability); 

Ohh roBope cpncKOxpB&wcKH. 

They speak Serbo-Croatian (i.e. They know how to 
speak Serbo-Croatian). 

2. - Perfective verbs denote either a momentary action 
or state, or only the beginning, or the end of a durative 
action or state. 

Perfective verbs cannot answer the question "What is the 
subject doing (now)? w s libra paA.HTe? - AHjajror® 















<= 86 = 


While the present tense of imperfective verbs can be 
used both in main and in subordinate clauses according to 
the nature of the action we want to express^ the present 
of perfective verbs is commonly used in subordinate clauses 
and with the conjunction "Aa 11 to replace the infinitive (see 
Par. 41 )i 

( 5 ) Ja HHKaA He yHHM KOA KyleO 

( 3 ) Ja MopaM aa yhhm senepaco 

( 4 ) HacraBHHK Kase a a Tpetfa #a vhhmo koa Kyle® 

(10) MopaM Aa HaynHM ueo A^ja^ior ( 5 poj TpK 3 a cyTpa® 


TPERH /CEO PART III 

rPAMATHRKE BE3FEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

Put into the right form of the present tense the verbs 
in the parentheses? 

Ja ( HHTSTIl) IUTHBOo 
A UITa TH ( HJITaTH) ? 

£a jlvl IleTap TaKotje (vzTaTH) iuthso? 

Mh (VHTaTH) IIITHBOo 

A HIT a BH (HHTaTH)? 

jilTa IleTap h Mapa (nKTayn)? 

Ja (paAHTH) AOMalH 3a^aTaKo 
LlTa IleTap (paAHTH)? 

(PaAHTu) jih th AOMalH 3aAaTaK? 

Mh (paAHTH) AOMalH aaA^Tan? 

A IIITa BH (paAHTH)? 

(PaAHTH) jlvl IleTap h Mapa AOMalH aaflaTan? 

Ko (nHTaTH) a ko ( oAroBapaTn) ? 
ynHTejb (nHTaTH) a ja (OAroBapaTn) ® 

3aniTO th He ( OAroBapaTn) ? 

Ja He (OAroBapaTn) jep He (3HaTn)o 
y^HTe^H (nHTaTH) a yveHHHH (OAroBapaTn)o 
3aniTO bh He (OAroBapaTn)? 

Mh He (OAroBapaTn) jep He (3HaTn)o 
3aiUTO OHH ( 3HaTH) a BH He ( 3HaTH) ? 

OHH (3HaTH) jep OHH ( yHHTH ) 9 a MH He ( 3HaTH ) jep MH He 
(yHHTH)o 

3amTO bh He (vhhth)? 

Ja He (scejieTn) Aa ( oatobophth ) Ha to nKTaTte? 

Aa jih hh bh He (3K6ji«th) Aa (oAroBopHTn) Ha obo nHTan>e? 

Aa ? hh ja He (tuceJieTH) a& ( oatobophth ) Ha to nHTap&eo 
Ko (scejieTn) Aa (OAroBopHTH) Ha nniai^e? 

Ohh (3?cejie th ) Aa ( OAroBopHTH) Ha nHTaae » 

UlTa (sceJiHTn) yneHHUH? 

yveHHUH (jKejieTn) Aa (HayvKTH) cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HKo 
lilTa th (^cejreTn)? 

Ja He (jKejieTH) HHiiiTa* 

Ko (tobophth) a ko (cjryiuaTn) ? 
yvHTe«b (tobophth) a yneHHUH (cJiyniaTn) o 










- 97 - 


Aa jiyi bh ( c JiyuiaTH) na^cjbiiBO uito yHHTe*k (tobophth)? 
Aa 3 ja (cjiyuiaTn) nasu>HBO uito y^HTe^ (tobophth) » 
Aa, mh (cjryinaTu) nasKjbHBo uito yHHTe.$> (tobophth). 

Aa jih oh (cJiyniaTH) nasubHBo uito ja (tobophth)? 
fla, h oh (cjiyinaTH) na^jbHBO uito bh i tobophth)« 

Aa jih ohh (cjiyuiaTH) na:»cjbHBO uito ja (tobophth)? 

Ko (hmsth) nepo? 

Ja (hmhth) nepoo 
A fla jih bh (HMaTH) nepo? 

Aa h ja (HMaTH) nepoo 
Ko (cnaBara)? - AeTe (cnaBaTH)o 
Aa jih bh (cnaBaTu) mhoto? 

He, ja He (cnaBaTu) MHoro Hero MajiOo 
3auiTO bh (cnaBaTu) Majio? 

Ja (cnaBaTH) Majio, jep (MopaTn) Aa (ynHTH) MHoro. 


HETBPTH AEO PART IV 

liITHBO EPOJ 2 READING- TEXT NO. 2 

AoMaLn 3aflaTaK 

AoMahH 3 a#aTaK je saAaTan koJh yneHHHH pa#e koh icyKe 3 a 
cjieAeEH naHo Haul AOMakH 3 aAaTan je cjieAeiiH° 

npBO* Aa HaynHMO neo AHjajior (JleKHHja - npBH j\eo\ npBH 

nac) i 

ApyroS a& npoHHTaMO rpaMaTHKy h cnpeMHMO nHTama (apyph 
A eo, ApyrH nac)| 

Tpehe- Aa nponniaMo rpaMaTHHKe Be 3 K< 5 e h cnpeMHMO OAroBope 
Ha nHTaaa (Tpehn a©o; TpehH nac )\ 

HeT»p^o 2 Aa npoHHTaMo h pa 3 yMeMo ijejio uithbo (neTBpTH 

A« O ; H« TBpTH H ac) I 

n«TO? Aa crrpeMHMo nncMeHH npeBOA (uiecTH Aeo§ neTH 

nac); 

lilecToS a a ynHMo penn (ceAMH Aeo; npBH h He tbpth nac) • 

Ako yneHHK paAH AOMaitH 3 aAaTaK Map^HBO h nasc^>HBO s oh 
mhoto Haynn h OHAa HHje tguiko OAroBapaTH KaA HacTaBHHK nHTa» 







- 88 - 


HETH ZtEQ PART V 

IIKTAHA H3 IiITHBA EPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO, 2 

1 o. IilTa je AOMakH 3aAaTaK? 

2o r^e paAe yHOHHijH AOMalH 3aAaTaK? 

3o 3a kojh AaH paAe y^eHHAH aomsLh 3aAaTan? 

4o Kano Tpetfa yHeHHijH Aa nayne AHjaJior? 

5. Kano Tpeda yneHHK Aa paAH rpaMaTHHKe Besrde? 

6o Kano rpe6a yveHHK Aa pa ah iiithbo? 

7o KaKaB npeBOA Tpetfa yveHHK Aa cnpeMH? 

So Koje pe^H Tpeda yneHHK Aa yvH? 

9» KaKO Tpe(5a yneHHK Aa paAH AOMain 3aAaTaK? 

10 o Kojihko ynenuK HayvH aKO paAH aomsKh 3aAaTaK Map^HBO? 

11 • Kojn je Aeo ah jajior? 

12o KoJh je nac AHjajror? 

13o Koj h a©o cy rpaMaTHHKe Be^tfe? 

14 o Ko j h nac cy rpaMaTHHKe BescOe? 

15o Kojn je Aeo iiithbo? 

16o Kojn je nac iiithbo? 

17o 3a ko j h je nac nncMeHH npeBOA? 

18o Kojn Aeo je nncMeHH npeBOA? 
i9a Kojn je Aeo peHHHK? 

20® 3a ko j h Mac cy HOBe penn? 


I3ECTH as0 PART VI 

BEKEA H3 nPEBOlEHA EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE N0 o 2 

Work at home 

Brown is a talented student* but he never studies at 
home in the eveningo He thinks that it is enough if one 
listens attentively when the instructor speaks 0 

I am not such a bad student ("so bad a student") 
either* but I must study at home* While I work I do not 
listen to the radio Q I do not listen to the radio until I 
master the dialogue, especially if the dialogue is difficult 
I know that Brown already knows the dialogue for to- 
morrow* but he says he wants to study with me tonight. 












-89 


GEJim /IEO 


PART VII 


PEHHMK BPOJ 2 


VOCABULARY NO, 2 


233 . 
234. 


2351 

236, 

237, 


238. 
239 o 


*219. 
240 o 
241. 
* 211 . 
*95. 


242. 

243. 
*243. 

244. 


245 


*99 


246 


BeHepac ? adv. 

nyTH, v. , t., & 1.,Ipfv.pfv. 
or.ts HyjeM,Hyjoui,Hyje 

^HtjeTe,nyjy 


nyTH, 
pr. t; 

nyjeMo 
yBene, adv. 
koa KyKe , adv. 
acejieTH, v. ,t.,ipfv. 
p r. t S3Ke jikm , He jihiu , 3Ke jih 

scbjihmo ,scejrHTe ,3K&jie 

fTTTin m 


pSflHO 5 
MOpaTH , v. ,i.,ipfv. 
pro t SM^paM , Mopaui,Mopa 

MdpaMo,MopaTe ,Mc5pajy 
j&m h s conj. 


J- 7 

MdpaMO 

, oonj 
HHKafl, adv. 

Kao, conj. 

Jieno, adv. 

HayMHTH, v.,t.,pfv. 

pr. tSHayHHM,Ha7 r HHin,Hayvii 

HayMHMo,HaynHTe,Hayne 
sajeAHo, adv. 

A&k s conj, 


AOK 


He 


conj 


m, 


AOMalS, adj. 

AOMaha, f. 

v AOMake, n. 

AOMapH* 3aA&TaK 

cji6a©Ph ? adj., 

CJi^AePa, f. 

cJi^AePe, n. 
npoHHTaTH, v. 


tonight 
to hear 


in the evening 
at home 

to wish, to desire; to want 


radio 

to have to, must 


also 
never 
as, like 
well 

to master, to learn 


together 

while 

until 


- domestic 

- homework 

- following 

to read through 


247 

248 


oHHTaTH, v.,t.,pfv. - to rea 

pr. t ;npoHHTaM,npoHHTaui,npoHHTa 

npoHHTaMo ,ripoHHTaTe ,nponiiTajy 

cnpeMHTH, v., t•, pfv._ to prepare 

pr. tScnpeMHM^npeMHniyCnp^MH 

cnpeMHMO,cnp^MHTe,cnpeMe 
cnpeMaTH, v., t.,ipfv. - to prepare 

pr. t:cnp?Ma.M,cnpeManr,cnp§Ma 

cnp^MaMo , cnp^waTe , cnpeM'a jy 
o^rosop, m. - answer 

nHCMeH, adj.,m. - written 

nncMeHa, f„ 
nHcMeHo, n, 


nHCMCHOj adv, 
249. OHAa, adv. 


in writing 


- then 






-90- 


DAILY UNIT III 


IIPBM £E0 

PART I 

flHJAJtOr BPOJ 3 

DIALOGUE NO. 3 

Ofl^ia3aK y niKOJiy 

y.lyTpo 

Leaving for ("to”) 
school in the morning 

lo EpayHS Ky#a H^eTe? 

Cmht? HfleM y lUKOJiy* 

2* B* Join je paHo 3 a niKOjryo 

lo Browns Where (to) are 
you going? 

Smiths I am going to 
school. 

2. Bs It is still early for 
school. 

C« 3HaM 8 ajiH Tpe6a #a npoHHTaM Ss I know, but I have to 

rpaMaTHKy h ihthbo. read (through) the gram- 

mar and the reading text. 

3. E* M ja Tpeda Aa HaynHM 

AH.i ajior. 

3 0 Bs I too. have to learn 
Tmaster) the dialogue. 

^otfpo, oHAa HAeMO 3 ajeAHOo 

Ss All right, then we 
will go together (”we go 
together”). 

4-o ES TeniKO je hLh y 3 <5pao<> 

4o Bs It is hard to go up 
the hill. 

C= £a 9 ajin KaA HAeMO HaTpar 
HH 3 6pao 9 OHAa je JiaKO. 

Ss Yes, but when we go 
back down the hill, then 


it is easy. 

5» Jleno je (to) iiito hacmo kpo 3 

my My. 

5. Bs The nice part of it is 
that (’’the nice is that, 
that”) we go through the 
woods. 

C* He HAewo mh kpo 3 nryMy Hero 
mhmo inyMyo 

Ss We do not go through 
the woods but past the 
woods. 

60 JBS Bei cmo Ty» Koja je Baina 
yHHOHHHa? 

60 Bs Here (’’There”) we are 
already. Which is your 
classroom? 

Obo je Moja yHHOHHua<> 
HejiHTe jits. Aa ybeTe? 

Ss This is my classroom. 
Do you want to enter? 



































































































































10 


























































































































































* 













. 







































. 



























































- 91 - 


7 • B ° CaMo MajiOo Tfle bh 
ceAHTe? 


Co 

CeAHM OdHHHO OBAe. 

So JBS 

Kano ceAHTe? 

Cl 

Kano ceAHM? KaA ceAHeM 

sa 

cto .la cTaBHM Hope noTi 

CTO B He Ha CTO O 

9 o B: 

A hit a OHAa cTaB^baTe Ha 

CTO? 

Co 

Pyne cTaBJ&aM Ha cto. 

10. Bo 

Kano HanpeAV.ieTe? 

Co 

Ha© Aodpoo 

lie Bo 

Ra jivl pa3yMeTe yBeK 

H8CTaBHHKa? 


KaA He pa3yMeM nuTaHfc 9 

ja 

nuTaM HiTa oho 3HavHo 

12. B2 

Ao(5po, caA ja MopaM Aa 

HAeMo ^oBKbeifcao 

Co 

AoBMbeFbao 


7 o Bs Only for a little while 
T ,8 0nly a little 11 ) 9 Where do 
you sit? 

Ss I usually sit here* 

Bs How do you sit? 

Ss Hew do I sit? When I sit 
down at the desk , I put (my) 
legs under the desk , not on 
the desk 0 

9* Bs And what then do you put 
on the desk ? 

Ss I put (my) hands on the 
desk o 

10o Bs How are you progressing ? 

Ss It is going all right.* 

11o Bs Do you always understand 
the instructor? 

3s When I do not understand 
a question I ask what it 
means, 

12® Bs All rights now I have to 
go*. So long* 

Ss So long* 


APyrH AEO 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A BPOJ 5 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO* 5 


PAR* 43 - TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS 



czia4&' 


































- 92 - 


la - (2) 3HaM, ajin Tpe(5a ah npoHHTaM rpaMaTHKy h iitthbo ® 
(3) H ja Tpetfa Aa HaynHM AHjajior <> 

(h) a* jim - paayMexe yBen HacTaBHHKa ? 

(ll) KaA He psay mom nHTarao ft ja nHTaM uiTa oho 3HanHo 


The meaning of verbs ®npoHHTaM 11 9 M HayHHM% M pa3yMeTe ,{ 
and M pa3yMeM M is completed by nouns M rpaMaTHKy h iuthbo% 
M AHjajior M ? M HacTaBHHKa M i) and M nHTaae M o A noun used with verbs 
in this function is called the direct object® 

All verbs must or may have a direct object are called 
transitive verbs® The direct object answers the question 
M Whom? w (a person) or M What? M (a thing)® The possibility of 
placing these questions after a verb is an indication that 
the verb is transitive® 

2o - (1) KyAa hast©? 

(10) KaKO HanpeAyjeTe ? 

£ere cnaMo 

The child is sleeping ® 

The verbs m ha© Te M s M HanpeAy jeTe 11 , "cnaBa 11 have no direct 
object® Since they do not inflict action directly on an ob¬ 
ject ? it is impossible to ask the questions "Whom?" and 
M What? M about them® Such verbs are called intransitive verbs ® 


PAR® 44 - THE DIRECT OBJECT 

The direct object is the receiver of the action of a 
transitive verb® As Indicated above it answers the questions 
M Whom? w or w What? M and requires no preposition® 


PAR® 45 - THE ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR OF NOUNS 

1® - (ll) JXm Jim pasyMere yBeK Hac TaBHHKa ? 

(3) H ja TpeOa Aa HaynHM Anja^or® 

(2) 3HaM ? ajLM TpeOa Aa npoHHTaM rpaMaTHKy ® 

(2). 3HaM s &JIM TpeOa Aa nponHTaM iitthbo ® 

(ll) KaA He pa3yMeM nHTaae , j a nHTaM hit a oho 3Hanz. 

The nouns "HaciaBHUKa^ 11 AHjajror 1 ^ “ rpaMaTHKy 11 , M jumbo" 
and »nHTaae»» are direct objects of the verbs “pa3yMeTe“, 
«HayHHM« s »»npoHHTaM% " npoMTaM", and "pasyMeM"* Direct ob¬ 
jects in Serbo-Croatian are expressed by a special form of 
nouns and pronouns® The name of that form is the accusative 
case® 

The accusative case of nouns is made by adding certain 
endings to the stem of nouns. 

The accusative singular endings are s 

(a) For all masculine' animate nouns "-a M s 
Nom. sing® H.acTaBHHK, stems HacTaBHHK-acc® sings HacTaBHHK—a 
AMepHKaHau s AMepHKaHij- AMepuKaHij-a 






















- 93 - 


(b) The accusative case singular of all masculine inani ¬ 
mate nouns is the same as the nominative s 

Nom® sings ah j ajror, stems ah ja^ior- acc 0 sings AHjajiop 
peHHHKg peHHHK- p@HHHK 

(c) For all feminine nouns which in the nominative singu¬ 
lar end in ,! -a M , the accusative singular ending is M -y M s 

Nom 0 singSDKeHa* stemssceH- acc 0 singSmeH-y 

uiKOJia, iukoji- niKOJi-y 

(d) The accusative singular of all neuter nouns is the 
same as the nominative singulars 

Norn.singsnepo stemsnep- acc 0 singSnep»o 

miTRue nHTaa- nHTaH>-e 

PARo 46 - THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB 


lo (1) Kyfla Mflexe ? 

(l) HfleM y UTKOJiy 0 

(3) Aotfpo, oHAa H^eMo sajeAHo 


The present tense endings of the verb M h1h% ipfv« (to 
go) as well as of all verbs ending in ares “6M S 

-e 9 -eMo s -eie s ~y c These endings are added to the present 
stem, which for the verb w h}ih m (to go) is m ha- m s 


1. (Ja) ha— eM 
2» ( Th) HA-eni 
3» (Oh) HA-e 
( Oh a)HA-e 
(Oho)HA- e 


I go, I am going 
You go, You are going 
He goes, He is going 
She goes, She is going 
It goes, It is going 


(Mh) HA-eMO 
(Bh) HA-eTe 
(Ohh)HA- y 
(OHe)HA-y 
(OHa)HA-y 


- We go, We are going 

- You go, You are going 

- They go, They are going 

- They go, They are going 

- They go, They are going 


2o He Mory Aa oaqm npe Hero hito bhahm rocnoAHHa yvHTejbao 
I cannot leave before I see the teacher,. 

The verbs h oth1h% pfv 0 (to go away, to depart) is a 
compound of "hIh" and its present stem Is either "oa- 11 
(oAeM 3 OAein, oas, OAeMO* OAeTe, oay) or m otha°= m , (oTHAeM, 
oTHAeiu 3 etc. ) or (oTH^eM, OTH^em etc*) 

3 0 - (6) ^ejinxe jih a& yjexe ? 

Bevepac He Mory Aa H3HfreM o 
Tonight I cannot go out « 


The verbs M yln M , pfv« (to enter, to go In, to come In) 
and m h3h1h m or M H3alH% pfv c (to go out, to come out) are 
also compounds of the verb » 5 h!h m and have the present stem 
Wyfc- « (y^eM, y^eiii, etc*) and ,, y3H|)- w or ,0 H3a|>- 18 (hsh^m, 
H3Hf>em, etCo) 
















V 


- 94 - 


NOTEs There are many other compounds of the verb "h1h m 
and the present tense of all of them is obtained 
by cutting off the Infinitive ending M -hH M and 
adding the to the remaining parts npehH* pfv. 

(to cross* to go over)* present tense stem 
M npei )«> M 0 



1 o - (1) Ha eu y jiKQJiy o 

(9) A hit a OHAa cT.'-BJbaTe Ha cto ? 
(9) PyKe CTOBJbaM Ha C TO o 


The accusative case must be used after the prepositions 
H y M (into* to* in) and %a n (or to* on) when these pre-volitions 
indicate direction of motion. The accusative case anrs the 
question M KyAa? M (Whither?) in this case* 

NOTE ; The question "Whither?”* although obsolete to some degree* is 
much better than the question "Where to?”* because it eliminates any 
confusion with the question "Where?”* which in English may mean "Where 
(to)?” or "Where(at)?”a 


























- 95 - 


2o - (8) KaA ce^HeM 3a cto ja c TaB*i>aM Hore n^A cto , He Ha ctoo 
Majna scejiH Aa H3 Hi)eTe npeA Kyly . 

Mother wants you to come out In front of the house . 
3aiiiTO He cTaBHTe rjiaBy hsa cto? 

Why don*t you put your head over the table? 

Other prepositions which in the same circumstances 
govern the accusative case* ares 

aa - behind (sa cto) 

hsa . over (hsa cto) 

noA - under (no a cto) 

npeA - in front* before (npeA Kyhy) 



3 o - ( 5 ) Jlerio je to a to t a t :v mc kpo3 i : ry M\ . 

(5) He hao m :*ii • •• •- • • iifyiiy Hero k;m' o • . • 

(4) TeuiKO je Hhr yo 'kl'JiP. 0 

(4) a. T- ' 1 a hot par hh3 6 pao . oha» je Jiano® 

The prepositions M y (l * "Ha"* "aa", KaA *' f "noA” and M npeA% 
in circumstances different from chose explained above* may 
govern also other oases, n ■: the following ^ repOMir.i :\s can 
govern the ac: sative case only. 

Kpo 3 - tnrough iKpo3 inyMy) 
mhmo - past* by (mhmo inyMy) 

HH3 - down (HH3 dpAo) 
y 3 » up* against (ya OpAo) 

































- 96 - 


TPETiH flEO BART III 

PPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 5 

Put Into the right form the words in the parentheses i 
Ko riHTa (yqeHHKl? 

HacTaBHHK nHTa (yneHHK)» 

Ko nHTa (bo j hhk j? 

O^HIJHp nHTa ( BO j HHK ) o 

Ko nHTa 5? 

^HyK nHTa (flefl)o 
HMaTe xr bh (6paT)? 

He, ja HeMaM ((5paT)° 

J \a jih 3HaTe (oAroBop)? 

Aa, ja QHaM (oAroBop) o 
Koj H (j ©3HK) BH yHHTe? 

Ja y^HM cpncKOxpBaTCKH (jcshk)® 

Hmsmo jih cafla (ahktut)? 

He, caAa HeMaMo (akhtst) 9 Hero (rpaMaTHKa)o 
Ko Mopa Aa CJiyuia (MajKa)? 

AeTe Mopa Aa CJiyuia (MajKa) • 

HMaTe Jim bh (cecTpai? 

He, ja HeMaM hh (dpaT) hh (cecTpa)* 

HMaTe jih (ojiOBKa) h (nepo)? 

(OjioBKa hmsm, a (nepo) HeMaMo 
IllTa HHTaT®? 

HHTaM (lUTHBo) <5pOJ TpH o 
Pa3yMeTe jih (nKTan^e)? 

Aa s ja pasyMeM ( nHTaike) s ajiH He 3HaM (oAroBop) 6 
KyAa HAeTe? 

HAeM H-a ( nac ) • 

HAeM y (yHHOHHijta) » 

KAeM Ha (6pAO)* 

HAeM 3a (nyia)® 

Hasm npeA (nyEa)® 

liTa paAH yneHHK kea y^e y (yHHOHHija)? 

KaA yneHHK y^e y (yHHOHHija) oh cTaB^a (nana) Ha (HHBHjiyK) h 
ceAa Ha (cTOjnma)® 

KyAa yneHHK CTaBJba Hore a KyAa (rjiaBa)® 
yneHHK CTaBJba Hore noA (cto) a rjiasy HaA (cto)® 

KyAa yjia3H cBeTJio y (yHHOHHija)? 

CBeTJio yjia3H y (yHHOHHua) Kpoa (npo3op) e 
KaAa HAeTe y3 (dpAo) a KaAa HAeTe HH3 (dpAo)? 

KaA HAeM y (uiKOJia) HAeM ys (dpAo) a KaA HAeM Kyin HAeM hhs 
(6pao) o 

A KaAa HAeTe mhmo (myMa) ? 

Mhmo (myMa) HAeM h KaA HAeM y (uiKOJia) h KaA HAeM KyiiH® 
lilTa BHAHTe kpos (nposop)? 

Kpos (nposop) bhahm (myMa)® 






UETBPTH flEO 


PART IV 


I1ITHBO EPOJ 5 READING- TEXT NO. 3 

IllTa cBe y^eHHK pa^H 

KaA yHeHHij;n hay y niKOJiy, ohh hay Y3 <5pAO® KaA yneHHnH 
TpeCa Aa yfyy y ynHOHHny 9 ohh yi>y Ha BpaTa ? He Kpo3 npo3op® 

KaA yi?e y yHHOHHijy, yneHHK cTaBJba penHHK, CejieJKHHijy, nepo 
h Apyro Ha cto<* OHAa nas^HBO c-nyina Hac TaBHHKa« KaA yneHHK He 
nyje hjih He pa3yMe HacTaBHHKa ? oh Kaace? "Mojihm join jeAHOM, h© 
pa3yMeM ,f « KaA yneHHK HHTa, oh hh Ta KisHry® KaA yneHHK nmne, oh 
nnine y tfeJiejKHHijy« KaA HacTaBHHK nmne, oh nmne Ha Tatfjry* 

Ako yneHHK Tano paA^* oh jieno ynn h HanpeAYje. KaA yneHHK 
Haynn cBe iuto Tpetfa AAHaynH 3a jeAaH ash, OHAa je speMe Aa ofle. 
KaA yneHHK Tpetfa Aa H3a^e (n3ni)e) , of H3H^e oneT Ha BpaTa, He 
Kpo3 npo3op® 


nETH /IEO PART V 

IIHTAH/. K3 ETHBA EPOJ 5 QUESTIONS ON READING- TEXT 

NO, 5 

1® KyAa hay yneHHiiH? 

2« KaKO hay yneHHriH KaA hay y niKOJiy? 

3® KyAa Tpe6a Aa y|>y yneHHiiH? 

4® Kano yjL&ze yneHHiiH KaA Tpeda Aa y^y y ynHOHHijy? 

5® JX8l jih yneHHAH y.na3e y yHHOHHijy Kpo3 npo3op? 

6® ETa paAH yneHHK KaA Y^e y yhhohhay? 

7® Ha niTa yneHHK cTaB^a penHHK h SeJiemHHiiy? 

8® Kano yneHHK cjiynia Hac TaBHHKa? 

9® ETa Ka3Ke yneHHK ano He nyje Hac TaBHHKa? 

10® ETa Ka»ce yneHHK aKO He pa3yMe Hac TaBHHKa? 

11o ETa HHTa yneHHK? 

12® y niTa nmne yneHHK? 

13® Ha niTa nmne HaciaBHHK? 

14® KaA yneHHK .neno yhh? 

15® KaA yneHHK HanpeAYje? 

16® ETa Tpec5a yneHHK Aa Haynn? 

17® KaA je BpeMe Aa yneHHK oa©? 

18o KaA Tpe6a yneHHK Aa H3a|>e? 

19® KaKO H3<^a3H yneHHK KaA Tpe(5a Aa H3ai?e? 

on 71 n tttt irTTouuw Tno a no _ ark ttq rtw _wnnn_rr-nnr»nri9_ 













-98- 


lilECTH JX EO PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 riPEBOEERA EPOJ 5 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 5 


Today I am going to school very early, because I do not 
yet know my lesson. Brown, too, is going early today. I have 
to read the grammar and he must learn the dialogue. 

We are going past a forest. We have to go up the hill. 
That is not easy. To go down the hill is easy. And to go 
through a forest is very nice. 

Brown wants to see my classroom. He wishes to see my 
place. Then he asks where I put this and where I put that. 

He also wants to know how I am progressing, if I understand 
the teacher, and what I do if I don’t understand a question. 
Then he says "so long". 


CEflMH AEO 


PART VII 


PEHHMK EPOJ 5 


VOCABULARY NO. 5 


250. o;yia3aK, m. . 

gen. sings OA-nacKa 
pis OA-flacuH 

*34. yjyTpo, adv. 

251. KyAa» adv. 

252. hEh, v.,i.,ipfv. 

pr.t« HAeM,&A«in,HAe 

HAeMO, ha©T e, hay 

253. paHO, adv. 

*219. jom, adv. 

254. ys, prep. 

255. <5pao, n. 

256. H&Tpar, adv. 

257. HH3, prep 

258. kpo 3, prep. 

259. liiyMa, f. 

260. mhmo, prep. 

261. yfcn, v., i. ,pfv. 

pr.t“ y^eM,V|em,y^e 

y$eMo,yt>eTe ,y^y 
*261. yjia3HTH s v. , i., ipfv. 


- departure, leaving 


- in the morning 

- whither, where to 

- to go 


- early 

- yet 

- up 

- hill 

- back 

- down 

- through 

- wood, forest 

- past 

- to enter 


- to enter 










-99- 


262. 


263. 


*263. 


264. 

265. 

266. 
*115. 

267. 

268. 
269. 


270. 


271. 


272. 


273. 

274. 


275. 

276. 


CTaB^aTH, v.,t.,ipfv. 


pr. t° 


- to put 

c TaBMM, c TaBvfcani, c T&B*5>a 
cTaBJbaMo, cTaBJbaTe , CTaB^bajy 


CTaBHTHj 

pr. t“ 


v.,t.,pfv. 


pr. t° 


ctIlbhm, ct&bhiu, ct&bh 
CT aBHMO,CTEBHTe,CT&Be 

ceAH©M,c^AHein,c^flHe 
c.^AHeMO, c&AHeTe , c&AHy 


- to put 


- to sit (down) 


ceA&THj 

pr. t“ 


V. , 1. ,ipfv. 


ce a© th , 


c&a&m, ceAam,c^Aa 
ceAaMojCCAaTe,c©Aajy 
v. , 1., ipfv. 
ce ahm , ce ahui, ce ah 
ceAHMOjceAHTe ,c©a©" 


v npeA, prep. 
Hora, f. 
no a, prep. 
3a, prep. 
pyKa s f. 
HaA » prep. 


OTHlZ, V. , i.,pfv. 


pr. to 


H3ZlH 

pr. t 


npehHp 

pr. t 


to sit (down) 


- to sit, to be sitting 


6AeM,6Aeui,6Ae 
6 a©mo ,oAe t©, 6 Ay 

OA^ia3HTH s v. , l.,ipfv. _ - 

pr.ts oA^ra3HM ? 6A*^a3Hin,6A^ia3H 

6^Jia3HMo , OA^iasHTe , OA*^a3© 

H3alHj , v., i. ,pf v. 

H3ZpM (H3ai)eM) 

H3H^em (H3a$eiu) 

H3H|>e (H3a^e) 

H3H$©mo (H3ai)eMo) 

H30$eTe (ii3aheTe) 

H3H^y (itaa^y) 

H3Jia3HTH ? v., i., ipfv. 

pr.ts H3jra3HM,H3Jia3Hin,ii3Jia3H 

H3Jia3HMO , H3Jia3HT© , H3Jia3e 
V. ,t., & i., pfv. 
npe^eM, npe^eui, npe ^e 
np^^eMO, npe^eTe , npet>y 
npejia3HTH , v. , t. , i. , ipfv. 

pr.t° np©Jia3HM S) npe.7ia3Hiii,npk.7ia3H 

npe^ia3HMO ,npejia3HT© ,np©Jia3$ 


before, in front of 

leg; foot 

under 

behind, at 

arm; hand 

above, over 

to depart, to go away 


to depart, to go away 


to go out, to come out 


to go out, to come out 


to cross, to go over 


to cross, to go over 


caB,pron.,m. 

CBSL 
\' 

CBe 


all 


f. 

n. 

cee, adv. 
jeAHOM, adv. 

BpeMe, n. 
gen.sing 
pi 

oneT, adv. 

cnaBaTH, v.,i.,ipfv. ^ 
pr. t° cnSBaM,cnaBaiu,cna'Ba 

cn^BaMO, cnfiBaTe , cn^Ba.jy 


- once 

- time 


BpeMena 

BpeMena 


again 
to sleep 



nPBH aEQ 


- 100 - 

DAILY UNIT IV 


PART I 


^HJAJIOr EPOJ 4 

Tae je niTa y 

yHHOHHHH 

1 ° HacTaBHHK - IilTa bhaht© KaA 
ceAHTe 2 . y^HOHHAH ? 


yneHHK - KaA ccahm y ynHOHHUH 
bhahm 3Ha s BpaTa z npo3op« 


2° HacT ° UlTa BHAZTe Kpo3 oHa 
npo3op 0 


Kpo3 oHaj npo3op bhahm 
iuyMy # 


3. HacT ° IilTa bhahtc Kpo 3 QBa.j 
npo3Qp? 

Kpo3 Ta.j npo3op bhahm 

6H6jiHOTeKy o 

4o HacT « IilTa BHAHTe Ha 3hav ? 

Ha 3HAy BHAHM HHBHJiyK H 
reorpacf)CKy napiy* 

5. HacT ° JXa jih je Bauia Kana Ha 
MecTy? 

y~H ° £a, OHa je Ha HZBHjiyKy o 


6« HacT ° Hnja je oho Kana? 
(Hzja je OHa Kana ?) 


y~H ° Oho je Moia Kana® ( OHa 
Kana je Moja®] 


DIALOGUE NO. 4 

Where are things ("Where 

Is what”) in the class¬ 

room 

1 * Instructor ? What do you see 
when you are sitting in the 
classroom ? 

Students When I am sitting 
in the classroom I see the 
wall, the door and the 
window® 

2» Instr s What do you see 
through that window (over 
there)? 

Sts Through that window 
Tover there) I see the 
forest® 

3o Instr s What do you see 
through this window ? 

St s Through that window 
I see the library® 

4. Instr s What do you see on 
the wall ? 

St s On the wall I see the 
hanger and the map® 

5® Instr s Is your cap in 
place ? 

St s Yes, it is on the 
hanger . 

6o Instr s Whose cap is that 
TWhose is that cap ) over 
there? 

St s T hat (over there) is 
my cap. ( That cap (over 
there) is mine). 


.ilfiMY L'AKSUACC SCHOOL, CALIF « $8t7 
















































11 




















































































12 












































































7o HacjTo P^e bhc e nana h 
reorpacf)CKa KapTa? 

7c 

Instrs Where are the cap 
and the map hanging? 

Y x i« Kana buck o HHBHjiyKy « 
Mana bhcz Ha cza7° 

a 

Sts The cap is hanging on 
the hanger and the map Is 
hanging on the wall* 

80 Hacx° Pfle cy ctojiobh? 

8 o 

Instrs Where are the desks? 

y~H° Ctojiobh cy cByAa no 
co 6 h 0 


Sts The desks are all over 
the room* 

9o HacT? Je jm to Bam cto? 
(Je jih Taj cto Bam?) 

9 o 

Instrs Is that your rJAsir? 
Tls that desk yours?) 

y^o ha* obo je Moj CTOo 
TTla„ OBaj cto je mo j » ) 


Sts Yes* this is my desk* 
TYes, this desk is mine*) 

10o HacT° /i, a jivl je oh npeMa 
yjiasy? 

10c 

Instrs Is it opposite the 
entrance? 

Yh° Hnje* oh je Majio Bmue 
ynyTpao 


Sts It isn 8 t, it is a 
little more inside* 

11 o HacT» /la* ajiH je npz 

yjia3y o 

llo 

Instrs Yes, but it is by 
the entrance* 

y*i° To je TazHOo 


Sts That is correct* 

12o HacT° Ha. jwi bh bojiht© 
TanaB z tojihkh cto? 

12 . 

Instrs Do you like a desk 
of that kind and size? 

yz» Ja He bojihm oBanaB h 
OBOJIHKH CTO, Hero OHaKaB 


Sts I do not like a desk of 
this kind and size, but of 

H OHOJIHKH CTOo 


that kind and size (over 

13. HacTg Ja mhcjihm Aa cy cbh 

CTOJIOBH TaKBH H TOJIHKH 

13. 

Instrs I think that all the 
desks are of the same kind 

Kao iuto je Bam ctoo 

Yh°o 3(5H«6a? 


and size as yours ( (, of the 
kind and size as is your 
de sk 11 ) * 

Sts Really? 








































-102- 


PART II 


/jpyrti aeq 

PPAMATHHKA AKAJIH3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS N0 o 4 

PAR* 48 - THE LOCATIVE SING-ULAR OF NOUNS 



The locative case basically Indicates location* that Is, 
in a place (y ynnomsuK.), at a place, or on, something (he 3 hay , 
Ha Me cry, Ha HMBHjryKy;. It occurs only after certain prepo¬ 
sitions® 

The locative singular of all masculine anu neuter nouns 
is formed by adding the ending ' ,r ~y*• to the stems 

nom.slng.5 3HA the stemS3H£- loc.singSsHA-y 
ynese yven^ yvtejb-y 

MecTO Mecx- MecT-y 

The locative singular oi all feminine nouns is formed by 
adding the ending 11 -a M to the stems 

nom.singsyvHOHHua the stemsyvnoHHH-loCcsingSyvHOHim-H 
SCeHa TOH- 3KeH—H 

If the stem of a noun ends in ,5 k M , ,0 r M or H x M it usually 

changes to ,e 3 M or ,5 c n respectively before the ending “h* 1 s 

nom. sing S(5H(5jiHOTeKa the steras<5n6jiHOTeK- loc. sings<5H(5jiHOTeu-H 
HOra HOT- H03-H 

2. - (11) fla, a^iH je npn yuiasy ® 

(1) KaA cqahm y yvnoHHHH bhahm 3Ha, Bpara, npo3op. 
(4) Ha 3 hay bhahm hhbhjiyk h reorpa^Ky KapTy® 

(7) Kana buck o HHBHjyKy * 

(8) Cto^iobh cy cByAa no co(5H q 
(11) JX a jik je oh npena yjiaoy ? 




































































-103- 


The only preposition which governs only the locative 
case (npn yjxasy) is n npH M (by, at. near)® 

The prepositions M y M (in, at), "Ha" (on, at, in), "o ' 1 
(on, about), "no 11 (over, on) and '’npeMa" (opposite) are the 
only other propositions which govern the locative to denote 
location 'j y vhohhuh, Ha sh fly, o HHBHjryKy, no co(5h, npeMa 
yjia3y)(or to express some otner ideas which will be explained 
later)o All these prepositions under different circumstances 
govern other cases* 



Demonstrative pronouns are used to point out persons or 
things* The Serbo-Croatian demo ns 1 : •; ive pronouns are adjecti¬ 
val pronouns (see Par* id) , 


1® - (3) lUxa BHflHTe kj 03 osaj npo3op? 

(3) Kpos TSJ np030p 6 H<5 JIHOTeKy O 

(2) ulTa BHAHTe Kpos Or.;' .1 npOSOp? 

(2) Kpos QHaj nposop bhahm uiyMy® 

The words '’oBaj* 5 , ,, Taj M , and ,, OHaj n are demonstrative 
pronouns which are used to point out persons or things re¬ 
gardless of their quality or size. In their fundamental form 
they read as followss 

Osaj, m., oea, f®, obo, n. - this 

Taj, m., Ta, f•, to, n. - that 

Onaj, m®, oHa, f•, oho, n. - that (over there), yonder 
NOTE ; The steins of the above pronouns are; ob- , T-, oh-® 

2 ® - ( 12 ) ha jih BOjiHTe TanaB h tojihkh cto? 

(12) Ja He bojthm QBanaB h obojihkh cto, Hero OHanaB 

H OHOJIHKH C TO o 

The words "oBanaB "5 "Tanas% "oHanaB"j are demonstrative 
pronouns which are used to point out persons or things of a 
particular quality* In their fundamental form they read as 
follows$ 


































- 104 - 


OBaKaB 9 m®- obekbEo f •, obekbOj Ho - such, of this kind, 

like this 

TanaB, m», tekbe, f«, tekbo, n, - such, of that kind, 

like that 

OHanaB, m*, oHaKBa, ohekbo, n c - of that kind (over 

there), like that 
(over there) 

NOTES (a) The stems of the above pronouns ares obekb— , tekb— , 
OHEKB—O 

(b) A shortened form of the above pronouns is heard in 
colloquial speechs obekh, m» , OBana, fo 9 obeko, n..J TaKH, Mo, 

Tana, fo, TaKOj no l oHaKH, u«, oHana, f®, oHaieo, n« 

3. - (12) /la JIM BOJIHTe TEKaB H TQJIHKH CTO? 

(12) Ja He bojihm OBanaB h obojihkh cto, Hero oHanaB 

H OHOJIHKH C TO o 


The words ,, oBOJIHK^^ , , "tojihkh 11 , and 11 ohojiukh** are demon¬ 
strative pronouns which are used to point out persons or 
things of a particular size* In their fundamental form they 
reads 

Obojihkh, m®, OBOJiHKa, f®, obojihko, n® 

Tojihk^, m. , tojihkr, f®, to^hko, n® 

Ohojihkh, m., oHOJiHKa, f®, ohojihkq 5 n« 


4® “ Osa.1 pe hhhk je mo jo 

This dictionary is mine 

HMaiU JIM TH OBaKSLB peHHHK? 

Do you have a dictionary like this? 

/la jim je Bama yHHOHHua osojiHKa? 

Is your classroom also as~big as this? 

Taj Bain peHHHK je Bpjio AoOap; Moj penHHK HHje 
TanaB h tojihkH q 

That dictionary of yours is very good; my dictionary 
is neither of that kind nor of that size® 

/la Jim. je QHaj nanyT Ha HHBHJiyKy Bain? HHje, Moj 
nanyx HHje OHaKaBo 

Is that eoaT”orTTihe hanger yours? It is not, my coat 
is not like that® 

Demonstrative pronouns ^OBaj", "oBaKaB 11 and ,l oBOJIHKH ,, 
refer to objects near the speaker® 

M Taj'', "TaKaB 11 and ^tojihkh 1 * refer to objects near the 
person spoken to® 

M 0Haj% '‘oHaKSB" and ,, 0 H 0 JIHKH ,, refer to objects distant 
from both the speaker and the person spoken to® 


- of this size, as 
big as this 

- of that size, as 
big as that 

- of that size (over 
there), as big as 
that (over there) 












- 105 - 


5. - (9) fla, OBO je Moj C TO o 
To je Moje nepoo 
That is my pen 0 
(6) Oho je Moja Kana» 

To cy mo je. KH»nre 
Those are my books. 

The above are examples of sentences which point out 
something (obo 3 to, oho, to) and then give a short definition 
of it (ctOj nepo, Kana, KMre) 0 The pointing word in both 
English ("this", “these' 1 , “that", “those") and Serbo-Croatian 
("obo"j "to", "oho") is a demonstrative pronoun* 

In such sentences until the object has been named and 
consequently has the gender, Serbo-Croatian uses the neuter 
singular demonstrative pronoun. Note that the verb agrees In 
number with the following word (je Moj cto; je Moje nepo; je 
Moja Kana; cy Moje KaHre) and not with the"subject (obo, to, 
oho) * 


6* - (6) Hnja je oho Kana? 

Hnja je oHa Kana? 

But(6) Ona nana je Mojao 

If the demonstrative pronoun is followed by the name of 
the object being pointed out, it always agrees with that noun 
in gender, number and case ( OHa nana je Moja) except in inter¬ 
rogative sentences which are introduced by an interrogative 
pronoun, when the pronoun may agree with the noun (Hnja je oHa 
Kana?) or may be in the neuter gender (Hnja je oho Kana?). 


TPEliH ffEO lL-±±i 

rPAMATHhKE BEEBE EPOJ 4 A 

I. Put into the right form the words in the parenthesess 
je Barna Kana? - Moja Kana je Ha (HHBHjiyKj » 

T^e cy yneHnuH? - yveHHijH cy Ha (nac)o 

Tfle je reorpacjpcKa KapTa? - reorpa&cKa KapTa je Ha ( 30 a). 

Ko je y (yHHOHHua)? - V (yvnoHana) cy yHHTe-k h yneHann. 
je aeu? - 3eij je y (myMa)o 
bh cnaBaTe? - Ja cnaBaM y (coda). 

Ta© je Tadjia? - Tadna je Ha (3 Ha)® 

T^e je Kpe^a? - Kpefla je Ha (TadJia). 

3aniTO He ce^HTe Ha (MecTo)? - Ja He snaM p^e je Moje Mec to® 

IilTa He pa3yM8Te y (nHTaiLe)? - He pa3yMeM HHiiiTa. 

iilTa BHCH O ( HHBHJiyK) ? - 0 ( HHBHJiyK) BHC© Kane H KanyTHo 
KyAa xoAa.vio? - IIo (no#) xoAtMO® 

HIT a je npeMa (ynHOHHija)? - IIpeMa (yHHOHHija) je dudjiHOTeKa. 
IilTa je npn (yjra3)? - IIpH (yjias) je cto® 

2 o Choose the right word in the parentheses? 
iilTa je obo? - (Obo, To, Oho) je penHHK® 

HIT a je to? - (0bo,Th,0ho) je de^rescHHija 








106 - 


IilTa je oho? - ( Obo „ To * Oho ) je Tadma® 

Hhjh je obo pghhhk? - (0BO g To,0Ho) je MOJ peHHHK® 

Hhjh je OBaj penHHK? - (OBaj 9 Taj,OHaj) p©hhhk je mo j• 

Hnja je to deme:KHHEi;a? - (0 bo 8 To 9 0ho) je Moja deme^HHija. 

HHja je Ta demeJKHHija? - (0Ba,Ta.0Ha) demestHHiia je Moja® 

Hnja je OHa nyEa? - (0Ba ? Ta ? 0Ha) KyPa je Hama® 

Aa jl h ie Bauie nepo OBaKBO? - Aa Moje nepo je (OBaKBO 9 TaKBO 9 
OHaKBO/O 

Aa jm je Bam peHHHK OBanaB? - He Moj penHHK HHje (OBaKaB 9 
TanaB 9 OHanaB) Hero (OBanaB»TanaB)o 

Aa jik je Bam KanyT OHanaB Kao OHaj Ha HHBHjryKy? - He Moj 
KanyT HHje (OHaKaB, OBaKaB 9 TanaB) Hero ( OBaKaB 9 TanaB) i^ao 
Bam® 

Aa jrsi je Bam paAHo obojihkh? - He Moj pa^no HHje (obojihkh, 

TOJIHKH 9 OHOJIHKH ) H6TO ( OBO^HKH , TO JIHKH ) o 

Aa Jin je h aeroB paAHo tojihkh? - He aeroB pa^no HHje (obojihkh s 
tojihkHjOHojihkh) j, Hero ohojihkh Kao OHaj y dHdjraoTeijiio 
Aa JlTiL cy OBH peHHHHH flOdpH? - ^a, (oBHjTHjOHh) peHHHHH cy 
AOdpH® 

Aa jitil cy ohh penHHHH Ha CTomy Tano^e Aodpn? - Aa ? h (ohh ? 
th^obh) peHHHHH Ha CTorny cy Aodpn® 

Aa mn cy h Bame omoBKe OBaKBe? - He* Moje ojioBKe HHcy 
(OBaKBe 9 TaKBe 9 oHaKBe ) 9 Hero (OBaKBe s TaKBe 9 oHaKBe) Kao oh® mio 
hx HMa IleTap® 

Aa jih cy Bauia chhobh obojihkh? - He mo j h chhobh HHcy (tojihkh, 

OBOJIHKH 9 OHOJIHKH ) « 

Hnja je obo coda? - (To^Ta) je Moja coda® 

Raja je OBa coda? - (Ta^To) coda je Moja® 


HETBPTK AEO PART IV 

MTHBO EPOJ 4 READING- TEXT NO, 4 

Tae je liiia y ynHOHHHH 

Ha noAy y yHHOHHijH cy cto^obh h cTomHAe® Ha cTOJiy h y 
cTomy cy meKijHje^ demeacHHije $ peHHHijH, nepa h omoBKe ® Ha 
CTomHHH ce^H yneHHK® 

Ha 3HAy cy Tadma 0 HHBHmyK h reorpa^cne napTe® Ha Tadmn 
cy pean noje HacTaBHHK name ® 0 HHBHJiyKy BHce nane h nanyTH® 
Ha napTH je JyrocJiaBH ja® 

y 3HAy cy nposopn h BpaTa® Kpo3 npo3op yneHHijH BHAe CBe 
0ho mTo je Hano^yc Ha BpaTa ymase h H3ma3e HacTaBHHijH h 


yneHHAH 







-107- 


Ha TaBaHHijH je cBeTJiOo 

KaA yneHHUH xpeda a& J\>y J yHHOHHijy ohh Mopajy npBO a a 
OTBope BpaTa. KaA yneHHHH H3a*>y ohh 3aTBope BpaTa. 


nETK AEO PART V 

IIMTAHA H3 IUTHBA BPOJ 4 QUESTIONS ON THE READING TEXT 

NO. 4 

1. TAe cy ctojiobh? 

2. TAe cy CTOJiHHe? 

3b lilTa je Ha cTOJiy h y cTOJiy? 

4o Ko ceAH Ha ctojihhh? 

5® lilTa je Ha 3HAy? 

6b lilTa je Ha TadJiH? 

7 b iiiTa BHCH O HHBHJiyKy? 

8. HIt a je Ha KapTH? 

9b TAe cy npo3opn h BpaTa? 

10b lilTa BHAe yneHMitH npo3 npo3op? 

11 o KyAa yjiase yHeHHijH h HacTaBHHHH? 

12 « Ha jijh ohh yjra3e Kpo3 npo3op? 

13» lilTa je iia TaBaHHijH? 

14b KaA Tpeda yneHHHH Aa OTBope BpaTa? 

15. KaA Tpeda yneHHUH Aa 3aTBope BpaTa? 

16 o lilTa BHAe yneHHHH Kpo3 npo3op Kojn je npH yjia3y? 

17 o lilTa BHAe yneHHHH npo3 npo3op ko j h je npeMa yjra3y? 


IjIECTH flEO PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 nPEBOIEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 

What the student does 

First I open the door. Then I enter the classroom. Then I 
put the books on or into the desk. Then I put the cap and the 
coat on the hanger where they hang unti it is time to leave 
(“that I leave 1 ’). 

The instructor is speaking, and writing Serbo-Croatian 
words on the blackboard. 

Through the window we see what kind of day it is. If it 
is nice, we open the window._ 












-108- 


When it is time to leave, we go out and we shut the 

door. 


CE£MH £E0 

PERHHK EPOJ 4 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 4 

277. 3Ha 8 m. 

oo 

wall 

nOm.pl” 3HflOBH 

278. OBaj, pron.,m. 

- 

this 

OBa, f. 

6bo, n. 

279. Taj , pron. ,m 

- 

that 

Ta, f. 
to, n. 

280. baa j , pron. ,m. 


that (over there) 

6Ha, f. 


yonder 

6ho , n. 



281. dHdjraoTeKa, f. 

- 

library 

282. HHBHJiyK , m. 

- 

hanger 

nom.pl” ^yBHjiyijH 

283. reorpacpcKa KapTa, f. 

- 

map 

284. bhchth, v., i.,ipfv. 

- 

to hang (to be 

pr.t° BHCHM , BHCHUI, BHCH 


hanging) 

BHCHMO , BHCHTe , BHC© 

285. o, prep. 

- 

on 

285. cByAa* adv. 

- 

everywhere 

287. prep. 

- 

over 

288. npeMa, prep. 

- 

opposite 

289. yji&Q s ra. 

- 

entrance 

290. yHVTpa, adv. 

- 

inside 

291. npn, prep. 

- 

by 

292. B6jieTH 9 v.,t.,ipfv. 

— 

to like: to love 

pr. to b&jihm,boji5iu,b6ji5 

b$jihmo , BO^iHTe , BOJie 

293o oBHKaB, pron.,m. 

- 

of this kind, like this 

OBEKBa, f. 

OBSLKBO g n. 

294. TanaB , pron.,m. 

- 

of that kind, like that 

TaKBa, f. 

TRKB0 o n. 

295. oHanaB, pron.,m. 

- 

of that kind (over 

oHaKBa, f. 


there), like that (over 

OHaKBo, n. 


there) 

296. obojihkh , pron. , m. 

- 

of this size, as big as 

OBOJIHKa, f. 


this, this big 

OBOJtHKO , n. 

297. tojihkh, pron. ,m. 

- 

of that size, as big as 

TOJIHKa , f. 


that, that big 

TOJIHKO, n. 






-109- 


298 o 


299 o 

300. 

301. 

302. 

303. 


304. 


305. 


305. 

307. 

308. 

309. 


ohojihkh, pron. ,m. 


OHOJTHK&, f # 

OHOJIHK5 , n. 

nip,, m., nom.pljn^AOBH 
K&nyT» m. 

JyrocjiaBHja, f. 

H^nojby, a&v. 
oTBopuTH, v. ,t.,pfv. - to open 

pr.t’ OTBOpHM,OTBOp5m,6TBOpH 

6tbophmo, 6TBopHTe,bTBope 
oTBapaTH, v. ,t.,ipfv. ^ - to open 

pr. t* OTBapaM,6TBapaiu,6TBapa 

6TBapaMO,b>TBapaTe , OTBapajy 


of that size (over there), 

as big as that (over there), 

that big 

floor 

coat 

Jugoslavia 

outside 


saTBopHM, v. ,t.,pfv. 
pr. t« 


to close, to shut 


3 RTBOpUM , 3 aTBOpHUI, 3 aTBOpH 
3 aTBopHMO,3kTBopHTe,saTBope 
3aTBapaTH, v.,t.,ipfv. - to close, 
pr.t' 3kTBapaM,3aTBapaui,3aTBapa 

3aTBapaMo,3aTBapaTe,3aTBapajy 
BHfleTH, v N ., t., & i., ipfv. ,pfv. - to see 

pr.t° BHflHM , BHflHIU, BHflH 

BHAHMO,BHflHTe,BHfle 

ae^onjiaH, m. - airplane 

nTHija, f. - bird 

Ka.Be 3, m. - cage 

Kyla, f. - house 


to shut 



































- 111 - 


LESSON III 
DAILY UNIT I 

IIPBH aEO part I 

HHJAJIOr EPQJ 1 DIALOGUE NO, 1 



0 rpafly MoHTepejy 
1. HacTaBHHK* JilTa hmomo flaHac? 


YaeHHK ° /laHac HMaMO ah j ajior o 
MoHTepejy. 

2. HacT ° AOdpo, KanaB je rpaA 
MoHTepej? 

MoHTepe j je npHjaTaH uo,jm 

rpaA* 

3* HacT » BojiHTe jih bh Majie 
rpaflQBe ? 

Yh ° Ja bojihm Aa dkhbhm no 
MaJiHM rpaflQBHMa h cejiHMa o 

4. rlac t ° Bn MOJKAa He BOjiHTe 4 

rpaacKH caobpalaj . 

Vh} He. He bojihm ae bhahm nc 
yjinnaMa cBa Ta jaBHa caodpakaiaa 
cpe ac TBa «» 


About the town of Monterey 

1* Instructor s What do we 
have today? 

Student ; Today we have 
a dialogue about Monterey,, 

2» Instr s All right, what 
sort of town is Monterey? 

St o Monterey is a pleasant 
little town. 

3* Instr s Do you like small 
towns ? 

St ; I like to live in 
small towns and villages . 


Instr ; Perhaps you don't 
like city traffic . 

St ; No* I don't like to see 
all those public means of 
transportation in the 
streets. 










































- 112 - 


5. HaeT » Y MoHTepejy hmemo caMO 5. 
ayTodyce . 

Yh ’ H to Bp.no Ma.no. 

6 * Hacx » 3ap MHCJiHTe Aa je to 6 . 
Aodpo? 

y^ o Aodpo je, jep HOBen He 
Mopa Aa naMTH cBe Te dpojeBe . 


7. Hac t ° Bh TaKoi)e BOJiHTe 
uiapoKe yAHite , 3ap He? 

Yh ‘ Aa, bojihm• 

8* HacT ° TAe bh cTaHyjeTe? 


Yh '- Ja cTaHyjeM y KacapHH. 


9° HacT* 3HaTe j&l cTapnjer 
BOAHHKa <3?opAa? TAe cTaHyje 
OH? 

Yj.t Oh CTaHyje y rpaAy, HMa 
jeAHy BejiHKy Kyky. 


Yh °q Ohh jKHBe y cTaHOBHMa 3 a 
HeneiLeHe ocfcHUHpe » 

11* Hac t ‘ 3a He^eaeHa HOBeKa 
TaMO je AOdpo. 

Yh* HapoHHTo ano Mopa Aa 
HAe neuiKe y3 oho ctpmo 
(5pAO o 


12# Hac T o 3a MjiaAor HOBena Kao 

IIITO CTe BH TO HHje TeiKKO . 

Yh ° MoxcAa, ajiH ja He bojihm 
cTPMa dpAa . 


Instr : In Monterey we have 
only buses . 

St g And very few too. 

Instr : Do you really 
think that, that is good? 

Sts It is good because one 
does not have to remember 
all those numbers . 

7. Instr s You also like wide 
streets , don’t you? 

Sts Yes, I do. 

8. Instr s Where do you live 
("reside”)? 

St : I live in the barracks. 


9. Instr : Do you know Master 
Sergeant Ford? Where does 
he live? 

St : He lives in town; he 
has a large house. 

Instr : And where does 
Captain Doe and Second Lieu¬ 
tenant Jones live? 

St : They live in the 
Bachelor Officers Quarters . 

11. Instr : For an unmarried 
man it is good there. 

St : Especially if he has 
to walk ("to go on foot") 
up that steep hill. 


12. Instr : For a young man 
such as you, that is not 
difficult. 

St : Perhaps, but I don't 
like steep hills . 


10. HacT * A rAe 3KHBe KaneTaH 10. 
Ao h noTnopynHHK 1 oh3» 










































Contd. Lesson XX* Dialogue 4 



ARMY LANGUAGE SCHOOL. CAL'! 


2 3 4 3 


























































































































































































. 


- 



















* 


' 


































































































AFyrH ae o 


PART II 


rPAMATHHKA AHAJIK 3 A EPOJ 1 GR AMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PAR. 50 - THE ACCUSATIVE PLURAL OF NOUNS 


1. - (5) y MoHxepejy hmemo caMO ayxoOyce . 

(10) OHHJKHBe y cxaHOBHMa 3a HeojceiteHe ocf;KnHpe . 

(3) BojiHxe jvsl B0 Majie rpaflOBe ? 

(6) /J,o(5po je, jep HOBeK He Mopa a a naMXH cBe le 
gpo.leBe o 

The accusative plural of all masculine nouns is formed 
by adding the ending "-e M to the stem (avxo(5yce,ocbunupe ). 
Masculine nouns which have the long plural (see PAR. 37) add 
n -e M to the extra syllable m -ob h or "-es 11 (PAR, 37), 


Norn,sing,ayxo(5yc 

0(|}HUHp 

rpafl 

6poj 


stem? ayxoOyc- 

OC|)HHHp- 

rpaA- 

<5poj- 


acc.pl: ayxo(5yc-e 
o^HUHp-e 
rpaA-oB-e 
6po j-eB-e 


2. (7) Bh xaico^e Bojinxe impoKe yjimxe , 3ap He? 
Ja HHTaM caMO aoQpe KMre. 

I read only good books . 


All feminine nouns which end in "-a" in the nominative 
singular, add ,, -e M to form the accusative plural (which, there¬ 
fore, is the same as the nominative plural): 


Norn, sing:yjiHua stemSyjiHn- acc. pi Syjinn-e 

KHsHra KHJar- KH>nr-e 

3. - (4) He bojihm bhahm no yjumaMa cbs xa jaBHa 
caodpalajHa cpeacxBa . 

(12) MoscAa^ ajiH ja He bojikm cTPMa Opaa . 

Oh mhcjih Aa 3Ha OAroBop Ha cBa naxa^a o 
He thinks that he knows the answer to all que ¬ 
stions. 


All neuter nouns add n -a" to form the accusative plural 
(which, therefore, is the same as the nominative plural): 


Nom.sing:cpeAc xbo 
6pao 
nuxaae 


stem: cpeAcxB- acc.pl: cpeAcxB-a 
<5 pA- 6 pa- a 

nnxapb- nnxav^a 


PAR. 51 - THE LOCATIVE PLURAL OF NOUNS 

1. - ilia BHAHxe Ha npp3opHM a? - Ha npo3opHMa bhahm HBehe. 
What do you see in tTTe"windows ? - In the windows 
I see flowers. 

(3) Ja bojihm Aa schbhm no MajiHM rpaAQBHMaa cejiHMa . 

(10) Oh 5khbh y cxaHOBHMa 6a He&eTteHe o^Hnape. 




























-114- 


All masculine and neuter nouns form the locative plural 
by adding the ending "-hms 11 to the stem; 


Nom.sing;npo3op 
cejio 

C T&H 


stem;npo3op- 
ceji- 
c TEH— 


loc.pls npo3op-HMa 
cejr-HMa 
C TflH-OB- HMS 


If the stem of masculine nouns ends in a velar consonant 
the rule of changing velar consonants before ''-Ma 11 must be 
observed (PAR. 8); 


HIT a BHCH Ha HHBHJiyHHMa ? 

What hangs on the hangers? 

HIt a yvHTe y flH.jajio3HMa ? 

What do you study in dialogues? 

2. - (4) He bojihm «a bhahm no yjiHgaMa CBa Ta jaBHa 
caoCpalajHa cpeACTBa. 

yneHHHH Mopajy (5hth y yHHOHHijaMa Ha BpeMe. 

The students have to be in the classrooms on time 

The locative plural of all feminine nouns which in the 
nominative singular end in 11 -a 11 is formed by adding the ending 
»-mia"; 

Nom. sing; yjinija stem;yjiHH- loc.pliyjiHg-aMa 

yHHOHHna % yvyHHHu;- yHHOHHg-aMa 


PAR. 52 - THE ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR OF ADJECTIVES 

1. - (11) 3a HeaceneHa HOBeKa TaMo je AO(5po. 

yvHTe^> bojih MapjbHBa yneHHKa. 

The teacher likes a diligent student. 

The accusative singular of a masculine adjective in the 
indefinite form which modify an animate noun is made by adding 
the ending "-a 11 to the stem; 

Nom. sing; He ace sen stemSHeEcer&eH- loo.plSHesceTteH-a 

MapvbHB MapjbHB- Map*s>HB—a 

2. - (12) 3a MJiaflor HOBSKa Kao hito cTe bh to HHje TeniKO • 

BHAHTe jih oHor BHcoKor rocnoAHHa? 

Do you see that tell gentleman? 

(9) 3HaTe jih cTapn.jer BOAHHKa <i>opAa? 

The accusative singular of masculine adjectives in the 
definite form which modify an animate noun is made by adding 
the ending "-or M if the stem does not end in a palatal conso¬ 
nant (MJiaAoi^ BHcoKor), and the ending 11 -er 11 if the stem ends 
in a palatal consonant (cTapnjer). 

























- 115 - 


3. - Oh HMa uph Kanyr. 

He has a black coat . 

BojiHTe jih Mo.i hphh KanyT ? 

Do you like my black coat ? 

(4) Bn Moscfla He BOJiHTe rpaflCKH caoPpoLa j ? 

If a masculine adjective, either in the indefinite or 
definite form, modifies an inanimate noun, the accusative 
singular is the same as the nominative singular: 

Nom. singsupH KanyT acc.sing:upH KanyT 

UpHH KanyT UPHH KanyT 

BejiHKH rpaACKH caoPpalaj bojihkh rpaflCKH 

caoPpakaj 

4. (9) Oh cTaHyje y rpafly; raa jeflHy Bejinny Kyly. 

Ja HHTaM jeflHy bpjio floppy Kftnry» 

I am reading a very good book. 

The accusative singular of all feminine adjectives is 
obtained by adding the ending H -y" to the stem: 

Norn. sing.masc:BejiHK stem: BejiHK- acc. sing. femS BejiHK-y 

floPap floPp- floPp-y 

i 

5. - (11) HapoHHTO aKO Mopa fla Hfle neuiKe y3 oho ctpmo Ppflo 

Ja bojihm Jieno BpeMe. 

I like nice weather. 

The accusative singular of all neuter adjectives is the 
same as the nominative singular : 

Nom.sing: ctpmo (Ppflo) acc. singscTpMo (Ppflo) 

jieno (BpeMe) Jieno (BpeMe) 


PAR. 53 - THE ACCUSATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

1. - (3) BojiHTe jih bh Majie rpaflOBe? 

(10) Oh jkhbh y cTaHOBHMa 3a HeaceneHe ocf)HHHpe • 

(7) Bh TaKO^e bojiktc iiinpoKe yjiHu;e, 3ap He? 

The accusative plural of all masculine and feminine adj¬ 
ectives is obtained by adding the ending "- c e n to the stem. 
Therefore, the accusative plural of feminine adjectives is the 
same as their nominative plural: 

& 

Nom.singrnajiH stem:Maji- acc.pl.masc, fera:Maji-e 

uiHpoK inHpoK- urnpoK- 


2. - (4) He bojihm fla bhakm no yjiHnaua cBa Ta ,1 aBHa 
caoPpakajHa cpeflcTBa. 

(12) Moacfla, ajiH ja He bojihm c^pMa Ppfla. 


The accusative plural of all neuter adjectives is the same 






























116“° 


as the nominative plural (PAR. 16) (jaBHa caodpaPajHa cpe^cTBa; 

BHCOKa dpAa)• ~ 

NOTE S The declension endings for adjectival pronouns , 
ordinal numerals and cardinal numeral VjeAaH H are the same 
as declension endings for adjectivess 


(4) He boahm a a bhahm cBa Ta jaBHa caotfpatajHa 

cpeACTBa. 

(6) Aotfpo je, jep voBen He Mopa Aa naMXH cBe Te tfpojeBe. 
(11) HapoHHTO aKO Mopa Aa HAe neuiKe y3 oho ctpmo (5pAO. 
Iilxa main© y iipbom mxHBy? 

What is written in the first reading text? 


PART III 


TPETiH AEO 


GRAMMAR EXERGI3ES NO, 1 


rPAMATHHKE BE3KBE BPOJ 1 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper cases 
r ' lAHTe^n)? - He, ja HeMaM (poAHTe^n) rah 



JiiTa Hnxaxe? - hhxrm irpaMaxHHKe Be3ic6e) (5poj jeAaHo 
Knaxe ah cbh (nepa)? - Ja HeMaM (nepo)» 

BoAHxe ah bh Aa MBHTe y (rpaAOBn) hah y (ceAa)? - Ja boahm Aa 
5KHBHM y ( rpaAOBH ) « 

Aa ah cy yneHHAK y (ynHOHnije) ? - He, yveHnijH HHcy y (yvHOHHue) 
Hero koa Kyle* 

Ko 3khbh y (nacapHe)? - Y (KacapHe) jkhb© bo j hhu;h« 

3s.iiito cAysce cxoAHije? - Ha (cxoAHije) ceAHMo. 

Hlxa je Ha (cxoaobh)? - Ha (cxoaobh) cy KYbure * 

Ko nHTa (yneHHuH)? - Y^iUTejb nnxa (yveHHijH) . 

Ko cAyma (yvHxejbH)? - yveHHHH cAymajy (yvHxe*t>H) . 

Ko boah (Eepice)? - Majna h oxau; boag (PepKe)o 
Ko BOAH (cHHOBh)? - P0AHX6A>H BOAe (cHHOBll) . 

Ko boah (poAKxejbH)? - Chhobh h Eepne BOAe (poAHxejbn). 

Tpe6a ah Aa 3axBopHM (Bpaxa)? - Aa, moahm Bac Aa 3axBopHxe 
(Bpaxa)• 

Ha luxa yveiiHuH cxaE.a>ajy (nanyTH)? - yvenHUH cTas^ajy (xanyTH) 

Ha (HHBHAyUH)o 

Ha uixo yHGHHUH cxaBJbajy (rotHre)? - yveHHUH cxaB^ajy KH>nre Ha 
(ctoaobh)* 

Ha mxo ceAajy yneHHuH naA Y\>Y Y (yHHOHHija) ? - Ohh ceAajy Ha 
( CXOAHIje ) • 

PAe JKHBe (3eu)? - (3en;) HHBe y (nryM*»)« 

TAe bh cxaHyjexe? - Ja cxaHyjeM y (nyPa) Ha (<5pAo)» 

Aa ah je h Barna Kyh. a Ha (dpAo)? - He, Moja Kyla HHje Ha (CpAo). 
(KoAHKa nytai HMa rocno a hh riexpoBHk? - Toctioahh neTpoBHp hmr 
(B eAHKa Kyla) <> 

(KaKBa nyEa) HMa rocnofiHH nepnl? - TocnoAHH riepHp HMa (Aena 
Kyla) 0 

(Koahkh chh) HMa rocno^a nonoBHp? - OHa HMa (bgahkh chh). 
(Koakkh pevHHK) HMaxe? - Ja hmrm (msah) aAH (AO(5ap pevHHK) • 













-117- 


(KanaB yneHUK-) bojih ynHTeJb? - ynKTejb bojih (MapJbHB) h (namB 
yneHHK)« 

(KaKBa AeeojKa) oh HMa? - Oh hms (M^a^a) h (jiena AeBojKa) * 
(Koja jaBHa caotfpa&ajHa cpe ac TBa ) hmsl MoHTepej? - MoHTepej mia 
cano (ayTodyc)o 

(KaKBe uiKOjie) HMa KajiH(|3opHHja? - KaJiH^opHHja hme (Aotfpe) h 
(Jiene niKOJie ) « 

(KaKBO ijBeiie) bh BOJiHTe? - Ja bojihm (jiene pysce) • 

(KojH je3 hu;h) roBopHTe? - Ja roBopHM (eHrviecKH) b (cpncKO- 
XpBaTCKH je3HK)o 

(KaKBH yneHHAH) ynHTe^H He BOJie? - y^HTe^H He BOJie (HenaiiHBH 
yneHHHH). 

(KaKBH ayxodycH) maMo y (MoHTepej)? - ¥ (MoHTepej) HMaMo 
(dp3H ayTO(5vcH) o 

(KaKBa nepa) Tpeda as HMajy yneHHHH? - yneHHiiH Tpetfa p,& 

HMajy (Aodpa nepa). 

(KaKBa jyTpa) HMaMo y (MoHTepej)? - y (MoHTepej) mawo 
(c.BeJKa jyTpa) * 

HM&Te Jim (Aodpo nepo)? - A a, ja yBeK mmem (Aotfpo nepo). 

HMa JIM oh ( BejiHKa nopoAHija)? - Aa, oh HMa ( BejiHKa nopoAMna) « 
(Ko) Tpeda Aa cJiymajy MjiaijH? - Mjia^n Tpeda Aa cJiyma jy 
( c TapH j H ) <, 

3HaTe jib (oAroBopn) Ha cbel nHTana? - He, ja He 3HaM (oArosopn) 
Ha cBa nHTaita. 

3HaTe jih (HsHxobh chhobh) h (BepKe)? - He, ja He 3Hsm hh 
(ikhxobh chhobh) hh (itHxoBe BepKe) o 


HETBPTH AEO PART IV 

IlITHBO EPOJ 1 READING- TEXT NO. 1 

BojHa niKOJia 3a cTpaHe je3HKe 

BojHa uiKOJia 3a CTpaHe je3HKe je y npecHAHjy. ripecHAHo je 
y MoHTepejyo MoHTepej je y AP^aBH KajmcfjopHHjH. -KaJHwJjopHBja je 
y AMepHHH* 

Bojna niKOJia 3 a cxpaHe je3HKe je Hama iincojia. Ty mh yaHMO 

CpnCKOXpBa'TCKH je3HK» 

IIpecHAHO je Ha <5pA7° CpncKOxpBaTCKO or,eJbene je cKopo Ha 
caMOM Bpxy« CpncKOxpBaTCKO oAeJk©*^© HMa A Be KJiace° cTapy h 

HOBy. H cxapa h HOBa KJiaca HMajy pa3Ha oa©^© 1 ^' oa eJben>e A, 

OA©JbeH>e B, op,eJteite IU 

yneHHHH cTaHyjy Ha pasHHM MecTHMa. 







-118- 


HemeHjeHH ocjpmjHpH CTaHyjy y cTaHOBHMa 3a HesKeT?>eHe o<f)Hn;Hpe. 
KeaeHH ocfDHijHpH h bojhhi^h cTaHyjy no cTaHOBHMa hjih KyLaMa y 

rpa^y* 


HejKeseHH bojhhi^h CTaHyjy y moropy. 


UETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 liiTHBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT N0.1 

1« TAe je BojHa uiKoma 3a cTpaHe je3HKe? 

2. TAe je IIpecHAHO? 

3o TAe je MoHTepej? 

4. TAe je KajiHcpopHnja? 

5o Koja je Hama niKoma? 

6. TAe MH yHHMO CpnCKOXpBaTCKH je3HK? 

7. TAe je cpncKOxpBaTCKO OAe*&en>e? 

8. Koje Kmace ma cpncKOxpBaTCKO OAeJbene? 

9. Koja OAejbeita HMa cTapa KJiaca? 

10. Koja OAejben>a HMa HOBa KJiaca? 

11. Koja je Baiua KJiaca? 

12. Koje je Baiue OAe^en^e? 

13- TAe CTaHyjy yneHHHH? 

14. TAe CTaHyjy HesteiieHH o^hijhph? 

15. TAe CTaHyjy sceineHH o<$)hd;hph? 

16 o TAe CTaHyjy SKeiteHH bo j hhhh? 

17. TAe CTaHyjy Hesse T&eHH bo j hhijh? 

18. TAe bh cTaHyjeTe? 

19. Aa jth HMaTe KyLy ? CTaH hjih co(5y? 

20o Aa jih BomHTe Mecfo ta« CTaHyjeTe? 


iilECTH AEO PART VI 

BE3EA H3 IIPEBOIEHA EFOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 1 

The Army Language School In Monterey 
Our school, the Army Language School, is in the Presidio. 
The Presidio is in Monterey, California. The school is on the 
hill, and the Serbo-Croatian Department is on the very top. 

I live in (the Bachelor Officers Quarters) (in a house 
on.............. street) (in the barracks). (I am married and 












- 11 9- 


I have children) (I am married) (I am not married). 

I like to live in Monterey because I like small towns 
and villages. I do not like city traffic. The bus is our 
public means of transportation here. The streets of Monterey 
are wide and nice. I like wide streets. 


CEflMH aEO 
PEHHHK EPOJ 1 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 1 


310« 

311. 

312. 

313. 

314. 


315. 
316 o 

317. 

318. 

319. 
*319. 

320. 


321 


rpa£, m„ 

pom.pl: rpaAOBH 
npHjaTaH s adj.,m. 
nppjaTHa, f. 
npajaTHo, n. 
nppjaTHo, adv. 
rpaACKH^ adj.,m. 
rpaACKa, f. 
rpaACK^ ? n. 
jaBaH, adj 
jsiBHa, f 


m. 


jaBHO 


n, 
adv, 


J|sho, 

caodpalaj aH, 

caodpalajHa, f 


adj., 

cl.o6pakajHo, n. 


rn 


cp^actbo, n. 
caodpalajHO cp^actbo 

ayTodyc» m. 

sap, inter.particle 

sap 9 adv. 

naMTHTH8 v.jt.^ipfv^ ^ 

pr.t. naMTHM,naMTHin,naMTH 

naMTrao, naMTHTe ,naMTe 


3 aifaMTHTH o v. ,t.,pfv. 
pr.t: sanaMTHM,3ana 


town, city 
pleasant 


pleasantly 

urban 


public 


publicly 

traffic 


means 

means of transportation 

street 

bus 

is it; isn*t it 

really 
to remember 


to remember 


\ 


anaMTHiir, 3anai/iTH 


3 artciMTHMo ,3anaMTHTe 


322o uiHpoK. adj.,m. 


aarf^MTe 
- wide 


lIIHpOKaj 

IIIHpOKO 


inMpo^cc 


f. 
n. 
adv. 


323• ciaHOBaTHj v.,i.,ipfv. ^ N _ 
pr. t: cTaHyjeM,cTaHyjek,cTaHyje 

\ _ V • ^ ^ TT1T- nT? 


widely 
to reside 


cTanyjeMOjCTaHyjeTe,cTaHyjy 


324. 


SCHBe TH 8 v. , i. ,ipfv. / _ 
pr.t: SCHBHM,»CH^H 1 JI 8 ^HBIJ 


to live 






- 1 * 0 - 


325 • Viurop, m. 

“ camp 

326. c tslh 9 m. 

- apartment 

pis CTEHOBH 

327. scei&eH, adj.,m. 

- married (man) 

32Bo HlaceiteH, adj.,m. 

- bachelor 

329. nemKe, adv. 

- on foot 

3o0 e c t^)M a adJ o 

- steep 


CTpMa, f. 
CTBMO, n. 


331 o 

MjiaA^ ad,j • ,m. 

MJiaAa, f. 
jMji3p,'o 9 n. 


young 

332. 

BojHH 9 adj.,m. 

BoiHa s f. 
bojhOj, n. 


military 

333 c 

AP3KaB,a, f« 

- 

state 

334. 

OAe^eHse , n. 

- 

department; section 

335. 

caM^ pron„,m. 
caMa, f 0 
s c £ mo 9 n. 


the very 

336. 

Bpx, m. x 

^lom.pl* BPXOBH 


top 

337. 

KJiac a , f, 

— 

class 

330. 

pasaH, adj.,m. 
p*g3Ha, f. 

P&3HO , n. 


different, various 


pabHo, adv. 

- 

differently 

339. 

caodpalaj, m. 

- 

traffic 



nM V LANGUAGE SCHOOL. 


CALIF = 


38 7 

























-121- 


DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH £E0 PART I 

AHJAJIOr EPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO. 2 



BpeMe ■ eather 

i o Hobh y nc KHK * KaKBa je KJiHMa i» 1< ; ' s tudent : What kind 
y KajiH^opHHjii? of climate is it in 

California? 


CTapH.j h y qeHHK * Aodpa je f &jih 
He cByfla y ipejio j Ka.ziHd[)opHi!jin 

2e H 0 y ° ^a JM je BpeMe y 
MoHTepejy Jieno? 

CoY S Jecxe, ajin He yBen® 

3o H 0 y ° 3ap OBfle He cnja cyHije 
CBaKH AaH? 

C cY o Cnja CKopo CBaKH flan, 
ajiH He (no) ueo p,&H° 

4. H<»y ° 3aniTo? Je jih odJianHO 

HJIH MarJIOBHTO? 

C.y s H jeAHO h ApyrOo 
5o H.y g Aanac je npHjiHHHO 

odJianHo o 

Co y ° Jyae jetoo BeAPO h 
cyHne je ciiTaho neo A^-H* 


Old student : It is good, 
but not in all California. 

2o N»3 i Is the weather in 
Monterey nice? 

Qo S i It is (sometimes), 
but not always. 

3. N. S ; Doesn't the■sun 
shine here every day? 

QoS ; It shines almost 
every day, but not all 
day long. 

4e N.S ; Why? Is it cloudy 
or foggy? 

0 .S i Both ("the one and 
the other"). 

5. N.S ; Today it is rather 
cloudy. 

0. S i Yesterday it was clear 

and the sun shone all day 
long. — 

























- 122 - 


6° H » y ° Aa jih oBfle naAa KHina? 5® 

G »y ° Oba© KHina naAa caMO 
3HMH • 


7. H J? ria^a jih cHer 3 hmh? 7. 


C o ¥ ° y MoHTepejy He naAa, 
ajin je ne cto Mpa3» 

B. HJS KaKBa je gnjia npoxujia Bo 
3MMa ? 

IIoy ° Enjia je AOCTa xjiaAHa* 
ajiH KHina HHje mhoto naAa^ao 

9® H.y ° Je jm Be Tap mhoto 9. 

AYBao? 

C J ° Be Tap HHj e Ay sao , ajin 
MH OBA^ OpHHHO IIM&MO 
noBeTapatc h jib th h bhmho 


10 o H.y g Aa jm cy JieTa OBAe 10. 
BpyKa? 

G oy ° Bpjio peTKOo 

11 o HJS Aa jih cTe ( JecTe jih ) 11. 
BeE hihjih Ha njia3Ky? 

C»y ° Buiao caw , a jih je 

xjiaAHo. 

12o H.y ° Hyo caM Aa je OBAe 12. 
jeceH HapoHHTO Jienao 

C! Js JecTe o A hh npojieKe HHje 
pyscHo • 


No S s Does it rain here? 

Go 3 s Here, it rains only 
in the winter. 


N. 3 s Does it snow in the 
winter? 

O. S o In Monterey it doesn't, 
but there is often frost. 

NoS : How ("What kind") was 
last winter? 

Q.S s I t was fairly cold, but 
it <iian 9 1 rain too much. 

No 5 s Did the wind blow a 
lot? 

0.S s The wind did not blow , 
but usually we have here a 
breeze both in winter and in 
summer. 

N» S s Are the summers hot 
here? 

0.S s Very seldom. 

N.Ss H ave you already been 
r ,T gone") to the beach? 


0.S s I have, ("I have 
gone "7~but~it is cold. 

N.Ss I heard that the fall 
is particularly pleasant 
here. 

Q.S s It is. And the spring 
isn't bad ("ugly") either. 



















- 123 - 


PART II 


APyrH AEG 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIM3A EPCJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 2 


PAR. 54 - THE COMPOUND PAST TENSE OR THE PERFECT 

1. - (5) Jy ne je d hjio BeApo h cyHije je cHjajro ueo AaH. 

(8) KaKBa ,je dHJia npouuia 3HMa? 

(8) Enjia je AOCTa xjiaflHa ajiH KH:ua HHje mhoto na^a^a. 

The perfect tense is formed from the short forms of the 
present tense of the auxiliary verb ”( 5 hth" (caM, ch, ie, cmo, 
CTe, cy) plus the active past participle of the verb [6n o, 
dHJia, dnjio). 

2. - The perfect tense of the auxiliary verb r, dHTH" reads 
as follows? 


Ja caM dno ,m. ,dHJia, f. 
Th CH (5HO ? M. 9 6VLJlBi f f. 
Oh je 6 ho 
OHa je Ckjlsl 

Oho je dnjio 

Mh cmo 6idjia } Uc 9 6mie 9 f 
Bh cTe d hjih , m . , d vuie 9 f, 

Ohh cy d hjih 

One cy dHAe 

OHa cy dHjra 


I was, I have been 
You were, You have been 
He was, He has been 
She was, She has been 
It was, It has been 
We were, We have been 
You were, You have been 
They were, They have been 
They were, They have been 
They were, They have been 


3. - (5) Jyne je 6 hjiq Beflpo h cyHne je cnjajio ueo ash* 

(8) KaKBa je dHJia npourjia 3 hm&? 

(8) B^jia je Aocra xJiaAHa, sljik KHiira HHje mhoto naAajra. 

(9) JIM Be Tap MHOTO AVBaO? ■ 

(9) Be Tap HHie zivBao » &jm mh oB/;e odHHHO HMano 

noBeTapau h jie th h 3Hmh. 

(12) 4yo caM a& je OBAe jeceH HapoaHTO Jiena. 


If the infinitive stem, which is obtained by dropping 
"-th", ends In a vowel, the active past participle is always 
formed by adding the following endings to the infinitive 

? t. p rn i , ____ 



SINGULAR 

-P ' L.J K. A L . 


Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Masculine 

Feminine 

ffeuter 

ENDINGS 

-o 

-jra 

-JIO 

— JIYx 

-Jie 

-Jia 

E X A M P L E 

S 

dnTH 

HMaTH 

yHHTH 

scejieTH 

HyTH 

dn-o 

hm a—o 

VHH-O 

He^ie-o 

ny-o 

dn-Aa 

UUB-Jra. 

ynn-jra 

3i<eJie~JTa 

ny-Jia 

dH-JIO 

HMa-JIO 

yHH-AO 

DKejre-Jio 

ny-jro 

dH-JIH 

HMa-JIH 

yHH-JIH 

.^ejre-jiH 
, ay-JiH 

6 H-jie 

HMa-jie 

VHH-jre 

)Ke^ie-jie 

ny-Jie 

dn-jia 

HMa-Jia 

ynn-jia 

^ejie-jia 

ay-jra 














































-124- 


NOTE: Formation of the active past participle of verbs 
the Infinitive stem of which does not end in a vowel will be 
explained later. In the meantime the vocabularies will list 
them. 


4. - IleTap nHTa Mapy ° "Fa© ch finjia jy^e?" 

Peter asks Mary ; "Where were you yesterday?" 

Mapa OflroBapa” n Enjia caM y ihkojih, a ch th 6 ho”? 

Mary answers: " I was in school, and where were you?" 
heTap ° ”Ja cam 6 ho koa Kyle geo Aan." 

Peter : "I was at home all day." 

(9) he jiy Beiap mhoto Aysao? 

(8) ixaKBa ,ie dHjra npouyia o mm a ? 

(5) Jyne jo uvljlo BeApo h cyHne je ch jajio geo a^h. 

yaHTejb nHTa yveHHKe^ l, 3auiTO hhct© HayvHjiH jieKgH jy"? 
The teacher asks the students: "Why plan* t. you learn 
the lesson?" 

yveHHUH oAroBapa.iy“ ”Hhcmo ynHjiH aoboubho” . 

The students answer: "We did not study enough." 

Majna nHTa kepne : ,? Kora cTe BHAejie y rpaAy?” 

The mother asks (her) daughters : ^Whom did you see 
in town?" Mysea 

EepKe OAroBapajy* " BHAe.ae cmo rocno^y II^pHk h aeHor 
The daughters answer: "We saw Mrs. Peric and her 
husband. 

yveHHUH HHcy HayaHJiH jreKUHjy, jep HHcy yvHJiH aobo*e>ho. 
The student s did not learn the lesson, because they 
did not study enough. mysca 

Moje iepKe cy BHAe^ie y Bapoum rocnoiy riepHl h wwnr 
My daughters saw in town Mrs. Peric and her husband. 

The active past participle must agree with the subject in 
gender and number. 

5. - yveHHK nHTa yvHTejba ° "/la jita CTe MeHe rmrajm?" 

The student asks the teacher : "Did you ask me?" 
TocnoAHH IlepHk nHTa ro^nofry Mapnh” '*£a jih ctb BHAejrn 
Mojy >KeHy n ? 

Mr. Perich asks Mrs. Marich: "Did you see my wife?" 

-In addressing a person formally the second person plural 
of the auxiliary verb "(5hth" and the active past participle 
masculine gender plural must be used always. 

6. - (11) £a Jin CTe hhuih jyve Ha njia^y? 

(11) Hmao caM sjih je 6tajio xjraAHo. 

The active past participles of "hIh" are: miiao, Hiiwa, 

HHLffO, HiiiJlH $ HUIJie 9 HILLTia * 

Compound verbs based on "hIh" follow the same pattern: 
ylH° yuiao, ynura, ynuro 9 ywjiH, yuuie , yinjia 

H3 Hh.H o H3HIiiaO, HBHliUia, H3H1IWO, H3HUL/IH, H3HliL7ie , HSHUIJia 
npekn: npemao, npeiiMa, npekffo, npeuuiH, ripeimne, npeuuia 
OTHlH, etc: oxHiuao, OTHiiuia, othhuio, othuuih, o irmiuie, oTHimaa 







































- 125 - 


6. - (8) Enjia je AOCTa xjiaAHa, ajiH KHiua HHje mhoto naffeuia * 
(9) BeTap HHje jjbpo , ejih mh OBfie odHHHo HMaMO 
noBeTapar^ h jie th h 3Hmh. 


The compound past tense is made negative by replacing the 
short forms of the present tense of m <5hth m with its negative 
form; 


(Ja) HHcaM 6 ho ,m. , dnjia, 

( Til ) HHCH dHO, M.jPHJia 
(Oh) HHje 6 ho, m. 

(CHa) HHje dHJia, f. 

(Oho) HHje cShjio, n. 

(Mh) hhcmo 6hjih,m. ,dH^te , 
(Bh) HHCTe d HJIH , M • , d HJie , 
(Ohh) HMcy d HvlH , M • 

(OHe) HHcy dHjiej f. 

(Ona) HHcy dnjia, n. 


- I was not, I have not been 

- You were not, You have not been 

- He was not, He has not been 

- She was not, She has not been 

- It was not, I has not been 

- We were not, We have not been 

- You were not, You have not been 

- They were not, They have not been 

- They were not, They have not been 

- They were not, They have not been 


7 . - The interrogative form of the perfect is made; 

a) By using the particle 'Lih m and the following word 

order; 

Long form of M dHTH H 4 Jim f subject (if mentioned) 4 participle; 

(11) JecTe + jm 4 (bh) 4 - hlluih jyve Ha juiassy? 

JecTe t jih 4 (bh) 4 bhab jth rocnoAHHa yHHTej^a? 

Did you see the teacher? 

JecTe + jh t (bh) + HayHHJiH ^ieKHHjy? 

Did you learn the lesson? 

Jecy 4 jih + (ohh) 4 saTBOpHjiH BpaTa? 

Did they close the door? 

b) By using the particles ” p,a. jih" and the following 
word order; 


ha jol 4 short form of "Phth" 4 subject (if mentioned) 
4 participle; 


( 11 ) ha 

Jim 

t 

cTe 

4 

( bh) 

4 

HJ 1 L 7 IH jvve Ha mrascy? 

ha 

JTH 

4 

cTe 

4 

Ibh) 

4 

BH^eyiH rocnoAKHa yaHTeJba? 

ha 

Jill 

4 

c Te 

4 

(bh) 

4 

HayHHJiH jieKHHjy? 

ha 

Jim 

4 

cy 

4 

( ohh) 

4 

3 aTBopHJiH BpaTa? 





TPERKfiEO 


PART III 


rPAMATMKE BEHEE EFOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 


Put the words in the parentheses into the righi forms 
PAe ch 6mo jyne? - Jyne (<5 hth) y (niKoma) * 

JecH Jim th 6HJia y (niKoma)? - Aa, m ja (Shth) y \ iiLikG«aoi / o 
KaA je IleTap (Shth) obao? - IleTap (Spith) OBAe jy^e. 

KaA je Mapa (<5 hth) OBAe? - Mapa {6m th) oBAe jyne* 

KaKBO BpeMe (Shth) jyne? - Jyne (<5 hth) meno Bpewe«. 

TAe (Shth) jyne bh h Bam SpaT? - Ja h Moj SpaT (Shth) jyne y 

(rpaA> ® 

TAe ch Snma th h tbojb Eepna jyne? - Ja m Moja Eepna (<5 hth) 
jyne koa KyEeo 

TAe (Shth) Bairn poAHTe^H jyne? - Mojh poAHTejbH (Shth) jyne y 
(uiyMa) c 0 

A ta© (<5hth) Baui^ cecTpe jyne? - Moje cecTpe (Shth) TaKO^e 
y (uiyMa) jyne« 

UlTa je OBA© Shjio paHHie? - OBAe (Shth) cema paHHie* 

Aa jim cm 6mo y (niKoma) iyne? - He, jyne (ne Shth) y (niKoma) . 
3aiiiTO hhch 6mo y (lUKoma) jyne? - Jyne (He Shth) y (uiKOJia) jep 
(Shth) SomecTaHo 

Aa Jim cm th Snma y (uiKOJia) jyne? - He, hh ja (He Shth) y 
(uiKOJia) jyneo 

3aiUTo th (He Shth) y (iHKoma) jyne? - H ja (Shth) SomecHa* 

Aa Jim je fie Tap (Shth) y (niKoma) jyne? - He, neTap (He Shth) 
y iukoji^ jyne * 

A Aa je Mapa (Shth) y (iHKoma) jyne? - He, hh Mapa (ne Shth) 
y JiiKOJia jyae * 

3aiiiTO bh h Bam SpaT (He Shth) y (iiiKoma) jyne? - Ja h Moj (5paT 
(He Shth) y (imcoma) jyne, jep (Shth) SomecHH* 

3aniTO th h TBoja cecTpa hhcT e 6mjie y (iiiKoma) jyne? - Ja k Moja 
cecTpa (He Shth) y (jiiKoma) jyne, jep (Shth) SomecHe* 

3amTO Banin chhobh (He Shth) y (uiKoma) jyne? - Moja chhobh (h© 
Shth) y (iiiKoma) jyne, jep (Shth) 6o^ecHHo 

3amTO KBHxoBe EepKe (He Shth) y (iiiKOJia) jyne? - Rhxob© Eepne 
(He Shth) y (uiKoma) jyne jep (Shth) Someone* 

Aa mn cy OBAe paHHje (Shth) cema?-He, oba© hhk a a (h© Shth) cema* 
Aa Jim cTe (npoHHTaTH) nemo bithbo? - He, ja jom (ho npoHHTaTH) 

nemo HITHBO o 

Pa© je oh (3KHB6th) paHHje? - Oh (KHBe th) paHHje y CaH 

^paHAHCKyo 

KaA je Mapno (othEh)? - (OthEh) jyne y jyTpo* 

IUt a Te (nHTaTH) KOMaHAaiiT? - (IlHTaTH) Me je oaiiiTo He y^ra. 
iilTa cTe (yHHTu) jyne? - Jyne cmo (y^HTn) (rpaMaTHKa)* 

HIT a ch paAHo jyne? - (CrnymaTn) . paAHo» 

Aa Jim cTe AoSpo (cnaBaTn)? - Xsama, (cnaBaTn) AoSpo* 

Pa© CTe ( npoHHTaTH ) to? - ( IIpQHHTaTH ) y (rpaMaTHKa)* 

Aa mn ch 6mji a y (JyrocmaBHja) ? - He, HHKaA (He 6 pith) y 
(JyrocmaBHja)« 

Aa Jim je jyne (naAaTn) KHma? - (He naAaTn) KKia a Jim je 
(AyBaTH) BeTap* 

Aa Jim CTe (cnpeMHTH) AOMatH QaAaTaK? - JecaM s (cnpeMHTn) 

AOMaEH saAaTaK* 





HETBPTH AEO 


PART IV 


iilHTBO EPOJ 2 READING- TEXT NO. 2 

MoHTepe.j cna KJiHMa 

y MoHTepejy je npojiePe AOCTa jienoo Hnje hh Bpyhe hh 
xjiaAHOo AaHH cy npiijiHHHo Tonkin h npujaTHH, a^in hoKh cy Bpjio 
CBese« CyHDie cnja Bpjro necTo h peTKO je MarjioBHTO. KHina He 
na/ia. 

•Tie th cy AaHH Ton-Tm, a h hoKh cy necTo aocts Tonjre o 
CyHixe He cHja no neo AaH h nee to je MarjioBHTO • Knnia He naAa 
HH JieTHo 

JeceH je HaponHTO npnjaTHa, jep cyHije cnja no ijeo ash 
h peTKO je MarJiOBHTO<> AaHH cy join Tonjin, &jik hoKh cy cBesKe. 
Kmua He naAa hh y jeceH. 

3hmh o(5hhho naAa KHina h necTO je Bpjio xjiaAHo. HapoHHTO 
cy hoBh xjiaAHe, aok cy a&hh necTO tohjih* A&hh cy Tonjrn cbmo 
oHAa KaA cnja cyHne. 

npo-flehe, jreTO, jeceH h 3HMa cy HeTHpn roAHiiu&a AO<5a* 


riETHAEO 


PART V 


IIHTAHA M3 111THBA BPOJ 2 QU ESTIONS ON THE READIN G- 

- — TEXT no. 2 


lo 
2 o 

3. 
4o 
5 o 
6. 
7e 

8 o 

9 o 

10 . 
11 . 
12 o 

13. 

14. 

15. 


KaKBO je npojiePe y MoHTepejy? 

Aa jih je BpyEe y npojreEe? 

Aa jih je xjiaAHo y npojiehe? 

KaKBH cy ashh y npojieBe? 

KaKBe cy hoBh y npojieBe? 

Aa jm je MarvioBHTo y npojieBe? 

Aa jih KHina naAa y npojieBe? 

KaKBH cy ashh jie th? 

KaKBe cy hoBh Jie th? 

Aa jih cyHne CHja ^eTH? 

Aa jih je MarjTOBHTO jig th? 

Aa jih KHnia naAa Jie th? 

KaKBa je jeceH? 

Aa jih je MarjioBHTO y jeceH? 

KaKBH cy AaHH a KaKBe hoBh y jeceH? 












-i 28 - 


15. A& jin naAa kkhi& y jecen? 

17. Ji a jih je xjiaAHo 3 hmh? 

IB. ;i,a jih na«a KHiua 3 hmh? 

19. Kansu cy a&hh a K&KBe hoKh 3HMH? 

20. Koja cy veTHp 0 roAHlufea Aoda? 


LBCTM a £0 P ART VI 

BEEEA M3 IIPEBCBEHA EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCI SE NO. 2 


Today, I spoke to a student who is In the ”old^ class. 

We talked about the .weaxner. 

6u 4"tyt H ‘3^ M ' U/ y u_ ^ 

He has seen the'weather here In the winter and in the 

>a.wi£t J v gLu*. 

spring. I asked how last winter was. It didn’t rain much and 

' ’W^Uw^ yWa^*u> ucUw 

the wind didn’t blow, but it was fairly cold. They often had 


frost. 

Now it is summer, and it is not hot, but cool. It is very 

vVmUcxA^M. 0 V 6<h'U>JvU^ ^ U ~v-<, Cm* 0^\oO 

pleasant. Today it is cloudy, but yesterday the sun shone all 

r vA- (fiUAC C SAAA^O 

long and it was very nice. 


CKAMK LEO 


PE HI IKK EPOJ 2 


PART VII 

VO CABULARY NO. J2 


*274. 
341 o 


342. 

343. 


344 o 


BpeMe, n. 

pis BX-eMena, gen. sing: 

KJIHMa f. - 

ch jam, v.,i.,i^fv. y 
pr . t: cHjjpi, ch^‘ am, c h j^ 

cMjaMo,CHja r re, cnjajy 


cyHn;e , n. 


cbsIkh, pron. ,m. 

CBana, 

f. 

n cb!k 5 , 

n. 

GCjianaH , 

adj.,m 


ScjravHo , n, 


weather 

BpeMeHa 
climate 
to shine 


sun 

each, every 


cloudy 












-129 - 


345 o 


346. 


347 • 


348 o 


349. 
350 o 
351. 
3 52 o 

353 o 

354. 


355. 


356. 


357. 


358 o 


359. 

360. 
361 o 


362. 


363. 

364. 

365. 

366. 


367. 


MarjioBHT, ad j., m. 

MarjioBHxa 9 f. 

MarJiOBHTO, n. 

Be flap, ad'J. jin. 

B6Apa 9 f. 
b&apo, n. 

ndAaTH, v. ,i.,ipfv. Nx 
pr»t“ naAaM,naAaui s naAa 

n^AaMo,naAaTe,n^Aajy 
nacTH, Vo«le,pfv 0 

pr e t° naAHeM, na ah§ih, nS.A«e 

naAHeMOj n^AHe xe,naAny 
f. 

fo 

adVo 
m. 


\\ 

KHiua s 
3 MM a j 
3^MK S 

crie*r, 


nom.pl" cHe’roBH 


Mpa3 s m. . 

^Om.plo Mpa30BH 

npouuiHj adj.,m. 
npSuuia ? f. 
jjp&uuio, n. 
xjiaAaH, adj.,m. 
x».£/ihtr, f. 

n. 

xjjaAHo^ adv. 

AyBaxn 9 v.,l*,lgfv. ^ ^ 
pr• t o A^Bak, atB arn, Ay bsi 
. AyBaMO, a? bExe , Ayn'ajy 

AyHyxH s v.^l.jpfy. ^ ^ 

pr, t o Afnek, Aynein, A?He^ ^ 

/ AyneMO, a?H e xe , Ayny* 
noBexapaAj m. / 

pi ° noBeTapiiH 

xx gen.pl° noBex^pana 
Jiexo, n. 

adVo 

BpyK ? ad j. ,m„j 
spadia, f. 

Bpyke, n. 
xo'nao j adjourn. 
x&nAa, f« 
xSnjiOj n, 
xonjiOj adv. 

' JTa.ra, f. 

M^pe 9 n. 
npojiehe, n. 
pyrcaH, adjourn. 
p^na s f. 
v PY^ho s n. 
py vrtHO , adv. 
c Be k » adje 9 m. 

c Be sea 9 f. 
cBeie, n. 
cBeace 9 adv. 


foggy 


- clear, serene 


-to fall 


- to fall 


- rain 

- winter 

- in winter 

- snow 

- frost 

- past 


- cold 


- coldly 

- to blow 


-to blow 


- breeze 


- summer 

- in summer 

- hot 


- warm 


- warmly 

- beach 

- sea 

- spring 

- ugly 


- in an ugly way 

- fresh; cool 


freshly 




-130- 


368. roAHumja, adj.,m, 
rOAHlLQLS', f. 
ro ahihieet, n. 
569. Ao“6a, n. 

roAHimte Aoba 


- annual, yearly 

- time (period) 

- season (of year) 



ARMY LANGUAGE SCHOOL. CALIF • »3»t? 

( 

( 












-131- 


DAILY UNIT III 

IIPBK 11EQ PART I 

AKJAJIOr EFCJ 3 DIALOGUE NO, 5 



IIpHpofla 

1 . Hac TaBHHK * Ta© &YIW >khb©? 


y^eHHK » Jby ah 3 KHBe no paan HM 

MecTHMa na 3eMj&H. 

2 . HacT » TAe mh ca^a jkhbhmo? 


Y^ q Mh caAa hhbhmo y Jieno.1 

KaJIHC^OpHH j H • 

3. HacT • Y kom ( KQ.jeM ) AeJiy ? 

y jeAHOM ^ienoM cBeneM 
npeAe^ry rA© je Ba3Ayx 

3<5H*5>a AMBan* 

4* HacT » TAe ct© bh MCHBejiH 
paHHje? 

yn ° Ja can 5KHBeo y TeKcacy, 
ta© je Ba3Ayx AO(5ap, ajiH je 
Bpyle Kao y KOTJiy <. 


Nature 

1 * Instructor : Where do me n 
live? 

Student : Men live in 
various places on earth. 

2 o Inst : Where do we live 
now? 

St: We now live in beauti ¬ 
ful California. 

3 . Instr : In which part ? 

St: In a beautiful cool 
region where the air is 
really wonderful. 

4 . Instr : Where did you live 
before? 

Sts I lived in Texas where 
the air is good^but it is 
as hot as in a furnace ("a 
boiler H ). 











































-132- 


5. HacT ° 3HaHH s bh BOJiHTe 5. 
KaJIH^OpHHCKO He 6 o? 

y~H ° 5 a, ajiH caMo OHAa KaA 
Ha TOM ne( 5 y bh A hm cymje o 


6. HacT ' 3ap HHcy oba© odJtaAH 6. 
jienH KaA cy cacBHM 6&ji h? 


MoscAa, aJiH ja bojihm 
Aa bhahm A&H>y cyHije, a 
HoKy Meceu h 3Be3Ae. 

7. HacT ° Bh bojihtb npnpoAy* 7» 

y~H ° 5a, HapoHHTo APseke 
h ujBehe o 

Bo HacT ° Koje apbo k koJh B „ 

ABeT BH HapOAHTO BOJIHTe o 

yji* Bojihm xpacT h py^Kyo 


9o HacT » UlTa bhahmo Ha xpacTy 9. 
KaA je .Tie to? 

Yh ? Ha xpacTy jiq th bhahmo 

jiHinKe . 

10o HacT' KMa jih pyaca Jimiiie ? 10o 

Yh s 5a, pysca raa Majie 
^IHCTOBe « 


Instrs That means you like 
the Californian sky. 

Sts Yes, but only then 
when I see the sun in tnat 
sky. 

Instr s Aren't the clouds 
beautiful here when they are 
all (''quite 11 ) white ? 

St s Perhaps, but in the day 
time I like to see the sun and 
at night the moon and the 
stars. 

Instr s You like nature. 

Sts Yes, particularly trees 
and flowers . 

Instr s What tree and what 
flower do you like in parti¬ 
cular. 

St s I like the oak and the 
rose. 

Instr s What do we see on 
the oak when it is summer. 

Sts On the oak in the summer 
we see leaves . 

Instr s Does the rose have 
leaves ? 

St s Yes, the rose has small 
leaves. 




















-133- 


jXpyrH mo part ii 

rPALATHHRA &HAJIK3A EFCJ 5 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 3 


PAR. 55 - THE LOCATIVE SINGULAR OF ADJECTIVES 

1, Ha MJiafly HOBBKy c berh KanyT je jien. 

On a young man every coat is nice. 

Ja BHiue bojihm p,a jkhbhm Ha Mopy Hero Ha bhc QKy 6pav • 
I'd rather (‘'prefer to”) live by the sea than on a 
high hill. 

The locative singular indefinite form of all masculine 
and neuter adjectives is made by adding the ending "-jr" to 
the stems 


Nom. sing.mascSMjiaA stemSMjiaA- 

BHCOK BHC OK— 

Nom. sing, neuter SMjiaflo stemsM^iaA- 

BHCOKO BHCOK— 


loc. singSMJiaA-y 
bhcok— y 

loc. singSMJia/ii-y 
bhcok— y 


2. - (3) y jeAHOM JienoM CBeaceM npeAe^y pa© je Ba3Ayx 
v 3dH^a A^BaH. 

UlTa HMa hobo y BaiueM msljiom rpaAy? 

What is new in your little town? 

JyrocJiaBHja je Ha EaJiKancKQM IIo^iyocTpBy. 
Yugoslavia is on the Balkan Peninsula. 


The locative singular definite form of masculine and 
neuter adjectives is mades 

a) If the stem does not end in a palatal consonant, by 
adding the ending "-on" to the stems 

Nom. sing, masci^ien neuter s^ierio stems Jien- 

MaAH MaJio Maji- 

6 ajiKaHCKH dajiKaHCKO daJiKaHCK- 

loc. sings Jien-oM, Maji-OM, 6 aJiKaHCK —om 

b) If the stem ends in a palatal consonant by adding 
the ending "-eM 11 to the stems 

Nom. sing.masc ScBesc neuterscBeKe stemscBesc loc. sing:cBem-eM 


3. - (2) Mh caAa khbhmo y Jieno.i KajiHctopHHjH. 

HIT a cmo ynHJiH y npoimio j jieKHH j h? 

What did we study irT ~tne last lesson? 

The locative singular of all feminine nouns is formed 
by adding the ending 11 -oi" to the stems 

Nom. sings^iena stemsJien- loc. singSJien-oj 

npouiJia npouuE- npoum-oj 




























-134“ 


PAR. 56 - THE LOCATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

(l) Jbyfl h 3?cHBe no pasHKM MecTHMa Ha 3eMAH» 

Bojhhhh cnaBajy Ha bo, j hhhkhm KpeBeTHMa. 

Soldiers sleep on army .cots, 

AMepHKaHnu 3KHBe y Be jihkhm rpaflOBHMa« 

The Americans live "in big cities. 

JyrocJioBeHH xzBe y MajiHM rpaflOBHMa h ceJiHMa. 

The Yugoslavs live in small cities and villages. 
Hnje Ao6po cnaBaTH y cyBHiire toiuihm co6aM&o 
It is not good to sleep in rooms (that are) too 
warm. 


The locative plural of all adjectives is formed by adding 
the ending m -hm m to the stems 


Norn.sing.mascspa3aH 

BOjHHHKH 
BeJIHK 
MajiH 
Tonao 


stemspa3H- 

BO j HHHIC— 
BBJIHK— 
Ma^i- 
Tonji- 


10 C o piS pa3H—HM 

BOJHHHK-HM 
BeJIHK-HM 
MaJI-KM 
TOIUI-HM 


NOTE S The declension ending of adjectival pronouns and 
ordinal numerals are the same as the declension endings of 
adjectivess 

(3) y kom (kojom) Aejiy? 

(5) ,Zj,a, a^iH caMo oHAa ksa Ha tom ne6y bhahm cyHtje • 


PAR. 57 - FINAL "Jl “ AND "O” 

1. - (3) y kom (KojeM) Aejiy? 

(3) y jeAHOM AenoM cBesceM npeAejiy rAe je BasAyx 

3(5Hj>a AHBaHo 

(4) Ja caM 3KHBeo y Taccacy* rAe je Ba3Ayx AOtfap, aj[H 
je Bpyle Kao y KOTJiy . 

The nominative singular of some nouns ends in H -o M which 
is preceded by a vowel (Aeo 5 npeAeo* KOTao, etc.). This final 
■o" came from the former n jr" s which is retained in all other 
cases. Consequently 3 the stem of all such nouns is obtained by 
changing the final "o'* into m jh m j 

Norn, sings Aeo stems Reji- 

npeAeo npeAeji- 

But if the final H o ,! is preceded by the vowel "a M ? the 
u a w is movable and the stem is obtained by omitting the '‘a” 
and by changing "o" into 

Nom. sings KOTao stems kotji- 

Some of these nouns are of masculine and some of feminine 
gender. The declension endings for masculine nouns of this 
group are the same as the declension endings of other masculine 













”135° 


nouns* The declension of feminine nouns of this group will be 
explained later. 

NOTES The nouns "coko 11 (falcon), "bo " (ox), "cto" (table) 
and "co" (salt) read once "cokoji", "boji", "ctoji" and "coji". 

The final "ji" was changed into "o" and at the end there were 
two "oo". As there are no double vowels in Serbo-Croatian these 
two "o 9 s" coalasced into one very long "o". The stems of these 
nouns ares "coko.*-", "boji-", “ctoji-", "coji-". 

2. - (6) 3ap HHcy OBAe od^iauH jienH ksa cy cacBHM dejiH? 

Ja He bojihm a a cnaBaM y Toruioj codri. 

I do not like to sleep in a hot room. 

The final "o" which in the nominative singular indefinite 
form of certain masculine adjectives is preceded by a vowel 
(deo, Tonao), came also from the former final "ji". This "o" 
is changed into ".a" in all other forms and cases of such adj¬ 
ectives. The stem of such adjectives is obtained by changing 
"o" into "ji"; if "a" precedes the final "o", it is omitted to 
form the stems 

Norn.pis deo stems dejr- 

Tonao totiji- 

3. - (4) r#e cTe bh JKHBe jih paHHie? 

(4) Ja caM meo y Tencacy® 

The final "o" in the masculine gender of the active past 
participle (Par 55), which came also from former final "ji", is 
replaced by "ji" in all other forms (scHBeo, stHBejra, xcHBejro, 

scHBejiH, xHBejre, JKHBejia). 

























-136- 


(7) Aa, HapoHHTO APBeKe h uBele . 

(9) Ha xpacTy Ae th bhahmo AHLike . 

(10) HMa ah pyjica AHiiiPe ? 

Singular nouns which name a number of like beings or 
objects are called collective nouns ( APBeke, uBeke, AHiiihe) » 
Serbo-Croatian collective nouns which end in "-e M 
( Apseke, ijBeke, AHiiile, etc) are of neuter gender and follow 
the rules for neuter gender nouns, except that they, as well 
as other collective nouns, usually do not have plural forms; 

ApBeke je sejieHo. - The trees are green 
IjBele je Aeno. - The flowers are nice. 


TPKTlH AEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3PEE EPOJ 3 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. _5 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper forms 
y (kojh rpaA) bh 3EHBHTe? - Ja schbhm y (cTapn rpaA MoHTepe 1) . 
y (noja Kyka) bh cTanyjeTe? - cTaHyjeM y (jeAHa Aena Kyla) Ha 
(oho ctpmo dpAo). 

y (vHja Kyla) bh cTaHyjeTe? - Me cTanyjeMo y (H>eroBa nyla). 

TAe je Bama Kyha? - Hama nyka je y (Aenn h bcahkh rpaA CaH 

^paHUHCKO). 

y (noja AeKUHja) cmo to yvHAH? - To cmo vhhah y (npBa AeKHHja)• 
Aa ah 3HaTe hit a cmo vhhah y (npouiAa AeKu;Hja)? - A a, ja 3HaM inxa 
cmo yvHAH y (npouiAa Aenunja)- 

y (Koie hithbo) cTe to npovHTaAH? - Ja caM to npovHTao y ( Tpeke 

UITHBO) • 

iiTa CMO HHTBAH y (npBO UITHBo)? - y (npBO hithbo! CMO 4HTSAH o 
(BojHa HiKOAa) 3a cTpaHe je3HKe. 

JilTa CMO HHTaAH J ( ApVrO hithbo)? - y (Apyro UITHBo) CMO HHTaAH 
o (MOHTepejcKa KAHMa). 

Ha (KOje noAyocTpBo) je MoHTepej? - MoHTepej je Ha (MoHTepejcKO 
IIOAyOCTpBo) o 

Ko j h cy join rpaAOBH Ha ( MoHTepe jcKO noAyocTpBo)? - Ha 
(MoHTepejcKO noAyocTpBo) cy join (osaj) rpaAOBH s IlacHcbHK TpoB, 
KapMeA, CucajA h nedA Ehh. 

pAe BOAHTe Aa *scHBHTe AeTH a rp,e ohmh? - Jie th boahm Aa ^hbhm 
y (jeAan cBes npeA©o) a 3 Hmh y (jeAaH Tonao npeAeo). 

Aa ah je Aodpo ceAem y cyBHine ( toiias yvHOHHua)? - He, HHje 
Aodpo ceAeTH y cyBHUie (TonAa yvHOHHija) . 

Aa ah bh cnaBaTe y (TonAa) hah y (xAaAHa coda)? - Ja cnaBaM y 
(xAaAHa coda)o 

Aa ah je Bpyle y (Tencac)? - Aa, y (Tencac) je Bpyke nao y 
(KOTao]o 

y ( ko j h a®o) yaHMO rpaMaTHKy?- PpaMaTHicy yvMMO y (ApyrH p,eo) • 

Ha ( ko j h OKean) je KaAH(J)opHHj a? - KaAHc|)opHH j a je Ha (IIau;H(|DHHKH 
OneaH) <» 

Ha ( ko j h vacoBn) yvKMO AnjaAor? - AnjaAor ynHMo Ha (npBH h niecTH 
vac) . 










-137- 


Ha (KaKBH KpeBe th) cnaBajy BojHHijH? - BoJhhijh cnasajy Ha 
(bojhhhkh KpeBe th). 

y (KOJiHKe Kyle) CTaHyjy ^y^H y (HyjopK) ? - JbyAH y (Ryjopn) 
CTaHyjy y ( BejiHKe Kyle ) o 

Aa jm JbyAH y (MoHTepej) CTaHyjy y (BejiHKe Kyle)? - He, jbyAH 
y (MoHTepej) CTaHyjy y (najie Kyle). 

y (KaKBe Kyle) cTaHyiy jbyAH y (AMepHKa)? - Jby ah y ( Amb puna ) 
CTaHyjy y (jiene Kyle ) . 

Aa jih (caB) AMepHKaHHH stHBe y (BejiHKH rpaAOBH)? - He, (cas) 
AMepHKaHDiH He DKHBe y ( bgjihkh rpaAOBH) . 

y (KaKBH rpaAOBn) >KHBe JyrocJiOBeHH? - JyrocJiOBeHH HHBe y (MajiH 
rpaAOBH). 

Aa jih (caB) JyrocjiOBeHH HHBe y (mrjih rpaAOBH)? - Pie, (caB) 
JyrocjroBeHH He ^HBe y (najiH rpaAOBH) . 

TAe HHBe JyrocJiOBeHH koih He schbo y (rpaAOBH)? - JyrocJioBeHH 
ko j h He 3KHBe y (rpaAOBH) 3KHBe y (Majia) ajin (jiena cejia) . 

UBele (je, cy) (jieno, Jiena) • 

(OBaj ,OBa,OBo) jiHinle (je,cy) ( CBesc,cBesa,cBe>xe ) . 

(OHaj ,OHa,0 ho) APBele (je,cy) je (jien, jiena,jieno) . 


HETBPTH AEO 


PART IV 


iiiTHBO EPOJ 5 


READING- TEXT NO. 3 


MoHTepe.jcKQ IIojiyocTpBO 



Ha MoHTepejcKOM nojryocTpBy cy“ MoHTepej, CncajA, OpA 
BHjrep, 3>opT OpA 9 npecHAHo, Hy MoHTepej, HacH^HK rpoB, He(5jr 













-138- 


Ehh h KapMeJio CBe cy obo Majia ajiH A^BHa MecTa. 

KjrHMa Ha obom MajioM nojiyocTpBy na IlaHHcfDHHKOM OneaHy 
je bpjio npHjaTHao Hnnafl hh j e hh Bpyke hh x^ia^Ho • IIpHpoAa je Ty 
Bpjio jiena. CBe je Jieno° <5pAa 9 my Me , APBeke , UBeke , njiaBO Mope 
h BeApo njiaBo Hedo. 

yneHHHH y BojHoj iuko^ih 3a cTpaHe je3HKe jkhb© y MoHTepejy, 
jep je Ty HdaxoBa uiKOJia. Ajlu mhoth ApyrH, ko j h HHcy BojHHijH, 
DKHBe Ty, jep MHCJie #a je to Jien npeAeo® 

KapMeji HMa Jieny njiamy. Jle th mhoth HAy Ha Ty njiaacy. Jle th 
je cyHne Tonjro, ajin je Mope xjiaAHo. 


riETH aeo PART V 

IIMTAHA M3 IUTHBA BPOJ 3 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT N0 a 3 

1. Koja cy MecTa Ha MoHTepejcKOM IIojryocTpBy? 

2. KanBa cy Ta Mecia? 

3® Ha KOMe oneaHy je MoHTepejcKO IIojiyocTpBO? 

4o PtaKBa je kjihm 3 Ha tom nojiyocTpBy? 

5. 3aniTO je Ta KJiHMa npnjapHa? 

6® KaKBa je npnpoAa Ha tom nojiyocTpBy? 

7. IiiTa je Ty Jieno? 

8o 3aniTO yneHHLCH y BojHoj hikojih sa CTpaHe je3HKe JKjiBe y 
MoHTepejy? 

9* Ko join jkhbh Ha MoHTepejcKOM IlojryocTpBy? 

10. 3amTO mhoth Apyrn JKHBe Ha tom no^ryocTpBy? 

11. 3amT0 ohh MZcJie Aa je to jien npeAeo? 

12. MzcjiHTe jm h bk Aa je to Jien npeAeo? 

13. KaKBy njiascy HMa KapMeji? 

14. Ko HAe Jie th na Ty njiaxcy? 

15. Kano je Ha Toj n^aECH Jie th? 


11IECTM AEO PART VI 

BE3KEA M3 nPEBO’BEHA EPOJ 3 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 3 


Nature 


Today In class, we spoke about nature. 












-139- 


I love nature. When I go out, I like to see the sun 
in a clear sky, and the moon and the stars at night. I 
like to see the blue sea. I like to see trees in the 
forest and flowers everywhere. An old oak is a beautiful 
tree, and the little rose is a beautiful flower. 

It is wonderful to live on the Monterey Peninsula 
where nature is so beautiful. We are right on the Pacific 
Ocean ("on the very ocean"). I like this fresh air and 
this cool weather. I think and I work easily. 


CE^MH flEO 


PART VII 


PERHKK EPOJ 3 


VOCABULARY NO. 5 


370. •npHpofla, f. 

371. 3 c MJb a, f. 

372. np^Aeo, m f 

nom. singsnpe£eJia 
xx _ P 1 : npeflejiH 

373. Ba3flyx, m. 

374. fltBaii, adj.,m. 

flHBHa, f. 
flHBHO, n. 

A^bho, adv. 

375. pa.HHj h, adj.,m. 

p^iHHja, f. 

^p^HHje, n. 
paHHje, adv. 

376. K^Tao, m. 

gen. singsKOTJia 
« pll k^tjiobh 

377. Hedo, n. ^ 

pi2 Heda,He<5eca 

378. odjfaK 9 rn. 

^ pi. odJianH 

379. Aan>y s adv. 

380. Holy, adv. 

381. MecSh, m. 

382. 3Be3Aa ? f. 

383. APJseiie , n., coll. 

384. UBene, n.,coll. 

385o aJbo, n. ^ 

gen.sings Apsera 
pis APBeTa 


nature 

earth 

region 


air 

wonderful 


wonderfully 

earlier 


earlier, before 
boiler 


sky, heaven 
could 

in the daytime 

at (by) night 

moon 

star 

trees 

flowers 

tree 






”140- 


386® useT* m. 

nom.pl? ijb^tSbh 
387 o xpacT, ni. 

nom.pl? xpacTOBH 
338. pvsca, f. 

389® Jirnule, n.^coll. 
390. jiSTct, m. 

nom.pl? jihctobh 


flower 

oak 

rose 

leaves 

leaf 


391. n^jivocTpBo 9 n. 

392. rianH^HVKH^ adj.,m. 

nan^HHKaj 

nanacfHHKo, n. 

393. bneaHj m. . 

394. nan&c^HHKH OneaH, n. 
395® njias v adj . ,m. 

njiaBa s f. 
njiaBo, n. 
n.zijfBO, adv. 

*195. MHora, pron.,m. 
mhS r a, f. 
mhSto. n. 


peninsula 

Pacific 


ocean 

Pacific Ocean 
blue 


blue 

many 



N .'liHE SCHOOL , 


CALIF 






















-141- 

DAILY UNIT IV 


IIPBH AEO PART I 

AHJAJIOr EPOJ 4 DIALOGUE NO. 4 



1 o HaCT&BHHK ° HmET© J1VL BH 

nca? 

Aa, mh HMawo koa Kyle 
jeAHor cTapor nca. 

2. Haci ° Kojihko j© cTap Bain 
nac? 

Yh - Hain nac je npHjiHHHO cTap, 
aJiH ne 3HaMO TaHHo kojiuko. 


3o HacT° BojiHTe jiio . bh nee? 


1. Instructor ; Do you have a 
dog? 

Student ; Yes, we have an 
old dog at home, 

2 o Instr ; How old is your 
dog? 

Stu ; Our dog is fairly old, 
but we do not know exactly 
how old ("how much"). 

5o Instr ; Do you like dogs? 


Yh°o Bojihm. Ohh cy xpadpH h 

B©pHK e 

4° HacT ° Aa, to cy EdHxob© pjmBH© 
ocodiiHe o 

Yh°o Ja HMEM TaKO*)© MSlHKJ o 


Stu ; I ao ("I like"). They 
are courageous and faithful. 

4. Instr ; Yes, those ("that") 
are their main qualities. 

Stu ; I also have a cat. 


5« HacT° Koje cy itene rjiaBHe 
ocodHHe? 


5 . Instr ; What are her main 
qualities? 


















-142- 


Moja Manna je otfaspHBa 

H HHCTfio 

6 • HacT ° Ko HMa KOBba? 

y~H ° Ja HMaM KOMo 
7o Hacjr° Kanas je Bam ( tbo.1 ) 

KOH>? 

y~H ° Oh je njieMeHHTa 

fflBOTHMo 

8o HacT ° #a, to je EberoBa TJiaBHaS 

OCOdHHao 


Stus My cat Is cautious 
and clean. 

6 . Instr s Who has a horse? 

Stus I have a horse. 

7o Instr s What sort (of a 
horse) is your horse? 

Sts He is a noble animal 

Xnstr s Yes* that is his 
main quality. 


y*i °o JXa. jiv. ce KajKe Ha cpncKO- 
xpBaxcKOM n BepaH Kao nac”? 

9. HacT g Ka3Ke ce. A 3a noBena 
ko j h mhoto paflH Kasee ce 

”paAH KaO KOft”o 

Yh°o IilTa ce join Kasce? 

10. HacT ° Ha npiiMepj, Kasce ce° 
”jiyKaB Kao jmcisua". 

yy ° J \a jits, ce Kasce« ”6ps Kao 
jejren”? 

11. HacT° £a, h TaKo^e ce KajKe 11 
"xjra/iaH Kao gmh j a”. 


Stu s Does one say in Serbo- 
Croatian "as faithful as a 
dog"? 

9o Instr s One does. And of 

("for") a man who works much 
one says "he works like a 
horse". 

Stus What else does one say? 

10. Instr s For instance* one 
sayss "as sly as a fox". 

Stus Does one say "as swift 
("fast") as a deer"? 

Instr s Yes* and one says 
also "as cold as a snake". 


y~v ° HiTa ce join Ka35ce? 


Stus What else does one say? 


12. 


HacT ° Ka?Ke ce til mhoto Apyro ? 12. 
ajin obo je AOCTa aa #aHac. 


Instr s One says many other 
things ("much other"), but 
this is enough for today. 














-143 


PART II 


flpyrn AEO 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIH3A BPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 


PAR. 59 - POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 


The possessive adjectives in English ares ray ; your : his , 
her , its : our : their . They are used, only before a noun ( ray 
dog ). The English possessive pronouns are mine : yours : his , 
hers , its : our : theirs . They are not used before a noun. 

In Serbo-Croatian, one set of words corresponds to both 
these sets in English, that is, the Serbo-Croatian equivalent 
are both possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns. 
Whether adjectives or pronouns, they must agree in gender, 
number and case, with the nouns they refer to. 


1 . 

2 . 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6 . 
7. 


my, mine 
thy, thine 
his 

her, hers 
our, ours 
your, yours 
their, theirs 


- Moj, m. , Moja, f. , Moje, n. 

- TBoj, m., TBoja, fo, TBoje,n. 

- aeroBj m., iteroBa, f., H«roBO,n. 

- Hi6H ( Eb© 3HHH ) , IQ* » H>eHa ( Hj© 3 HHa ) , 

- Kara, m., Hama, fo, Hame,n. 

- Bam, m*, Bama, f s , Bame,n. 

- ILHXOB, m«. ffiHXOBa, f., hhxobo, n 



The Serbo-Croatian possessive pronouns are adjectival 
pronouns. 

1. - (5) Moja Manna je 0(5a3pHBa h hhcts. 

Moj oxau je oqpnunp. 

My father is an officer 
Moja Majna je y rpa^yo 
My mother is in town. 

Mo j h po,zi,HTeJtH cy cTapn. 

My parents are old. 

The masculine and neuter gender stem is either ’’Moj -' 1 
or r i£- M . 

The feminine gender stem is M Moj“". 


2. - (7) KanaB je tbq j koh>? 

Tfle je tbq j a cecTpa? 

Where is your sister? 

Je jim to tbq je nepb? 

Is that your pen? 
r^e cy tbq je KitHre? 

Where are your books? 

The masculine and neuter gender stem is either M TBoj- M 
or 11 tb~ m o 

The feminine gender stem is M TBoj-". 


3. - (8) TavHOo To je H^eroBa rmaBHa ocoOHHa. 
Kojh Hemajb je aeroB ? 

Which comb is his ? 




















-144 - 


Je jih obo BeroBQ A©Te? 

Is this his child? 

lilxa paAe aeroBH poAHTejbH? 

What do his parents do? 

The stem for all three genders Is "HseroB-". 

4. - IfceH My3K je moj <5paT* 

Her husband Is my brother. 

HeHa cecTpa je y JyrocmaBHjn. 

Her sister is in Jugoslavia. 

He ho p,eTe He ha© y uiKomy. 

Her child does not go to school. 

(5) Koje cy HeHe ocodHHe? 

The stem for all three genders is "ffieH-" or 11 ne3 hh— m • 

5. - (2) Ham nac je npnmHHHo ciap, ajiH He 3H8mo TanHo kojihko. 

Hama yvHOHHua je Majia* 

Our classroom is small. 

Hame mTHBO HHje TeiiiKO. 

Our reading text is not difficult. 

HamH HacTaBHHun cy JyrocmoBeHH. 

Our teachers are Jugoslavs. 

The stem for all three genders is "Han” 11 . 

6. - (2) Kojihko je cTap Bam nac? 

Kano je Barna Majna? 

H° w is your mother? 

Aa jivl je Bame nepo AO(5po? 

Is youn pen good? 

Kano cy Banin poAHTejbH? 

How are your parents? 

The stem for all three genders is M Banr- M . 

7. - (4) <2,a 8 to cy saxoBe rmaBHe ocotfHHe. 

HhXOB OTan je Moj KOMaHAaHT. 

Their father is my commandant. 

HHxoBa Kyka je Ha 6pAy. 

Their house is on the hill. 

Mh cTaHyjeMo y hjhxobo j KyhH. 

We Tive in their house. 

The stem for all three genders is ,0 H>HxoB- ,, . 


PAR. 60 - THE ENGLISH POSSESSIVE PRONOUN “ITS" 

Ja bojihm oBaj rpaA jep cy seros e ymime mnpoKe k hhctc. 

I like this town because its streets are wide and clean. 
Ja He bojihm obo nepo jep je PberoB Bpx omTap. 

I do not like thTs pen because its point is too sharp. 



















“145 = 


Obo je pyma ^ aeHH jihctobh cy MajiH a ts6hh i^bctobh cy JienH. 
This is a rose : its leaves are small and its flowers are 
nice. 

There is no particular counterpart for the English poss¬ 
essive adjective or pronoun ”its M . It is translated by "H«roB, 
&eroBa s BeroBo' 1 if the possessor if of masculine ( rpa# - 
aeroBe yjnme) or neuter gender (nepo - aeroB Bpx) and by '‘aeH, 
HseHa, hj6ho m or m hj03hHj itesHHaj ae3HHo M if the possessor is of 
feminine gender (pyata - h«hh jihctobh* ibshh nseTOBn). 


PART. 61 - REVIEW OF DECLENSION ENDINGS 


We have learned the following declension endingss 
1. Nouns s 


-SENDER 

CASE ~——- 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 



SINGULAR 

NOMINATIVE 

Any consonant 

-a 

-e or - o 

! ACCU 
SATIVE 

Animate 

-a 

-y 

Same as the 
nominative 

Inanimate 

Same as zne 

nominative 

LOCATIVE 

-y 

-H 

-"y" 

PLURAL 

NOMINATIVE 

— H 

-e 

-a 


lAddUsA'TIVE 

-e 

-e 

.-a . . 

[locative 

-HMa 

-ana 

-HMa 


MASCULINE 


Animate 

Inanimate 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Neuter 

Nom. sing, oc^hijhp 

npo3op 

3KeHa 

MeCT-0 

Mop-e 

Accusing. otfmjnp-a 

nposop 

3KeH-y 

MeCT-O 

Mop-e 

Loc.sing. o^HijHp-y 

nposop-y 

sceH-H 

MecT-y 

Mop-y 

Nom.pl. OC^HIJHp-H 

nposop-H 

5K6H-e 

MecT-a 

Mop-a 

Acc.pl. ocpHijHp-e 

npo3op-e 

>K6H-e 

MecT-a 

Mop-a 

L0C.pl. OCfjHIjHp-HMa 

nposop-HMa 

3KeH-aMa 

MeCT-HMa MOp-HMa 








































- 146 - 


2c - Adjectives* adjectival pronouns and ordinal numerals, 
a) The stem does not end in a palatal consonants 


SENDER & 

CASE 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

INDEFINITE 

EEF3N3TE 

INDEF.& DEF. 

INDEF.| 

[ DEFIN. 

S I 

N C 

3- U L 

A 

R | 

NOMINATIVE 

Any consonant 

— H 

-a 

-o 

-0 

ACCU- 

SATIVE 

Animate 

-a 

-or 

-y 

-o 

-o 

Inanimate 

Same as the nominative 

!LOCATIVE 

- v I -OM 

_ 

-y 

-OM 

— F“^"L U R A L 

NOMINATIVE 

-H 

-e 

-a i 

ACCUSATIVE 

-e 

-e 

-a 

LOCATIVE 

-EM 

-MM 

-MM 

The stem ends in a palatal consonants 

j ft a u L A R 

(NOMINATIVE ' 

Any consonant 

— H 

-a 

-e -e 

ACCU- 
! SATIVE 

Animate 

-a 

-er 

-y 

-e -e 

Inanimate 

Same as the nominative 

LOCATIVE 

-y 1 -e'M” 

_ 

-y * -eM 

PLURAL 

NOMINATIVE 

— H 

-e 

-a 

ACCUSATIVE 

-e 

-e 

.-a 

LOCATIVE 

-MM 

-MM 

-MM 


MASCULINE: 
Norn.sing* 
Acc. sing. 
Log. sing. 
Nom.pl* 
Acc.pl. 
Loc.pl. 

FEMININES 
Nora.sing. 
Acc.sing. 
Loc.sing. 
Nom.pl. 
Acc.pl. 
Loc.pl. 

NEUTER 
Nom.sing. 
Acc.sing. 
Loc.sing. 
Nom.pl. 
Acc.pl. 
Loc.pl. 


Indefinite Definite 
Jien Jien-E 

,/ien-a .Tien- or ')/ 

jien-y Jien-OM 

jien-H 
.rren-e 
Jien-HM 

Indefinite & Definite 

.Tien-a 

.nen-y 

.nen-oj 

jien-e 

Jien-e 

Jien-HM 


Indefinite 

Bpyl 

Bpyl-a 

Bpyl-y 


Definite 

Bpyl-H 

Bpyl-er 

Bpyl-eM 


Bpyl-H 

Bpyl-e 

Bpyl-HM 

Indefinite & Definite 

Bpyl-a 

spyl-y 

Bpyl-oj 

Bpyl-e 

Bpyl-e 

Bpyl-HM 


Indefinite 

jien«o 

Jien-o 

jien-y 

.Tien-a 

.nen-a 

Jien-HM 


Definite 

Tien-o 

Jien-o 

Jien-OM 


Indefinite 
Bpyl-e 
Bpyl-e 
Bpyl-y 

BpyK-a 
Bpyi-a 
Bpyl-HM 


Definite 

Bpyl-e 

Bpyl-e 

Bpyl-eM 


1). If a masculine adjective either indefinite or definite form 
modifies a inanimate noun the accusative is the same as the nominative 














































































> 147 - 


TBETlH aeo part III 

PPAMATMKE BEEBE EPOJ 4 G-RAMPA.R EXERCISES NO. 4 

Choose the right word in the parentheses? 

Aa jiy je ( TBoj , tbo ja 8 tbo je or? Bam,Bama,Barne) oTaij cTap? - 
He ( Moj, mo ja,MOje) OTaij HHje (cTap,cTapn) Hero ( mji&p, ,MmaAH) » 
(KaKaBjKaKBa jKaKBO) je ( tbo j , tbo ja, tbo je or? Barn,Bama,Bame) 
nepo? - (Moj,Moja,Moje) nepo je (HOB ? HOBa,HOBo). 

Aa jits, je OHa Kimra Ha cxomy ( tbo j , TBoja, TBoj or? Bam,Bama, 
Banie)? - Aa, OHa KMira Ha cTomy je ( mo j ,Moja,Mo.ie ) ® 

Aa jm cy ( tbo j h , tbo j e , tbo j a or? Banin, Bame ,Bama) poAHTe.i>H 
CTapn? - He , (Mojn,Moje,Moja) poAHTejbn HHcy cTapH. 
r^e cy (TBojn,TBoje,TBoja or? Banin,Bame ,Bama) cecTpe? - (Mojn, 
Moje,Moja) cecTpe cy y iiikojiHo 

Aa jik cy (TBojH ? TBoie gTBoja or? Banin, Bame ,Bama) nepa hobs? - 
He 9 (Mojn,Moje,Moja) nepa HHcy HOBa amn cy Aodpa® 

Ko je (BberoB 9 HjeroBagH«roBO) yHHTe«t? - (HeroB,HeroBa,KeroBo) 
ynHTe^> je rocnoAHH nepnl® 

(Kojn,Koje,Koja) sceHa je (aeroB ,ifceroBa ,H>eroBO) MajKa? - (OHaj, 
OHa,O ho) xceHa Ha spaTHMa je (aeroB ? aeroBa ? aeroBo) MajKa® 

Aa jivl je obo nepo (aeroB^aeroBagaeroBo)? ~ He, to nepo Hnje 
(aeroBjaeroBajaeroBo) Hero (Moj, mo ja,MOje)• 

HIT a cy (aeroBn^aeroBe s aeroBa) chhobh? - (HeroBH,HeroBe ,Herosa) 
CHHOBH cy BOjHHHHe 

FAe cy (aeroBH^aeroBe 8 aeroBa) lepne? (Hstobh,R eroBe ,HeroBa) 
lepne cy y CaH ^paHiincny• 

(Ko 1 h , Ko j a , Ko j e ) nepa cy (aeroBn ? aeroBa 3 aeroBe )? - (0 bh,0b 6, 
OBa) nepa cy (aeroBH s aeroBe ? aeroBa)o 

HIt a je (aeH s aeHa ? aeHo) oxan? - (HeH^HeHa,.IieHo) oTan je 
nyKOBHHK• 

IilTa je (aeH,aeHa s aeHo) cecTpa? - (HeH,IieHa,KeHo) cecTpa je 
yneHHiiao 

(Kojn,Koje ,Koja) MecTO je (aeH ? aeHa ? aeHo)?-(O bs j,OBa,O bo) mbcto 
je (aeH ? aeHa s aeHo) o 

Aa jm je obo (Bam,Bama,Bame) Kyla? - Aa, to je (Ham,Hama,Haine) 
KyAa® 

Aa jih je (oHai jOHa ? OHo) rocnoAHH (Barn,Bama,Bame) OTan? - He, 

( OHaj ,OHa, oho) rocnoAHH Hnje ( h am,Hama,Haine ) OTan« 

Aa jm je obo (Bam,Bama,Bame) HBele? - He, to Hnje (Ham,Hama, 
Hame) HBeie * 

TAe scHBe (Banin,Bame ,Bama) poAHxe^n? - (Harnn,Hame ,Hama) poAHTe-kn 
scnBe y HyjopKy® 

Aa jiy (Banin,same ,Bama) cecxpe 3KHBe Tano^e y HyjopKy? - He, 

(Harnn,Hame,Hama) cecTpe He 3&HBe y HyjopKy Hero y MoHTepejy® 

Ko je (mixoB,H>nxoBa,H>HxoBo) KOMaHAaHT? - (HnxoB,HnxoBa,HnxoBo) 
KOMaHAaHT je nyKOBHHK r. Cmht® 

Pa© je (HsHxob,HJ ixoBa,H jUxobo) Majna? - (RnxoB,HnxoBa,HnxoBo) 
MajKa je y JyrocmaBHjn® 

(KomHKH,KojiHKa,KomnKo) je (mxob,H>H xoBa, tlhxobo) AeTe? - 
(H«xoB,HnxoBa,HiixoBo) AeTe je BeJinKO. 

Ko cy Taj HOBeK n Ta sceHa, a ko cy ohh MJiaAHln? - CBaj HOBeK n 
OBa sceHa cy rocnoAHH n rocno^a neTpOBHl, a ohh MmaAHln cy 

( ffiHXOBH ? BHXOBe, BHXOE a' CHHOBH® 










1 48 * 


Ja bojihm Aa jkhbhm y MoHTepejy 9 jep je (KeroB > H 3 eroBa,ffieroBO,T6eH 
HfiHa s H>eHo) KJiHMa HHje hh xjiaAHa hh Bpyha® 

Obo je pyjica, (H>eH ? ffieHe 2 HfiHa s H>eroBH ? H>eroBe , T ieroBa) jihctobh cy 
MajiH 8 a (iteHn^aeroBH) hbotobh jienH® 


HETBPTH AEQ PART IV 

ItlTHBO EPOJ 4 READING TEXT NO, 4 

SfaBOTHTte 

Ilac, Marina z koe> cy AOMaXe skhbothpej© o 

JIhchaEj jejieH z 3MHja.Kao z MHore Apyre 3KHBOTHT&e 9 cy 
AHBJ>e DKHBOTHTte o 

Apyre AOMake schbothk© cy“ MaGra, Marapaij, npaBa, OBija, 
Kosao H MHore hthh© cy AOMahe 3KHBOTHH»e° Gpao je A^B^a nTHija. 

AHB^e JKUBOTHHa© scHBe no inyMaMa® AoMahe 5KHBOTHK>e jFCHBe no 
cejtHMa z rpaAOBHMa® 

Ph 6® 3KHBe y boah» Hene gmh j e 9 Kao z Apyre HeKe jkhbothhj®, 
«HBe h y bo ah z Ha 3 e MJbH o IlTHAe bhahmo Kano y Ba3Ayxy s TaKo 
z Ha seMMo 


EETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 liITHBA BPOJ 4 QUESTI ONS ON THE READING 

' — ~ TEXT N0 a 4 

!• KaKBe cy 3 khbothh« nac, Manna z koh>? 

2 c IilTa 3Haxe o ncy? 

3o IlPra 3HaTe o mshkh? 

4o IliTa GHaTe o nosy? 

5o KaKBe cy stHBOTHite JincHHaj, jejieH z gmh j a? 

6o IilTa GHaTe o jihchhh? 

7« IilTa GHaTe o jejieHy? 

8® UIt a GHaTe o gmh j h? 

9o Koje Apyre AOMaBe dkhbo THn>e GHaTe? 

10o IilTa GHaTe o magth? 

11 o Koja je nTHna AHBJba 3 khbothh£l? 

12o Aa jlz cy cBe nTHu;e ahb^>c dkhbothhj©? 

13 o PAG JKHBe AHB^>e 2KHBOTHH©? 

14o TAe scHBe AOMake jkhbothh,©? 












-149- 


15. P^e scHBe pnOe? 

16. Tfle scHBe 3MHje? 

17. r^e scHBe nTHu;e? 

IB. Koje #oMahe jkhbothhj© hmst© bh koa Kyhe? 

19. Ha jih ct© BHAejiH AHBJbe hchbothhb y ripe c hah jy? 

20. Koje AHB^>e echbothh« cTe BHAejiH Ty? 

iiJECTH ZiEO PART VI 

BEHEA M3 IIPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 

Today in school, we spoke about animals. I like animals, I 
mean (mhcjiht^ domestic animals. I like some wild animals too, 
but not all. Some are really wild. 

I like dogs in particular. They are so faithful and so 
courageous. For Instance, my dog, if someone wants to enter 
my house, he has to see my dug first. And if my dog doesn't 
like the (that) man, well.... you know what I mean. My dog, 
your dog, his dog, all dogs are like that. 

Now the cats have good qualities too. I like those quali¬ 
ties of theirs, but I do not like cats. I think they are a 
little sly. They, are seldom noble. 

CEflMH HEP PART VII 

PERHHK EPOJ 4 VOCABULARY NO. 4 

396. stHBOTHTiba, f. - animal 


397o xp^Oa/n, adj.,m, 


xp<4ur>?T 9 f. 
xt io po, n. 


- courageous 


f X * * 

x^aupo, adv. 
398. B^paH, adj.,m. 


- courageously 

- faithful 


B^pHa, f. 
BepHO, n. 


- faithfully 

- old 


*86. _ _ ,m. , cTapa, f 

cTapo, n, 










-ISO- 


399* 


400. 

401. 

402. 


403. 


404 o 
405. 


406. 

407. 


408. 

409. 

410. 


411. 


412. 

413. 


414. 

415. 

416. 

417. 


418. 


419. 

420. 
421 


rviasHH, adj.,m. 
rjiaBHa* f. 

IV&BHO, n. 
r/taBHo 9 adv. 
oco6HHa s f. 
mIlhic a, f • 
odaapHB, adj. gin. 

o6A3pzBag f • 
ofiaapHBO, n. 
0da3pHB0g adv. 

nScTg adjogm. 

HHCTa ? f. 

^HHCTOg n. 

HHCTOg adv. 

KOftj m. 

njilMeHHT , ad j ., m. 

nji^MeHHTag f. 

n^eMeHHTOg n. 
njieMeHHTOg adv. 

n|)HMepg m. 

«VTK3lb 9 ad j. gin. 
jiynaBag f. 

N jiynaBo g n. 
jivKaBOg adv. 
jiHCKixa, f. 

3MHja s f„ 
jljieHg m. % _ 

nom.pls jejieHH 

AHBJbHg adj. s m. 
A^B^a, f. 

% flHBJE.e, n. 

AHB.£eg adv. 

M^israg f. 

Marapan, m. x 

gen.sing 2 Marapija 
nom.pis MarapnH 

ijplBag f. 

OBnag f. 

K03ag f. 

HeKHg pron.,m. 

Henag f. 

/ hIko 9 n. 
opadg m. ^ 

gen. sing 2 opjia 
nom. pi 2 <^pjiobh 
pHdag f. 

B^Aag f. 

ouiTapg adj.^m. 

oiiiTpa, f. 

^ oiiiTpOg n. 
ouiTpo g adv. 


- principal, main 


- principally, mainly 

- quality 

- cat 

- cautious 


- cautiously 

- clean 


- neatly 

- horse 

- noble 

- nobly 

- example, instance 

- sly 

- slily 

- fox 

- snake 

- deer 


- wild 


- wildly 

- mule 

- donkey 


- cow 

- sheep 

- goat 

- some 


- eagle 


- fish 

- water 

- sharp 


- sharply 


ARMY LANSUASE SCHOOL, CALIF ° !Sg? 


- 151 - 


LESSON IV 
DAILY UNIT I 


iipbh mo 
MJAJior bpoj 1 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 1 






4oseHH.1e Tejio 

I. HaCTaBHHK ? IIlTB 3H8 o 
HOB enHjeM Te^ry? 

y^eHHK ° 3HaM fla cy r h 
A ejiOBH rjiasa, Tpy/i, h 

Hore • 


2 • HacT ° TAe cy kocJ. h , e? 

“ “ 7 y' r 

3. HacT S /la jih cTe bi f MefrH hjih 

IUTRBH? / 

y^ ° Ja caM /di^b' jf 

4. HacT" A Banfa-w 

7 



yj.°- Moja se 
Koca je Bp^ro Jiena . 


masy Kocy? 


y^ ° Mhcjlhm a& je y.HeHHHHHa 
Koca njiaea. 


6. IIacT ° A EpayHOBa Koca? 

£h° EpayHOBa Koca je upHa 



The human body 

Instructor s What do you 
know about the human body? 

Stu s I kn 
parts dre 
trunk.// th 
legs^ 


r-w that the main 
the head* the 
e arms and the 


i^Ha? 
iaje njiaBa 


Instr / s\Whei?e are the hair 
bA fact? 

Stu A The\^ haih and the face 
are yi the head. 

Instr \ Are^ you brunette or 
blond ' 

Stus 11 am brune 
“ I — 

Instrs/ And youi/w\fe? 

Stu : My wife i^ Xbhbnd o Her 
hair /is very pretty . 


5. HacT° /J,a jih yneHHija MapnK hme &• Instfrs Does the (girl) stu 


der?t, Marie, have blond 
halt? 


;Stus I think that the ( girl ) 
student"s hair is blond. 


Instrs And Brown 0 s hair? 

Stu s Brown 0 s hair is dark- 
brown ( H black” ). 










































- 152 - 


7. HacT » Ha ah je y MJiafla 7* 

HOBeKa Koca cefla? 

Vh q 06hhho je cTapneBa Koca 
ceAa, a MmaA^keBa HHje. 

8. HacT * Ja caM jeAHOM BHAeo 8* 
jeAHor MJiaAor noseKa kojh 

je <5 ho cacBHM ceA* 

Bhaoo can h ja TaKBe 
MJiaA© ^>7Ae • 

9. HacT » KaKBO je Bame nemo, a 9. 
KRKaB je Bam hoc? 

y~H » Moje nemo je bhcoko, a 
MOj HOC je npHJIHHHO B6JIHK. 

10. HacT ° Jecy jih Bame ohh 
njiaBe? 


Instr: Is the hair on a 
ymmg man grey ? 

Stu ; Usually an old man 8 s 
hair is grey, not a young 
man 1 s . 

Instr : I once say a young man 
who was all grey. 


Stu : I, too, have seen such 
young men. 

Instr : What kind of forehead 
and what kind of nose do you 
have? 

Stu : My forehead is high and 
my nose is rather large . 


10. Instr : Are your eyes blue? 


Yh * He, one cy gpHe• 

11. HacT - IUt*. hm&mo y ycTHMa? 


Stu : No, they are dark 
(black). 

11. Instr : What do we have in the 
mouth? 


Yh ° y yCTHMa HMaMO je3HK 
h 3y<5e. 

12. HacT‘ /la ah cy 3y6n 6gah? 


Stu : In the mouth we have the 
tongue and the teeth. 

12. Instr : Are the teeth white? 


y~H ° IIpHpO AHH 3APSBH 3y(5H 

cy <5emn. 

15. H&ct° A BeniTSHKH? 


Stu : Natural, healthy teeth 
are white. 

13. Instr : And the artificial 
ones? 


Yh} HeKH BemTavKH 3 j6h cy 
3jiaTHH . a hskh cy <5emH.® 

14. HacT« Ha ah cy ao<5ph 

BeuiTaHKH 3y(5H? 

y~H » KaA HOBen HeMa flpHpoAHe 
syOe, ao^PH cy h seiiiTaHKH . 

15. HacT° TaHHO . Hcto je rano 15. 
KaA hobck HeMa jeAHy pyny 

hah. Hory. 

Yh° Ha, OHAa je AO(5pa h 
APseHa pyna hjih Hora. 


Stu : Some artificial teeth 
are gold , some are white. 

Instr : Are artificial teeth 
good? 

Stu : When one does not have 
natural teeth, artificial ones 
are good ? too. 

Instr : Correct . It's the ("The 
same is so M ) same when one 
does not have an arm or a leg. 

Stu : Yes, then a wooden arm or 
leg is goodj too. 


14. 






















































-153- 


nryra aeo part ii 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 1 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS MO. 1 


PAR. 62 - KINDS OF ADJECTIVES 

X. - (4) Hena Koca je Bpjio jien a. 

(14) Aa jm cy Aodpn BeuiTaHKH 3y(5H? 

(14) KaA HOBeK HeMa npapogHe 3y<5e ao<5ph cy h seniTaHKH . 

(9) Moje nejio je bhcoko a Moj hoc je npHjrHHHo Beme 

(12) IIpHpo ahh 3AP&BH 3ydH cy deJiH, 

Mapa HHje AOiiwa jep je dMecHa. 

Mary has not come because sbe is sick . 

Adjectives expressing quality (jiena, ao<5ph, BeiUTa^KH, 
npHpoAHH) or size (bhcoko, bcjikk) or condition ( 3 ApaBH, 
dojiecHH) are called descriptive adjectives , 

NOTE S The neuter gender of these adjectives is an adverb 
of manners 


lie Tap je AQdpo A© Te . 

Peter is a Rood child. 

Oh roBopn cpncKoxpBaTCKH Bp.ro Ac6po, 

He speaks Serbo-Croatian very well . 

2. - (13) HeKH BeuiTaHKH' 3ydH cy 3JiaTHH, a HeKH cy 6ejrH. 

(15) /la, oHAa je Aodpa h APBena pyna hjih nora. 

Adjectives denoting the material from which things are 
made ( 3 jiaTHH, ApeeHa) are called adjectives of material. 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives of material end either 
in "-eH 11 or 11 °aH w and they are formed by adding these endings 
to the stem of the corresponding nouns 

Nouns 3JiaTo stems 3JiaT- adjectives 3jiaT-aH 

AP-BO APB- APB-6H 

All Serbo-Croatian adjectives belonging to the classes 
under 1) and 2), with very few exceptions, have both an in¬ 
definite and a definite forms 

(7) Aa jm je y MjiaAa. HOBeica Koca ceAa? 

(8) Ja can jeAHOM bhago jeAHor MjiaAor HOBena ko j h je 
<5 ho cacBHM c©a* 

3. - (5) Mhcjihm a& je yneHiiPma Koca ipraBa, 

(6) EpayHosa Koca je npHa» 

(7) 0(5hhho je cTapaeBa Koca ceAa, a MJiaAHleBa HHje. 
EatfHHa Koca je deJia. 

'me grandmother *s hair is white. 

yHHTea>eB chh -je Map.£HB yveHHK. 

The 'teacher’s son is a diligent student. 































- 154 - 


Adjectives denoting possession-ownership (yneHUHUHa, 
EpayHOBa, cTapveBa, MJiaAHiepaj dadHHa* yHHTe^es) are called 
possessive adjectives. 

Most typical and most common possessive adjectives end 
in "“Ob", >L eB H or m -hh m # These adjectives are derived from 
the corresponding nouns (yvemma, EpayH, cTapau, MjraAHl, dad a, 

y^HTe^j). 

The endings "-ob" and ,, -eB u are used to form the possessive 
adjectives of masculine nouns“Tin almost all cases animate). 

The ending ,, -ob” is added if the stem of the noun does 
not end in a palatal consonant; the ending ”-eB H is added if 
the stem of the noun ends in a palatal consonants 


Nouns EpayH 
IleTap 
KaneTaH 
MJi&RHh. 
yvHTejb 


stems EpayH- 
IleTp- 
KaneTaH- 
MJiaAHl- 
yvHTejb- 


possess.adj s 
EpayH-oB 
IleTp-OB 
KaneTaH-OB 
MJiaAHl-eB 
yvHTejb-eB 


Masculine nouns the stem of which ends in M u M , make their 
possessive adjective by adding t< -eB >> to the stem, but M u M before 
M -eB" changes into H v M s 


Nouns cTapan; stemscTapu- possess.adj s cTapn-es 

The ending "-hh" is used to form the possessive adjectives 
of feminine nouns XTn almost all cases animate): 


Nouns dada stems dad- possess.adjs dad-HH 

cecTpa cecTp- cbctp-hh 

ace Ha sceH- aceH-HH 

Feminine nouns which in the nominative singular end in 
w °Ka 11 or "-qa 11 form possessive adjectives by adding h -hh m to 
the stem, but M k M or before "kh" changes into m h m s 

Nouns MajKa stems Majn- possess.ad j s Majn-HH 

yveHHua yveHHu- yveHHH —hh 

ACBOjKa AeBOJK- ACBOjH-HH 

Serbo-Croatian possessive adjectives ending in m -ob w , 

H -eB M and "-hh" are usually the equivalent of the English 
m i s m • 


Epaynos 

IleTpoB 

yvHTe^eB 

dadHH 

cecTpHH 

3K6HHH 

A6BOjHHH 


- Brown 0 s 

- Peter 8 s 

- teacher 0 s 

- grandmother 8 s 

- sister“s 

- wife's 

- girl's 


These possessive adjectives denote possession (owner¬ 
ship), usually with reference to a specific person. They 




-155- 


always answer the questions "HHjH? M , "HHja?' 1 , M HHje? w 

je obo KanyT? - To je yHHTe^eB KanyT. 

Whose coat is this? - That is the teacher's coat. 

Hiija je obo ojiOBKa? - To je IleTpoBa ojroBKa. 

Whose pencil is this? - That is Peter's pencil. 

NOTE S a) The possessive adjectives of this type have the 
indefinite form only. 

b) In the following pairs note the difference in 
meaning by the choice between adjectives ending in "ob", m ©b" 
or "kh" and those ending in "ckh" (see PAR. 63)s 

Obo je nyKOBHHKOBa f a oho je KaneTaHOBa Kana. 

This is the colonel's cap, and that is the captain's cap. 

IlyKOBHHHKa njiaTa je Beta Hero KaneTaHCKa njiaTa. 

A colonel's pay (the pay of a colonel ) is more than a 

captain's pay (the pay of a captain )► 


Hac TaBHHKQ B CHH je MapJbHB yneHHK. 

The teacher's son is a diligent student. 

HacTaBHHHKH paA je Tescan ajin npnjaTaH. 

A teacher 8 s work (the work of a teacher) is hard but 
pleasant. 


TPEftH flE0 PART III 

PPAMATHHKE BEEEE EPOJ 1 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 


Put the words in the parentheses Into the proper forms 
HacTaBHHK (nHTaTH) (6 ps) , a yaeHHUH (oAroBapaTn) nojiaKO. 

Cbh yneHHUH (yhhth) (mrpahb). 

OHH He ( MHTfiTH ) (naautHB) •- 

HeKH yaeHHUH (yvHTH) { jislk ) » a HeKH (Tetanic 
Ja He (bha6Th) (AO(5ap)» 

Ohh yBen (nocTynaTH) (oda3pHB)o 

HMa jih lie Tap (npHpofla) ( 3 ydn)? - He, lie Tap HeMa (npnpoAa) 
(3y(5H), Hero (BeuiTaHKH) . 

Ha (naKBe cTomnije) bh bojimt© as ceAHTe? - Ja bojihm Aa ce ahm 
H a (apbo) (cTOJiHue). 

KanaB neuiajb HMa Mapa? - Mapa HMa (3JiaTo) Heuia^® 

J\ a jvsl ^>yAH Hoce (Do men wear) (cBHjia) (KanyTn)? - He, .*>yAH He 
Hoce (cBHJia) (KanyTn) • 

TAe je (boahhk) Kana? - (Boahhk) Kana je Ha (aHBHjryk). 

KyAa ha© (AeceTap) cecTpa? - (/leceTap) cecTpa HAe y (uiKOJia) . 
r*Ae cy (nopyHHHKj KH>nre? - ( nppyHHHK ) KHJare cy Ha (cto . 

KyAa ha© (KaneraH) sceHa? - (KaneTaH) 3fceHa HAe Ha (dpAo). 

/la jih je (nyKOBHHK) chh 6 ho y (uncojra)? - He, (nyKOBHHK) 
chh HHje <5ho y (uiKOJia) ® 

Hh j h Myac je Bam dpaT? - (Tocnolja) Mysc je Moj (5paT. 























- 156 - 


HnjH My3K je sain oxaij? - (MajKa) MyjK je Moj oTaijo 
Hhjh Mya: je Bain pep*? - (Eada) Mym je Moj a«A» 

Hnja JKeHa je Baina MajKa? - (OTan;) ieHa je Moja MajKa. 

Hnja HeHa je Baina dada? - (hep,) sceHa je Moja dada. 

Hzjn cTe bh yHyK? - Ja caM (a©a) h (dada) yHyn. 

HnjH CTe bk chh? - Ja caM (OTan) h (MajKa) chh. 

TAe je (dpax) KyEa? - (EpaT) KyEa je Ha (dpAo). 

Ra. jm je h (cecTpa) KyEa Ha (dpAo)? - He (cecTpa) KyEa HHje 
Ha (dpAo) Hero y (niyMa). 

Hzja Koca je ceAa? - (CTapan) Koca je ceAa. 

Hzja Koca HHje ceAa? - (MjiaAHE) Koca HHje ceAa. 

KaKBe Tpeda Aa dyAy (yneHHK) KHHre? - (yneHHK) KiiHre Tpeda 
Aa dyAy (hhct). 

Hnjn chhobh cy KHe30BH? - (Hap) chhobh cy khcbobh. 

TAe je (KOMaHAaHT) cTaH? - (KoMaHAaHT) CTaH je y (oHa niyMa). 
Hnja sseHa je OHa rocno^a? - OHa rocnoija je (ynHT ejb) sceHa. 

HIT a je (rocno^a) My3K? - Moj MyjK je 0 (f)HijHp. 

TAe je (tociioahh) KanyT?- Moj KanyT je y (coda). 

Hnja Koca je Jiena? - (^esojKa) Koca je jrena. 

Re. jlh 3Haie (Majop) rocno^y? - He, ja He 3 H&m (Majop) rocno^y. 
Hnja KyEa je Ha (dpAo), a nnia KyEa je y (niyMa)? - (EpaT> 

KyEa je Ha (dpAo), a (cecTpa) KyEa je y (niyMa) o 

JX a jm je obo Banie nepo? - He, to HHje Mcje Hero (y^HTe^) 

nepo. 


HETBPTK &E0 PART IV 


1UTKB0 EPOJ 1 


READING TEXT NO. 1 



Bhacjih cmo as. Ha rjiaBH hm&mo Kocy h jiHixe. Ha jinny embmo 

















-157- 


nejio, ohh, hoc , ycTa, dpaAy, odpa3e h yniH. Hobck join hms dpKOBe 
h dpaAy a steHa He. EpaAa je Ha dpaA** h Ha o(5pa3HMa. 

Koca, ohh, dpnoBH h dpaAa cy hphh, cmc^h hjih ruiaBH, a y 
cTapa HOBOKa cy odHHHO ce^H. 

3a nejio ce Haste fla je bhcoko hjih hhcko. 3a hoc, ycTa h yniH 
ce naste Aa cy Be jihkh hjih MajiH« 

JlHije je Jieno hjih pystHo. KaA cy cbh AejioBH Jienn, h JiHije je 
Jieno. KaA cy cbh acjiobh pystHH, h jiHije je pystHo. Hecro ce Haste 
Aa je JiHiie Jieno KaA cy csmo HeKH acjiobh jienH. 3a Jieny Kocy ce 
necTO Haste Aa je "Kao cBHjieHa"• 

Koca ? dpnoBH h dpaAa cy npHpoAHH hjih BeuiTanKH. 

BeiiiTanKe ohm cy cTaKJieHeo 


ilETH £E0 

IIMTAHA H3 1IITMBA EPOJ 1 


PART V 

QUESTIONS ON THE READING- 

TEXT NO, 1 


1. 

IilTa 

HMaMo Ha ivraBH? 


2. 

TAe 

je ne.no? 


3 • 

ta© 

cy OHH? 


4. 

TAe 

je hoc? 


5. 

TAe 

cy ycTa? 


6. 

TAe 

je dpaAa? 


7. 

TAe 

cy odpa3H? 


8. 

TAe 

cy yniH? 


9. 

HMa 

jih steHa dpKOBe? 


10. 

HMa 

jih steHa dpaAy? 


11. 

£a jik je dpaAa Ha dpaA*i? 

12. 

Ko je ceA? 


13. 

KaHBO je Baiue ne.no? 


14. 

KaA 

ce nasce Aa je JiHije 

jieno? 

15. 

KaA 

ce Haste Aa je jnme 

pystHo? 

16. 

KaA 

ce Haste Aa je noca 

nao cBHJieHa? 

17. 

Koje ohh cy cTaKJieHe? 










- 158 - 


UJECTH /tEQ 

BEHEA M3 IIPEBOIEHA BPOJ 1 


PART VI 


TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 1 


Our body n u 

2a>4 AJb^ ,^/^j oZToX "~7S^ £> r^o-Kj£sZ*-*^XAM. * ^ 

Today, our dialogue was about the human body, that is, 

ST - f)i . ^ *. ik ..AnO 


o 'X.K/loJlxJu o CjL£M\U^ oil VIA <d<XJWk 

more about the head than about the other parts. 

Maa<UA «3 ^ 'AO^'f’MA 


We learned that the main parts are the head, the trunk. 


>'T 


thie 


u Ko u. °\°^ . \^> eO^ <a_ v'uax^- gy 

arms and the legs^and that the hair and the face are on 

t iaJL- xAjuj^UUv X 0 tcocti^ tUeW.'s, VU>C«. ^ ^ y p^>v. 

the heado The c n we^ spoke about hair. My hair is dark brown 

\loGu~ Y' 

(brown) (blond). Brown's hair is d&rk brown. The girl student's 

JW 'Mu.CxA-cu-M (Lo^£\ <*>j 'V\vAt?>-L 


I mean the girl student who is iA our class - is blond. 


Jb- Jj^UT o^svaC^~\ VCo^j y, O^jo . Cw • 

I once saw a young man whose hair was grey. An old man's 

y <5 ^U>tW [ <2-W- 


Gix^ bc*-»-Aj£ 

hair is usually that way ("such"), but not a' young man's. 

O'vm- 0 ~\ tA-) W bo — £ ,AuXi Y*t *KAKs 

ari 

5Sfe‘ 


^ ^ ^ ^ ^ iAsC**\v^ 

My eyes arb dark brown (brown) (blue). All my teeth are 

JL^ u- 6&\m^ 'ly f*-' -^jk&wC 

lthy and white. I do not like gold teeth or wckden legs. 


CEflMH ZIEO PART VII 

PEHHHK BPOJ 1 VOCABULARY NO. 1 


422. HOB&HHjH d adj.,m. 
HOB^HHja, f» 

HOB^HHje, n. 

‘ 

human 


423. Tejio, n. 

pl2 Tejia, Tejieca 

— 

body 


424. r^iaBa, f. 

c= 

head 


425. Tpyn, m. y 

pl° TpynoBH 

— 

trunk 


426 o K&ca, f. 

— 

hair 


427. jrHije , n. 

«= 

face 


428. cMe|>, adj.,m. 
cM^a, f. 
cMe$e, n. 


brown 

(haired) 

*395. njits> adj.,m. 
mrasa, f. 
njiaso, n. 


blond 


429o cefl, adj.,m. 
c^«a, f. 
ceAo, n. 


grey 

(haired) 












-159- 


430. cTapaij, m. 

gen.sing” cTapua 
pi- cTapnw 

431. nejio, n. 

432. hoc, m. 

% pl« HOCOBH 

433. bhcok, adj.,m. 

bhc 6 k & 9 f. 

BHCOKO, n. 

434. HH3aK, adjo,m. 

HftcKa, f. 
hhcko, n. 

435. oko, n. 

pi? OMH 

gen. pis oHHjy 

436. ycTa, f. pl.t. 

437. 3y<5, m. gen.pig sytfH 

438. npHpoAan, adj.,m. 

npHpOAHa, f. 
npHpo aho, n. 

439. BeinTaHKH, adj.,m. 

B^uiTanKa, f. 
BeiUTSLHKO, n. 

440. 3JiaTaH, adj.,m. 

3JiaTHa, f. 

3JiaTHo, n. 

441. ApBeH, adj.,m. 

ApBeHa, f 0 
APbgho, n. 


- old man 


- forehead 

- nose 

- high, tall 


- low 


- eye 


- mouth 

- tooth 

- natural 


- artificial 


- gold, golden 


- wooden 


442. 

443. 
4 A 4. 


445. 

446. 


447. 


448. 


6paAa, f. 
o<5pa3, m. 
yso, n. 
pis ynra 
gen.pl° ynrnjy 
6pn, m. 

JOlS C5pKOBH (dpHH) 
cTap, adj.,m. 


CTapa, 


n. 


cTapo 
cBHjieH, adj.,m. 
c sitae Ha, f. 
cB&JieHo, n. 
cTaKJieH, adj.,m. 
CTaic^ieHa, f. 
ciaoeHo, n. 


- chin; beard 

- cheek 

- ear 


- moustache 

- old 

- silk, silken 


- glass 


- 160 - 


DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH flEO 
AHJAJIOr EPOJ 2 


0 HameM sczBQTy h Tejry 

1. HacTaBiiHK ° Kojz sczbot bz 
BHme BOJiKTe • rpaacKH zjiz 
ceocKH (schbotT? 

y^eHHKo BOJIKM BHUie CeOCKH 
OTBOT. 

2. Hacx ° 3aniTo? 

CeOCKH DKZBOT je MHpaH, 
a ceocKH Ba3Ayx je hzct k 
Aodap 3 a n^iyLao 


3* HacT ° A niTa je Aodpo 3a 
CTOMaK? 

3a CTOMaK je AO(5ap 
rocnoflCKH sezbot, aok 
czpoManiKH azje. 

4« HacT ° JXsl jta je bo jHZHKZ 
KHBOT rocnoflCKH 3KKBOT? 

Yh ° Kano kea* *£ &mkh sckbot 
OBAe Hzje jronu 


5. HacT ° £i,o(5po, ayjiK cmo o 
nAyhiiMa z o ssejiyuy. liiTa 
3HaTe o cpuy? 


Yh ° Cpne z njiyLa cy y 
rpyAHMao 

6 * HacT“ TaaiiOo Koje je cpue 
BeLeo MyniKO zjik ieHCKO? 


Yh ° Myunco cpue je BeKe. 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. I 


About our life and body 

1* I nstructor ; Which kind of 
life do you like better 
("more”), city or country 
life? 

Student ; I like country life 
better. 

2. Instr s Why? 

Stu ; Country life is quiet, 
and the country air is clean 
and good for the lungs. 


3 * Instr ; And what is good for 
the stomach? 

Stu ; For the stomach, the 
life of a gentleman is good, 
whereas that of a poor man 
is not. 

4. Instr ; Is the soldier 8 s life 
the life of a gentleman? 

Stu ; That depends ("How 
when"). The student*s life 
here is not bad. 

5. Instr ; All right, we have 
heard about the lungs and 
the stomach. What do you 
know about the heart? 

Stu; The heart and the lungs 
are in the chest. 

6. Instr ; Correct. Which heart 
is larger; a man 1 s or a 
woman 1 s ? 

Stu ; A man 1 s heart is 
larger. 










































LESSON IV 
Dialogue 2 


22 















































































-161- 


7. HacT” £o(5ro. Kano ce K&xce 
cpncKoxpBaTCKH "kidney"? 

y~H° To ce KaJKe ”<5y<5per”. 

7 » 

Instrs All right. How 
does one say in Serbo- 
Croatian "the kidney"? 

Stu: One says "6y<5per"? 

8* HacTo TAe je JKejiyAau;? 

8. 

Instrs Where is the 
stomach? 

HejiyAan je y xptfyxy. 


Stus The stomach is in 
the abdomen. 

9* HacT* FAe cy iioeBa? 

9. 

Instr: Where are the 
intestines? 

M npeBa cy y Tpdyxy. 


Stus The intestines, too, 
are in the abdomen. 

10. HacT^ TAe je M03aK? 

10. 

Instrs Where is the brain? 

y^° Mo3aK je y ivraBH. 


Stus The brain is in the 
head. 

11* HacT* TAe je kpb? 

11. 

Instrs Where is the 
blood? 

Yh} KpB je no ne^roM Tejry. 


Stus The blood is in the 
entire body. 

12* HacT' Kano ce Kasce "bone"? 

12. 

Instrs How does one say 
"bone"? 

Yh- KasKe ce "koct". 


Stus One says "koct”. 

13# HacT“ A Kano ce Ka»ce "flesh"?13. 

Instrs And how does one 
say "flesh"? 

y^i Ka»ce ce "Meco"• 


Stus One says "Meco". 

14. HacTo fla. "flesh” je o6hhho 
HOB enHje Meco, a "meat” je 

OdHHHO 3KHBOTHH>CKO MeCO. 

14. 

Instrs Yes, "flesh" is 
usually human flesh and 
"meat" is usually animal 
flesh. 



















Apyra aeq 


PART II 


rPAMATMRKA AHAJIK3A BPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 


PAR. 63 - ADJECTIVES ENDING IN “CKH 8 


1. - (l) KojH 3KHBOT BHIIie BOJIHTe , rpaACKH HJIH CeOCKH? 

(3) 3a CTOMaK je Aodap rocnoacKH schbot aok cHpoMaiiiKH 
HHje. 

(4) A a jm je bo.Ihhhkh schbot rocno^cKH jkhbot? - Kano 

Kaflo l>aHKH DKHBOT OBfle HHje JIOIIIo 
(6) Koje je cpije Beke MyniKO hjih tohcko ? 

(14) Aa ; "flesh” je o<5hhho HOBenHje Meco ? a "meat” je 

OdHHHO ECHBOTHSCKO MeCO. 

Adjectives ending in “ckh 11 are formed from animate and in¬ 
animate nouns of all three genders by adding m ckh " to the stem 
of the nouns 


Nounsrpa# 

rocnoAHH 
see Ha 

3KHBOTHH& 


stemsrpaA- 

rocnoA- 

aceH- 

5KHBOTHIL- 


ad JectiveSrpaA-cKH 

rOCHOfl-CKH 
SCeH-CKH 
3KHBOTHK>—CKH 


If the stem of the noun endss 

a) in “l* “ of “k“, these letters turn into “h“; the "c 11 of 
"ckh “ must be omitteds 

NounSBo jHHK stemSBo jHHK-ad ject ive Sbo jHHH-KH 

t?aK t?aK- ^av-KH 

NOTE S In forming adjectives of this type, the movable “a“ 
sometimes is and sometimes is not omitted from the stems 


Nounstfopau 

AMepHKaHau; 


adjective SCopav-KH 

AMepHKaH-CKH 


b) In 
the **c w of 


”r “ or “x% these letters must be changed into % 11 ; 
"ckh” after “ must be omitteds 


c) 

changes 


NounscnpoMax adjective senpoMain-KH 

In tt Ji 8 which is preceded by any vowel but “o“, the “ji“ 
into “o“s 

Nounscejro stemsceji- ad jective Sceo-cKH 


2. - (2) CeocKH hhbot je MHpaH, a ceocKH Ba3flyx hhct. 
(4) JXdi JTH je BO.iHHHKH 1HBOT rOCIIOACKH 3CHBQT ? 

(4) laHKH 3KHBQT OBAe HHje JIOlIIo 

(6) Koje je cpije Beke, myiuko hjih otcko? 


Adjectives ending in "ckh 18 do not emphasize ownership (see 
PAR. 62 note b)| they serve rather to characterize the noun. 

They answer the question M KaKaB?% 11 KaKBa? M $ n KaKBo? M or ,1 Koin? H 
«Koja?\ 8 Koje? w • 


KanaB je to KpeBe t? - Obo je bo j hhhkh KpeBe t. 

Of what kind is that bed? - This is an army cot 
Koja ^y6as je BejiHKa? - EpaTcna ^y<3aB je BejiHKa<» 
Which love is great? - Brotherly love is great. 

























-163- 


To clarify what has been said about adjectives ending in 
"ob", "eB 11 , "hr" and adjectives ending in "ckh" note carefully 
all examples in PAR. 62 & 63 and contrast the following pairs: 

Obo je rocnoflHHQB meinup. 

This is the gentleman* s hat. 

Obo je rocnoacna Benepa. 

This is a lordly dinner. 

CecTpHHa Aeua cy flotfpa. 

The sister's children are good. 

Oh a mh npyaca cec tphhckv Hery. 

She extends sisterly care to me. 

3. - Ceocne yjrHije HHcy umpone • 

Village streets are not wide. 

Hena cejra y JyrocjiaBHjH HMajy ceocne KHe30Be • 

Some villages in Yugoslavia have village knights. 

Mapno je Hani ceocnn KHe3. 

Mark is the knight of our village . 

My inn o cpne je Bele Hero sceHcno cpne. 

A man 1 s heart is larger than a woman 1 s heart. 

laHKH dkhbot je Bpjio Jien. 

A student 1 s life (The life of a student ) is very 

nice. 

Cpncne necMe cy Bpjio jiene. 

Serbian songs are very nice. 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" may sometimes express pos¬ 
session although not so directly and emphatically as those 
in PAR. 62. 

Adjectives ending in “ckh" which are derived from inani¬ 
mate nouns express possession of the individual member 
(ceocKH KHe3) as well as the possession of the species 
(ceocKe yjmne, ceocne KHe30Be) which is denoted by the noun 
from which the adjective is derived. 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" which are derived from, ani¬ 
mate nouns usually express possession of the species (mviuko 
cpne, sceHCKO cpne, ^avKH schbot, cpncne necMe) which is de¬ 
noted by the noun from which the adjective is derived. 

4. - The masculine gender of these adjectives is used 
also as an adverb of manner: 

Oh noexyna bo j hhhkh « 

He acts as a soldier ( soldierly ). 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" have the definite form only. 

NOTE : The endings "ob", IL eB !l , '’-hh 11 and "-ckh* 1 are the 
most frequent, but not the only, endings by means of which 
adjectives are formed from nouns. 





























- 164 - 


PAR. 64 - ASSIMILATION OF VOICED AND VOICELESS CONSONANTS 

Bpanu;z cy Majie nTHue. 

Sparrows are small birds. 

ToBopHTe jits . eHrJiecKH ? 

Do you speak HjTngl ish ? 

Oh je noTnopy^HHK o 

He is a second' lieutenant . 

#ymaH j e 6 ho cpncKH nap. 

Dushan was a Serbian emperor. 

CpncKoxpBaTCKa rpaMaTHKa je AOCTa TeuiKa o 
Serbo-Croatian grammar is fairly difficult . 

When any voiced consonant (6, b, a, 3, ac s u, r) and 
any voiceless consonant (n, t, c, he, 3, 1, k, ) come to¬ 

gether, the one which precedes must be assimilated; that is, a 
voiceless consonant before a voiced consonant is changed into 
the corresponding voiced consonant (see Page 8), and viceversa? 

BpanuH - is derived from “ Bpa<5-uz M (Bpa6au, m., -sparrow) 

eur-zrecjcja — is derived from f, EHrjie 3 -cKZ M (EHrjies^, m., 

Englishman) 

noTnopyHHHK - is derived from M noA-nopyvHHK” (no a - under, 
nopyvHHK - lieutenant) 

cpncKH - is derived from NOpd-cKE 1 ’ ( CpdzH, m., - Serb) 

TeuiKa - is derived from "Teac-Ka 11 ( TeacaK, adj., m. - 

difficult) 

Exceptions? The voiced consonant w a w before the voiceless 
consonant M c M , in nouns ending in M ctbo m and in adjectives end¬ 
ing in "-ckb", is not changed? 

(1) Kojz acHBOT Bzuie BOJiHTe, rpaACKZ mm ceocKH? 

(3) 3a cTOMaK je Aodap rocnoACKH mbot. 

KaKBa jaBHa caodpalajHa cpeACTBa HMa MoHTepej? 
What kind of public means of transportation does 
Monterey have? 


TPETiH mO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BEEBE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

1. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form? 

£a jus cy (ce.no) y-nzue luzpoze? - He, (cejio) yjrzue Hzcy Hizpoice. 
Koje yjmne cy mzpoKe? - (TpaA) yjiHue cy mzpoKe ajrz He yB©K. 
KanaB je (Mope) Ba3Ayx? - (Mope) Ba3Ayx je cBeac. 

KaKBy pzdy BOJiHTe? - Ja bojihm cBany (Mope) pz(5y. 

A a jus cy (reHepa^i) z (nyKOBHHK) njiaTa zcTe? - He, (reHepa^r) 
z (nyKOBHZK) mraTa Hzcy zcTe. 

Koja njiaxa je Bela, ( noTnopyvHZK ) zjiz (nopyvHHK)? - (IIopyHHZK) 
njiaTa je Bela. $ 





















- 165 - 


Aa Jim cy (o^HijHp) h (noAOcfmjHp) Kana hct©? - He, (o(f)HuHp) 
m (no AOtfjHijHp ) Kana Hncy kct©. 

Aa jisl je (cnpoMax) *hbot (rocnoflHH) *hbot? - He, (cnpoMax) 
schbot Hnje (rocnoflHH) , Hero (CHpOMax) • 

Jecy jm (rpaMaTHKa) Bexcde Teiune? - A a, (rpaMaTHKa) Be*de 
cy npnjiHMHo Tennce • 

Aa jiil cy (My:*) h (sceHa) meurnpH hcth? - He, (My*) h (*eHa) 
niennpH HHcy hcth. 

Aa jih cy (CpdHH) h ( XpBaT ) je3HK hcth? - Aa, (CpdHH) h 
(XpBaT) je3HK cy hcth. 

3aniTO HAeTe Ha dpAO? - Ja ha6m Ha dpAO jep bojehm hhcth 
(dpAo) Ba3ftyx* 

KojH *HBOT BOJiHTe? - Ja bojthm (tjan) *hbot. 

Bo^iHTe jih (KajiH^opHHja) BpeMe? - Aa, ja bojihm (K*jiH($opHHja) 
spene e 

Aa jm je (ayTOdyc) caodpahaj y (MoHTepej) b©jihk? - He, 

(ayTOdyc) caodpaKaj y (MoHTepej) HHje bcjimk. 

BojiHTe jm BHiiie (inyMa) hjih (dpAo) Ba3Ayx? - Ja He bojeiim hh 
(uiyMa) hh (dpA,o) Ba3Ayx, Hero (Mope) sa3Ayx« 

Aa jih cy (AMepHKaHan) h (EHrjres) je3HK hcth? - He, (AMepHKaHau) 
h (EHr^ie3) je3HK HHcy caCBHM hcth. 


2o - Translate the following sentences into Serbo-Croatian; 
This is the gentleman’s coat. 

The life of a gentleman is not always pleasant (npnjaTan). 
The general’s wife is a very pretty and a very good woman. 

The cap of a general is not the same as the cap of a captain. 
This is the teacher's daughter. 

A teacher's pay is small. 


3. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form; 

MH SHBHMO (CHpOMax), aJlH CMO 3aAOBOJbHH. 

Ohh roBope (EHrjies). 

ToBopHTe jih (<i>paHuy3 ) ? - He, ja He tobophm ($paHuy3) Hero 
(UTaJiHjaH) o 


- 166 - 


PART IV 


HETBPTH mO 

1UTHB0 BPOJ 2 READING- TEXT NO. 2 




TeJIO ( fl6JT0BH ) 
ApyrH RejiOBK Koje Tpeda 
3HaTH cyS BpaT h jie^ao TjiaBa 
je Ha BpaTy® Hob6k nee to cnaBa 
Ha jie^HMa, a KHBOTHHbe o6hhho 
h«« KHHMa je koct Koja ha© Kpo3 
jie^a h BpaT. H pedpo je koct. 
Pedpa cy y rpyAHMae 

Mh HMaMo ABe pyne h ABe 
Hore° JieBy pyny h jieBy Hory; 

AecHy pyny h AecHy ho rye Hene 
jKHBOTnae HMajy caMo Hore<> Ha 
pyKaMa hmrmo JiaKTOBe h inane? 

HecTo ce 3a many naxce "pyKa". 

Ha HoraMa hmhmo KOJieHa h 
CT onajiao HecTO ce 3a cTonajio 
Ka^ce f, Hora”o H Ha Horaia h Ha 
pyKaMa HMaMo npcTe s no nex Ha 
CBaKoj pyi^H h Ha cBanoj ho3h. 
























-167- 


IIETM flEO PART V 

IIHTAHA R3 liiTMBA EPQJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING- 

TEXT NO. 2 

1. r^e je rjiaBa? 

2. BojiHTe jih bh £a cnaBaTe Ha ^ie^HMa? 

3. CnaBajy jik o(5hhho vKHeotheej© Ha jie^HMa? 

4. Kpo3 niTa H^e KHHMa? 

5. IilTa je petfpo? 

6. Ffle cy pe<5pa? 

7* /la CB© 3 khboTHH je HMajy pyne h Hore? 

8, Koje 3khbo THKe HMajy csmo ho re? 

9- Koja pyna cjiyscn BHuie? ^ecHa hjih jieBa? 

10o £a Ji h flecHa Hora cjiyjKH BHiiie Hero jieBa? 

11* Tfle cy JiaKTOBH? 

12 a TAe cy inane? 

13. IilTa cse 3HanH "pyica”? 

14. T^e cy KOJieHa? 

15. T^e cy cTonajia? 

16. IilTa cse 3HaHH ’’Hora”? 

17. HMaMo jih npcTe Ha pynaMa? 

18. HMaMO jih npcTe Ha HoraMa? 

19. IIo kojihko Ha cBanoj pyr(H? 

20. no kojihko Ha CBanoj H03H? 


LJECTH flEO PART VI 

BEREA K3 nPEBCEEHA EPQJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 

The human body 

Today we talked about the body again. We learned how to 
say ( H how one says”): the brain, the heart, the lungs, the 
stomach, the kidney, the intestines. The heart and the lungs 
are in the chest. The stomach and the intestines are in the 
abdomen. We learned also how to say: flesh, bone and blood. 

We spoke also about where and how we like to live. I, 
for instance, like country life, because I like country air, 
especially mountain air. A student’s way of like ( M student's 
life”) is good. It is not a poor man’s life, but rather a 
gentleman’s life, if one may say so. 












- 168 - 


CEflMK REO 
PERHHK EFOJ 2 

449. 3KHBO T j, m„ 

450« cejio, n. 

450. ceocKH s adj.,m. 

ckcKa, f. 
ceocKOj n. 

451. MHpaH 9 adj.,m. 

MHpHa, f. 

MHpHO 9 n. 

452. njiyEe s n. 

pl° miyiia 

453. c tomslk y in. 

pis ctomslijz 

454. scfcjiyflau, m. 

gen. sing" scejiyua 
pi* JKejiyuH 
*14. r^cnoflcKH, adj.,m. 
rocnoACKa s f. 
rocnoflCKO, n. 

455. c{>ue, n., gen.plScf)flana,cpiia 
68 • mJ-hikz , ad j., m. 

MyniKa* f. 

MyniKO, n. 

456. dy(5per s m. 

pis <5^(5pe3H 

457. Tpc3yx s m. 

pis Tpdycz 

458. uipeBOj, n. 

459. MoaaKj m. 

gen.sings Mosra 

pis M&3 rOBK 

460. KpBj f. 

gen.sings kpbh 

461. koct 9 f. 

gen.sings kocth 

462. Meco 9 n. 


463. Bp1iT ? m. 

plS BpaTOBH 

464. n.,pl.t. 

465. KH^Maj, f. 

466. peCpo* n. 

gen.plS pe(5apa 

467. jiaKaT ? m. 

gen. sings jiaKTa 

Pi S JiaKTOBH 

468. niaKa s f. 

469. KOJieHo ? n. 

470. cTonajio 9 n. 

471. npcT s in. 

gen.pis nf)CTH, npcTHjy 


PART'VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 2 

- life 

- village 

- village, rural 

- quiet 

- lung 

- stomach 

- stomach 

- gentleman's 

- heart 

- male ? man's 

- kidney 

- abdomen 

- intestines 

- brain 

- blood 

- bone 

- flesh; meat 

- neck 

- back 

- spine 

- rib 

- elbow 

- hand 

- knee 

- foot 

- finger; toe 






- 169 - 


*287 • 

472. 

473. 

474. 

475. 


476. 


477. 


no, prep. 

Kp^BeT, m. 

^>y(5as, - f. 

gen, sing" ^y(5aBH 
uieniHp, m. - hat 

nocTynaTH^ v. ,l.,ipfv. - to act 

pr.t: nocTynaM,nocTynaiir,n6cTyna 

nocTynaMo,nocTynaTe,nbcTynajy 
nocTynHTH, v.,i.,pfv. - to act 

pr.ts nbcTynHM,nbcTynHin,nocTynH 

noc TynHMo, noc TynHTe,noc Tyne 
Hera, f. - care 


- each (distributive meaning) 

- bed 

- love 






































- 170 - 


DAILY UNIT III 


IIPBM A EO PART I 

AHJAJIOr EPOJ 5 DIALOGUE NO, 5 



0 xpaHH 

1« HacTasHHK ° Pa© ce bh 
xpaHHTe? 

KaneTaH flo ° Ja ce xpaHHM y 
OC^HIJHpCKOj MeHascHo 

2. HacT ° Tfle ce xpaHe noA- 

OC^HIJHpH? 

Kanc,11,0 ° IIoAoc|)HnHpH ce xpaHe 
y noAO(|)HnHpcKOj MeHa^KH ® 

3. HftCT ° A rA© ce xpaHe 6opijH? 


Ohh ce xpaHe y 
BojHHHKoj Tpne3apnjH« 

4. HacT - Ta© ce bh xpaHHTe? 

CTapn.jH boahhk ^opa * Ja ce 
xpaHHM koa KyLe. 

5o HacT ° IilTa bh o<5hhho jeA©Te 
3a AopynaK? 

Yh ° 0<5hhho nojeAeM Kajrany 
oa HeKOJiHKO la.la h KOMaA 
xjieda (Kpyxa] . 


About food 

1# Instructor ; Where do you 
eat? 

Captain . : I eat in the 
Officer's Mess. 

2* Instr ; Where do non-com¬ 
missioned officers eat? 

Capt.Doe r. Non-commissioned 
officers eat in the NCO 
mess. 

3. Instr ; And where do the 
privates (privates and 
privates first class) 
eat? 

Stu ; They eat in the 
Consolidated Mess. 

4. Instr ; Where do you eat? 

Master Sergeant Ford ; I . 
eat at home. 

5. Instr ; What do you usually 
eat for breakfast? 

Stu ; I usually eat ("eat up") 
several scrambled eggs and a 
piece of bread . 






























- 171 - 


6* HacT ° BojiHTe jih bh xjie<5? 6* Instr ; Do you like bread? 

£40 Ja He, ajiH Moja Aeu;a Stu; I don*t ( "I not”), but 
noje^y no h6kojihko xjieOoBa my children eat ('up') several 
Ha AaH. loaves of bread a day. 


7* HacT ° A niTa nzjeTe y3 
AopynaK? 

0(5hhho nonHjeM mojty 
Ka^e. 

8. HacT ° A hit a jeAeTe 3a 
pynaK. 

y~H ° OOhhho nojeAeM KOMaA 
Meca h Ma^io noBpka . 


7. Instr ; And what do you 
drink with breakfast? 

Stu ; I usually drink (”drink 
up”) a cup of coffee . 

8. Instr ; And what do you eat 
for lunch? 

Stu ; I usually eat a piece 
of meat and some vegetables 
("a little of vegetable”)'.' 


9. Hac t ; HIt a cTe zMajrn chho! 9. Instr ; What did you have 
3a Benepy? last night for dinner 

(supper)? 

HMao caM Majio rmpHna, Stu ; I had a little rice, 


HeKOJiHKO KpacTaBaua h 
AOCTa LLL&HBa O 


10. HacT ° TAe ce Aotfpo jeAO? 


y^ o y nylH rocnoAHHa 
<£>0PAa jeAe ce bpjio Aotfpo. 

11. HacT ° Ha jlsl y bo j hhhko j 
Tpne3apnjn jeAy caMO 
(5opuH? 


y^o He, y bojhhhkoj 
T pne3apnjH nee to jeAy n 

nOAO^HHHpH. 


several cucumbers , and a 
sufficient amount of plums . 


10. Instr ; Where does one eat 
well? 

Stu ; In the house of Mr. 
Ford one eats very well. 

11. Instr ; Do only privates eat 
in the Consolidated Mess? 


Stu ; No, non-commissioned 
officers often eat at the 
Consolidated Mess too. 





























- 172 - 


PART II 


flpyra mo 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIM3A EPOJ 3 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 5 


PAR. 65 - THE GENITIVE CASE 

The genitive case basically denotes possession (owner¬ 
ship) or origin. The genitive case is usually the equivalent 
of English 1i! s M or 11 of + noun or pronoun 11 . 


PAR. 66 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF MASCULINE NOUNS 


(10) y KylH rocnoflma <j>opAa jefle ce spjio Aotfpo* 

Obo je nanyT rocnoflHHa ywe^a* 

This is the teacher°s coat. 

(5) 0<5 h^ho noje^eM KajraHy oa hskojihko jaja h KOMaA 
xjieCa o 

The genitive singular ending for all masculine nouns is 

"-a": 


Nom.sings rocnoflHH 
4>opa 

yvHTe.*> 

xjie(5 


stems rocnoAHH gen.sings rocnoA^H-a 
<^opA $opA-a 

yvHTe^> yvHTe^)-a 

XJie6 xjre6-a 


NOTE S The rules for movable “a* 1 (PAR. 17) and the rules of 
assimilation of voiced and voiceless consonants (PAR. 64) must 
be observeds 

Nom. sing s AMepHKaHau;s terns AMepmcaHu-gen. sings AMepnicaim-a 
6opau (5opu- (5opu-a 


PAR. 67 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF FEMININE NOUNS 

(7) 0<5 hhho nonHjeM ino^y icacfce . 

Mapa je Mjia^a iepKa rocnofre IlepnE. 

Mary is Mrs. Peric°s younger daughter. 

All feminine nouns which, in the nominative singular, end 
in M ^a M form the genitive singular by dropping the M -a M and 
adding w -e 11 s 

Nom. sing s KacJ)a stems Ka$- gen. sings Ka(})-e 

rocno^a rocnot>- rocno|>-e 


PAR. 68 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF NEUTER NOUNS 

(8) 0(5 hvho nojeAeM KOMaA Meca h Majio noBpia . 

rbiaBHH Ae«^OBH Tejra cy° ivraBa, Tpyn, pyKe h Hore. 
The main parts“o“f ^the body ares the head, the 
trunk, the arms and the legs. 





















The genitive singular ending for all neuter nouns is 
"-a", the same as the genitive singular of masculine nouns; 


Norn,sing;Meco 

noBpte 

Tejio 


stem; Mec- gen. sing;Mec-a 

noBpl- noBpt-a 

Teji- Teji-a 


PAR. 69 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF MASCULINE NOUNS 


Hhbot bana (yneHHKa) y Hanioj iitkojih HHje jioiii. 
The life of the students in our school is 
not bad. 

Hhbot cnpoMaxa j*e TescaK* 

The life of poormen is hard. 


The genitive plural of all masculine nouns looks the 
same as the genitive singular. The difference between the 
two is expressed by the length of the last two vowels of 
the genitive plural. The ending ,, -a M in the genitive singu¬ 
lar is short, in the genitive plural it is long. In the 
genitive plural not only the ending but also the next 

to the last vowel is always long. These indications of 
vowel length are usually not written. 


Nom. sing;J>aK 

yneHHK 
cupoMax 
BOJHHK 
n&AO(£HnHp 
o turnip 
AHjajior 


gen. sing;*>&K-a 

yveHHK-a 

cupbMax-a 

BOJHHK—a 

nSflocf)HuHp-a 

otfmjHp-a 

AHjajior-a 


gen.pl; 

^aK-a 

yneHHK-a 

cnpoMax-a 

bojhhk- a 

noAocfmjHp-a 

ocl'HUHp-a 

AHj' ajior-a 


NOTE ; a) The genitive plural is the only case in which 
the movable l, a", which is contained in the nominative singu¬ 
lar of some masculine nouns (PAR. 17) reappears; 

(9) HMao caM Majio nnpHHHa, hqkojihko KpacTasana 
H AOCTa HLfcHBa. 

Nom. sing;KpacTaBan; gen. sing;KplicTaBii;-a gen.pl; 

AMepHKaHau AMepHKamj-a KpacxaBan-a 

tfopai; <5opn;-a AMepHKaHan-a 

(5opan-a 

b) Masculine nouns which have a long plural retain 
the extra syllable w ob" or "eB" (PAR. 37) in the genitive 
plural as well as in all other cases of the plural; 

(6) Ja He, ajra Moj'a fleua nojeAy no hgkojihko 
xjiedQBa Ha ash • 

Nom. singixjietf gen. single<5 -a gen.pl;xjre(5-oB-a 

A^a A©A-a A6A-0B-5 

neiLLfc-a neuub-eB-a 









- 174 = 


PAR, 70 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF FEMININE NOUNS 


(9) HMao caM MaAo nupuH^a, HeKOJiHKO KpacTaBaija h 
A ocTa imbHBa e 

3 haobh nyla y MoHTepejy cy 6 ejm h ^hcth« 

The walls of the houses in Monterey are white 
and clean. 


Feminine nouns which* in the nominative singular* end in 
,, =a M * add an “-a" to the stem to form the genitive plural. 
Therefore* the genitive plural of these nouns has the same 
written form as the nominative singular. The difference between 
the two is shown by the length of the last two vowels of the 
genitive plural. In the genitive plural* not only the ending 
•’-a 1 ’* but also the next to the last vowel is always longs 


Norn, singSnubHBa 
Kyi a 
ae&Ha 
m&Ka 
pyjKa 


gen.plSnr^HB-a 
Kyi -a 
scen-a 
uiaK-a 
pyjK- a 


PAR. 71 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF NEUTER NOUNS 


(5) 0(5hhho noje^oM KojraHy ofl hckojihko jaja h 
KOMaA xjretfao 

Ha BpxoBHMa Opfla cy iiiyMe. 

On the tops of the hills are forests. 


The genitive plural of neuter nouns looks the same as the 
genitive singular. The difference between the two is expressed 
by the length of the last two vowels of the genitive plural. 

The ending "-a 1 * in the genitive singular is short. In the geni¬ 
tive plural not only the ending M -a M but also the next to the 
last vowel is always long. 


Norn.sings jaje 

<5pfl0 

jieTO 

HITHBO 

nHTaite 


gen.sings jaj-a 
<5 |>a- a 
ji'eT-a 
IUTHB-a 
riHTaHy-a 


gen.pis jaj-a 
(5 pa- a 
jr§T-a 
IHTHB-a 
nHTa^a 


TPE1H REO PART III 

rPAMATHHKA BE3KEA EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 5 

1. = Put the words in the parentheses into the proper forms 

HHja je obo Kyla? - To je Kyla (rocnoAHH IlepHl). 

jo obo nepo? - To je nepo (rocnoAHH yHHT@*k) . 

HHjH je obo penHHK? - To je pe^HHK (nopy^HHK lieTpOBHl) . 











- 175 - 


Hhjh chh je Mapno? - Mapno je chh (IleTap HeTpoBHk). 

Hnja lepna je Mapa? - Mapa je tepna (rocno^HH) h (rocno^a 
IlepHii j . 

r^e je myMa? - BiyMa je Ha (Bpx) (<5pAo). 

Aa jlis. cy 3haobh (yHHOHHija) dejiH? - Aa, 3haobh (ynHOHHija) cy 
dejiH. 

Aa jits. cTe bh 3aTBopnjiH spaTa (ynnoHima)? - He, ja hhc aM 
3 aTBopno BpaTa (yHHOHHqa) o 

KaKO je HMe (noTnopynHHK Mapnl)? - Km© (noTnopyHHHK Mapnk) 
je Pejba* 

Ko cy cTaHOBHHHH (inhabitants) (JyrocJiaBHja) ? - C t&hobhhuh 
(JyrocJiaBHja) cy CpdH, XpsaxH h CUoBeHnn. 

Ko cy cTaHOBHHHH (AMepHKa)? - CTaHOBHHijH (AMepHKa) cy 
AMepHKaHHHe 

Kojihkh cy jihctobh (pyaca)? - Ahctobh (pyjKa) cy MajrH. 

Aa jljs. cy jihctobh (xpacT) bbjihkh)? - He, jihctobh (xpacT) 

HHCy BeJIHKH. 

TAe je sauia yHHOHHua? - Hama yHHOHHija ie Ha (Bpx) (dpAo). 
IITra je Ha Bpxy (apbo)? - Ha Bpxy (apbo) je nTHija. 
y HHjoj KytH bh cTaHyjeTe? - Ja cTaHyjeM y KytH (teHepaJi 
HjihX) » 

Ko j h cy iviaBHH Ae jiobh (Tejio)? - IViaBHH Ae jeobh (Tejio) cy 
rjraBa, Tpyn, pyne h Hore. 

Aa jih cy Hore (ctojihij;©) h (ctojiobh) y (Hama ynnoHnna) 
APBeHe? - Aa, Hore (cTOJiHije) h (ctojiobh) y (Hama yHHOHHna) 
cy APBeHe o 

IliTa je.Ha BpxoBHMa (dpAa)? - Ha BpxoBHMa (dpA&) cy inyMe . 
Hnja dpnra 3a Aeny je BejiHKa? - Bpnra (poAHTe^n) 3a p,euj 
je BemHKao 

Aa jih cy Hore (npeBeTn) Ha ko j HMa cnaBajy BojHHijH APpeHe? - 
He, Hore (KpeBeTn) Ha ko j HMa cnaBajy bo j hhhh HHcy APBeHe . 


2. - Translate the following sentences into Serbo-Croatian; 

What city is the capital (rjiaBHH rpaA) °f America? - Washing¬ 
ton is the capital of America. 

What city is the capital of California? - Sacramento Is the 
capital of California. 

What city is the capital of Yugoslavia? - Belgrade is the 
capital of Yugoslavia. 

What do you want? - Will you please give me a piece of bread? 
And what do you want? - I want a cup of coffee. 

Whose children are these? - Those are Mr. & Mrs. Doe's 

children. _ ... 

Where do you live? - We live in that house on the top of the 

h ill 

What are the main qualities of a cat? - A cat is cautious 
sincL clean. 

What is the main quality of a fox? - A fox is sly. 

What are the main qualities of a dog? - A dog is courageous 
and faithfullo 


- 176 - 


HETBPTH £E0 

IdTHBO EPOJ 3 


PART IV 

READING EXERCISE NO, 3 


0 


KaA HOBeK j e&e AopynaK, Kaace ce Aa AopynKyje. KaA ^OBeK 
jeAe pynaK, Ease ce Aa pyna.-KaA HOBeK jeAe Benepy, Kasce ce Aa 
Benepa* 

ZlopynaK ce jeA© yjyTpyo PynaK ce jeAe y noAHe » Benepa ce 
jeAe yBene. 

HeKH jty ah He pynaBajy* Hero caMo AopyHKyjy h BeHepaBajy. 
#pyrn caMo pynaBajy h BenepaBajy, a He AopyHKyjy. HeKH caMo 
AopynKyjy h pynaBajy, a He BenepaBajy. 

Hckh vbyAH nnjy y3 AopynaK s pynaK hjih Benepy. Zlpyrn He 
nnjy y3 o(5eA» 

HeKH ^>yAH jeAy BHiue Hero iiito Tpeda Aa j©Ay® 


nETH flEO 


PART V 


nHTAHA H3 IilTHBA EPOJ 3 


QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

EXERCISE NOo 5 ~ 

AopynaK? “ 

pynaK? 

Benepy? 


lo Kano ce Kasce KaA HOBeK jeAe 

2o KaKO ce Kase KaA HOBeK jeAe 

3o KaKO ce Kasse KaA HOBeK jeAe 

4» KaA ce jeAe AopynaK? 

5® KaA ce jeAe pynaK? 

6o KaA ce jeAe Benepa? 

7. Ko j h JbyAH He pynajy? 

8o fla jih bh yseK pynaBaTe? 

9. Kojz JbyAH He AopyHKyjy? 

10 o R& jih bh yBeK AopyHKyjeTe? 

11 o Ko j h *i>yAH He BenepaBajy? 

12. Ra jih bh yBeK BenepaBaTe? 

13. Ko j h jbjp, h He nHjy y3 ode a? 

14. £a jih bh nnjeTe ys odeA? 

15. £a jih bh jeAeTe BHiue Hero iiito Tpeda Aa jeA©Te? 












- 177 - 


11IECTH flEO PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 nPEBOLEHA EPOJ 5 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 3 


Today, we spoke about food - who eats where ( H who where 
eats”) and what he eats. 

(I eat in the Officer’s Mess) (I eat in the Non-Com¬ 
missioned Officer’s Mess) (I eat in the Consolidated Mess) 

(I eat at home). 

I have breakfast, I lunch and I have dinner every day. 
(I do not always lunch). 

Today for breakfast I had several scrambled eggs. For 
lunch, I had a lot of vegetables. I do not eat meat-for 
lunch. Yesterday, I had a cucumber salad for lunch. For 
dinner I had a big piece of meat. I drink a cup of coffee 
with each meal. 


CEAMH flEO PART VII 

PEUHHK EPOJ 5 VOCABULARY NO. _5 . 

Abbreviationss v.r. - verb, reflexive 

(If a verb has both a transitive and a reflexive form, and 
if the meaning of the reflexive form is different from 
that of the transitive form, the meaning of the transi¬ 
tive form will be listed first in the vocabulary, and the 
meaning of the reflexive form will be listed next in 
parentheses)• 


478. xp&Ha, f. - food 

479. xpaHHTH (ce), v.,t., & r„,ipfv. - to feed, to nourish 

pr.t° xpaHHM,xpaHHm,xpaHH (to nourish oneself, 

xpaHHMO jXp'aHHTe ,xpaHe to eat) 


480. MeHama, f. 

ocfmjHpcKa MeHasca 
noAOcj^HUHpcKa MeHassa 

481. Tpne3apnja, f. 

B^jHHHKa Tpne3apnja 


- mess 

- Officer’s mess 

- NCO mess 

- dining-room 

- consolidated mess 










- 179 - 


482. 


*482. 


483. 


484. 
485 o 

486. 

487. 

488. 

489. 

490. 


*490. 


491. 

492. 

493. 

494. 

495. 

496. 

497. 

498. 

499. 


500. 

501. 


502. 

503. 


504. 


*504. 


505. 


*505. 


506. 


jecTH ? v. .t. ,ipfv. - to eat 

pr.ts jeAeM ? j^Aeui, 

jefleMo,j&AeTe, 

n6jecTH s v. pt^pfv. _ ^ -to eat (up) 

pr.ts noje A,e_M , no j e Aeni s noje p,e 

nojeAOMo,n6jeA©Te s n6jeA7 
A^py^aKj m. - breakfast 

gen.sing* Aopyvna 
pis A6oyHUH 


KajraHa ? f. 
bp, 9 prep. 

HeKOJiHKOj, adv. - 

j4je 9 n. 

xjihG 9 m. - 

pis XJI&COBH 

K^>yx, m. 

nuTH g v. t t.,ipfv. ^ 
pr. t- nn^eM^nHjeur^nHje^ 

nn jgmo ^nnjeTe s nnjy 
n6nHTH ? V. 5 1o 5 pf v. __ - 

pr.ts n6nHjeM ? nonHjeui ? n&nHje 

nonnjeMo ^nonKjehe 3 nonnjy 


uiojba, f. 

- 

cup 

Ka<j)a, f. 
py^aK j, m. 

- 

coffee 

- 

lunch (dinner) 

KOMaA ? m 0 

- 

piece 

n^Bpie 8 n. 

- 

vegetable 

c^Hokg adv. 


last night 

B^nepa ? f. 

- 

dinner (supper) 

nnpHHaHg m. 

- 

rice 

gen. sings nnpHHHa 

KpacTaBau, m. 

— 

cucumber 

gen.sings KpacTaBua 

plS Kp&CTaBUH 

IILfcHBa 8 f. 

- 

plum 

Mokn 9 v.,i.,ipfv. and pfv. 

- 

can s to be able 

pr. ts M^ry 9 Moxcew 9 Mosce 

Mo«eMO,MOTeTe ,Mory 

o<3eA 9 in. 

- 

meal 


Aopy^KOBaTHj v.,1., ipfv. & pfv. - to have breakfast 
pr.ts AopyHKyjeM,AopyHKyjenijAopyHKyje 

, AopyHKyjeMo 9 AopyHKyjeTe 9 AopyHKyjy 

py^iaTHg v. ,i. ,ipfv. &jpfv. - to lunch 5 to dine 
pr.ts py-qaMjpynanigpyna 

py^aMo,pynaTe,pynajy 

pyHasaTH^y. ,i., Ipfv. __ v -to lunch s to dine 
pr.ts pyvaBaM,pyHaBaui,pynaBl. ^iterative) 
py^aBaMo,pynaBaTe,p^naBajy 

Be^epaTHp v., i. 9 ipfv._& pfv. - to have dinner ? to have 
pr.ts BenepaM Be^epanijBe'iepa supper 
Be^epaMOgBenepaTe ? Benepajy 

BeuepaBaTH,^v.,1.,ipfv._ - to have dinner 5 to have 

pr.ts BeHepaBaMgBenepaBamjBeHepaBa supper (iterative) 
BevepaBaMo ^BevepaBaTe,Ben^paBajy 


scrambled eggs 
of, from 
several 
egg 

bread; loaf of bread 

bread 
to drink 


to drink (up) 


noAHe 9 n. 


- noon 


- 179 - 


DAILY UNIT IV 


iipbh mo 


PART I 



DIALOGUE NO. 4 


KynoBai&e xpane (Meca h 

noBpka) 

1. Mojthm (je^aH) 

KHJiorpaM .1 arise ker Meca» 


/ 


Purchasi 


food ((of ) 


meat and vegetables) 

Mr.Ford s A kilogram of 
lamb (" lamb meat"),•please 


TproBan; ° Mojihm, o^Max. 


Me rchant s Right away 
”T"Right away, please"). 


2. rVJ* 3Ke^[HM t ano e nojia (no 
KHjrorpaMa cBHacKor Meca. 

Tpr ° Ho<5poo lUTa join 

^cejiHTe? 

3. r.<£> ! Xoky- KHJiorpaM cnpa. 
HMaTe jivl to? 

Tpr ° HMaM nyHO cBescer 
cnpa. 

4. r.€> g Xoky Tano^e Ma^io 
KpoMnHpa. 

Tpr ? KaKBHx KpoMnnpa xokeT< 
Mv^aflux hjih cTapnx ? 


2. Mr. F ; I also want half a 
kilogram of pork ("pig 
meat")• 

Mers All right. What else 
do you wish? 

3. Mr,F s I want a kilogram of 
cheese. Do you have that? 

Mer s I have a lot of fresh 
cheese, 

4. Mr,F s I also want some 
potatoes, 

Mer s (Of) What kind of 
potatoes do you want, (of) 
old or (of) new ones? 


5. r.#: Xoky h jeflHHx h flpyrnxo5. Mr .F s I want both, the one 
~~ ’ and the other ("of the ones 

and of the others "). 

Mers How much do you want? 


Tpr S Kojihko xok©Te? 

















































- 180 - 


6° Xoly no (jeflHo) khjio 6. 

oa cBane BpcTe. 

Tpr ° Mojihmo UlTa join? 

7° F»§ °q EejiKUL TaKO^e Majro ?• 
naTJunjaHa, HPBeHHx h 
njiaBHXo 


Tpr ° XoleTe jm no jeAHO 

KHJIO? 


8 0 r*$ °° /J,ao 3aTHM ? HeKOJiHKO 8, 
KpacTaBaiia* 

Tpr ° KaKBHx xoleTe, cBeaux 

YLJVS. KHCeJIHXc 


9e r.l> : KncejiHXo TaKO^e 9» 

MOJTHM IViaBHIjy KHceJIOr 
Kynyca. 

Tpr ° Bh He BOJiHTe cJiaAaK 
Kynyc? 

10o r«^ ° He, ajiH BOjmM 3©jieHy 10* 

canary. 

Tpr ° Kojihko iviaBHija 
3eJiene cajiaTe aejiHTe? 

11° r.<l ° CaMO jeAHy® lie 

Tpr ° SCejiHTe jih join iiito? 

12. He» A Aa, xoky TaKoi?el2. 

MaJro nPHor ^iyna h MaJio 

Oejror jryKa. 

Tpr ° Ha, to je AoOpo 3a 
cajiaTy o 


Mr.F s I want one kilo of each 
kind. 

Mer s OK. What else? 

Mr.F s I also want some tomatoes 
and eggplants (“red and blue 
tomatoes M ). 


Mer s Do you want one kilo of 
each? 


Mr. F s Yes. Then, a few cucum¬ 
bers. 

Mer c (Of) What kind do you 
want, (of) the fresh or (of) 
the pickled ones? 

Mr.F s (Of) The pickled ones. 
Also, a head of sour cabbage, 
please. 

Mer g You don 8 t like ( 11 sweet”) 
cabbage? 

Mr .F i No, but I like lettuce 
(“green salad"). 

Mer s How many heads of lettuce 
do you wish? 

Mr.F s Only one. 

Mer s Do you wish anything 
else? 

Mr. F s No. Oh yes, I also want 
some onions and some garlic. 


Mer s Yes, that is good for 
the salad. 























- 181 - 


flPyrH /IEO PART II 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 


PAR. 72 - THE GENITIVE SINGULAR OF MASCULINE AND NEUTER 
ADJECTIVES 

1. - Kffinre flo(5pa yneHHKa cy hhct©. 

The books of a good student are clean. 

Ja h© bojihm £a cTaHyjeM Ha Bpxy cTpMa <5p£a. 

I do not like to live at the top of a steep 
hill. 

The genitive singular of all masculine and neuter adjec¬ 
tives in the indefinite form is made by adding the ending M a_ M 
to the stems 


Norn. sing, mascs flo<5ap stemSAodp- gen.sing.masc.& neuters 


CTpM 

CTpM- 

Ao6p-a 

Bpyk 

Bpyk- 

CTpM-a 

CBeJK 

CBeJK- 

Bpyk-a 

<5eo 

6eji- 

CB03E—a 

KHceo 

khc eji- 

(5eji-a 

KHce^i-a 


2. - (3) HMaM nyHo CBeacer cnpa. 

(9) TaKoi>e mojihm rjiaBHijy KHceJior Kynyca. 

(12) A fla, xoly Tano^e MaJio uphop h 6ejior JiyKa. 

(1) Mojihm jeflaH KHjiorpaM .j arable r Meca« 

(2) JKejiHM TaKoi>e nojia KHJiorpaMa CBHacKor Meca. 


The genitive singular of masculine and neuter adjectives 
In the definite form is mades 

a) If the stem does not end in a palatal consonant, by 
adding the ending n -or 1 * to the stems 


Norn. sing.mascSKHceo 
npH 
<5eo 

CBHHOKH 


stemSKHceji- 

UPH- 

6eJi- 

CBHHjCK- 


gen.sing.masc.& neuters 
KHceji-or 
UPH-or 
<5eji-or 
cbhhjCK— or 


b) If the stem ends in a palatal consonant, by adding the 
ending Mr 11 to the stems 


No'm. sing. mascscBeac 

j arnselH 


gen.sing.masc.& neuters 

CB©3K-er 
j arHjel-er 


stemscBesc- 

jari&eh- 





















- 182 - 


PAR. 73 - THE GENITIVE SINGULAR OF FEMININE ADJECTIVES 


( 10 ) Kojihko iviaBHija 3 ejieHe cajiaTe scejiHTe? 

HMaTe jih cBeace roBe|>HHe? 

Do you have fresh beef? 

Mojihm je^aH KHJiorpaM TgJiehe pHrepHii;©. 

A kilogram of calf 8 s liver, please. 

The genitive singular of all feminine adjectives is 
formed by adding the ending "-He" to the stems 


Norn. sing, f emS 3 ejieHa 
cBeaca 
Tejrela 
dejia 
KHcejia 


stemS3ejreH- 

CBeJK- 

Tejiek- 

deji- 

KHcejr- 


gen. sing, f emS 3 ejieH-e 

CB©3K-e 

Tejrek-e 

deji-e 

KHceji-e 


PAR. 74 - THE GENITIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

(4) KaKBHX KpoMnnpa xokeTe, MJiaflHx hjih cTapnx ? 

(7) JKeJiHM TaKo^e Majio nauimjaHa, gpBeHnx h MaBHx. 

(8) KaKBHx KpacTaBana xokeTe, cBescnx hjih KHcejinx ? 

Mmsm HeKOJiHKO floOpHx KMra. 

I have some (several) good books. 

Meco HeKHx ahbj>hx seHBOTHita HHje Aodpo 3a jejio. 

The meat of some wild animals is not good to eat 
(for eating). 

BpxoBH flodpnx nepa HHcy cyBHiiie oniTpn. 

The points of good pens are not too sharp. 

The genitive plural of all adjectives is formed by adding 
the ending m °hx h to the stems 

Nom. sing.mascs mjislr stemsMJiaA- gen.pl.masc.,fem.& neuter 


CTap 

cTap- 

MJiaA-nx 

UPBeH 

UPBeH- 

CTap-HX 

njiaB 

njias- 

UPBeH-HX 

CBeac 

CBe 3 K— 

njias-Hx 

KHceo 

KHCeJI- 

CBe3K-JdX 

AO dap 

AO( 5 p- 

KHCeJI-HX 

AHBJbH 

AHBA- 

Aodp-nx 

AHBJb-HX 


NOTE s The genitive singular and plural of adjectival 
pronouns, ordinal numerals, and the cardinal numeral “jeAaH 11 
is made on the same pattern as the genitive singular and plural 
of adjectivess 

( 4 ) KaKBHx KpoMnnpa xokeTe 5 MJiaAHX hjih cTapHx? 

( 5 ) Xoky h .jefiHHx h apyphx . 

(6) Xoly no jeAHo khjio oa CBane BpcTe. 

JKejiHTe jih jeAHy rjraBHgy ose hjih ohs cajiaTe? 

Do you want a head of this lettuce or that 
over there? 


























TPEEH mo 

rPAMATMKE BE>KEE EPOJ 4 


- 183 - 


PART III 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO, 4 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form? 

Kojn cy tji&bhh Ae^iOBH (HOBenHje Te.no)? - I?ji&bhh a©jiobh 
(noBe^Hje Tejio) cy rviaBa, Tpyn, pyne h Hore. 

Ko j h je <5po j (Hama yHHOHHija)? - Bpoj (Hama yHHOHHija) je Tpu• 
Kano je HMe (Bam OTaij) h (Bama MajKa)? - Hite (moJ OTan;) je 
lie Tap, a HMe (Moja MajKa) Mapa. 

Kano je HMe (Bame AeTe)? - HMe (Moje AeTe) je lophe. 

Ko je KOMaHAHp (npsa neTa)? - KoMaHAHp (npBa neTa) je KaneTaH 
HjihK . 

UlTa BHAHTe Ha spxy (oHa BHcona Kyha)? - Ha Bpxy (oHa bhcoksi 
Kyha) bhahm nTHijy 0 

Hnje KiLHre cy yBeK hhctc? - Knaire (Aodap yneHnn) cy yBeK 
HHCTe a 

Aa Jin cy KHHre (jxoihh yneHHHH) yBeK hhctb? - He, Mre (jiomH 
yneHHUH)HHcy yBeK hhc Te o 

Hnja cy Ta Aeija? - OBa Aeija cy chhobh h tepKe (Ham cTapnjz 
chh) o 

Hnja cy OHa Aeija? - OHa Aeija cy chhobh h Kepne (Ham Mjia^H 
chh) o 

Ko cy OHe AeBojKe? - Ohb A©BojKe cy iepne (Ham ynHTejb) « 

Hnja Koca je dejia? - Koca (cTap HOBen) je o(5hhho 6ejra. 

Aa jiu je Koca (MJiaA hob6k) <5ejia? - Koca (MJiaA hobck) oOhhho 
HHje 6eji&o 

A a ah cTe 3 aTBOpHJiH BpaTa (Hama ynHOHHHa)? - He, hhc aM 
3 aTBopno spaTa (Hama yHHOHHije ) <» 

Ko j h dpoj je (iffixoBa yHHOHHija)? - Bpoj (Mxosa yHHOHHija) je 
jeAaHo 

HHjH cy yHHTCJbH 3 aAOBOJbHH? - y^HTe^H (MapjbHBH J H ( naMHBH 

yneHHHH) cy 3aAOBO^>HH. 

Ko je oHaj tociioahh? - OHaj rocnoAHH je MyjK (Moja cecrpa) • 

Kano ce 3 ose Mysc (Bama cecTpa)? - My* (Moja cecTpa) ce 30Be 
neTap neTpoBHi* 

Kano je HMe (osaj meriH.rpaA)? - HMe (oBaj meriH rpaA) je 
MoHTepejo 

Aa ah cy Aena (ao(5ph poAHTe^n) yBeK Aodpa? - He, Aeu;a (Aodpn 
poAKTejbn) HHcy yseK Aodpa* 

Koja je oho reorpac|)CKa KapTa? - Oho je reorpa$CKa KapTa 
(JyrocJiaBHja) ® 

Kano je HMe (AP^asa) y Kojoj mh mbhmo? - HMe (AP^asa) y Kojoj 
MH 3KHBHMO je KaAH(J)OpHH j a o 

Kano 30 BeM 0 oua (Ham OTan)? - 0«a (Ham OTau) 30BeM0 a®A* 

Kano soBeMO Majny (Hama MajKa)? - Majny (Hama MajKa) 30BeM0 
Oada® 






- 184 - 


HETBPTH J\EO PART IV 

IUTHBO EPOJ 4 READING TEXT NO. 4 

Meco 

Hob6k jeAe Meco oa Be jihkot (5poja AOMakHx h a^b^hx 
scHBOTHitao Meco oa hckhx A^BJbHx scHBOTHita je Bpjio ynycHo® 

JanteBe Meco aoBe ce TaKo|>e jaraeTHHa, a cbhibcko Meco aoie 
ce Tano^e cBH&eTHHa« Meco oa oBije 3ose ce obhh je Meco hjih 
OB^ie thhe o Meco oa BOJia hjih oa KpaBe bob® ce rose^e Meco hjih 
roBeijHHao HoEeK jeAe h MHore Apyre BpcTe Meca. Y hckhm 3eMi>aMa 
jeAe ce h kohoko Meco. 

HeKH Ae-^OBH jKEBOTHHsCKor Tejia cy Bpjio ynycHH 3a jejio® Tano, 
Ha npHMep' M03aK* je3HK, UHrepHija h (5y<5pe3H, HaponHTO TejieiiH 
MosaK, TejiehH jesnn, TeJieka ijHrepHija, xejiekH <5y(5pe3H. 


IIETH HEP PART V 

IIHTARA H3 IUTHBA BPOJ 4 QUESTIONS ON THE READING TEXT 

NO, 4 

lo #£ JIH HOB8K jeA© M©CO OA CBHX ' AOMaiiHX MBOTHBa? 

2» Oa KOjHX AHBJbHX HCHBOTHIia HOB6K jeA© MeCO? 

5o Ha jih je ynycHo Meco oa akb^hx scHBOTHH>a? 

4* Kano ce join 30Be jarBbePe Meco? 

5. KaKO ce join 3ose cbhibcko Meco? 

6* Kano ce sobc Meco oa oei|3? 

7o Kano ce jom 30Be obhh je Meco? 

8o Kano ce 30Be Meco oa BOJia? 

9* Kano ce sob© Meco oa KpaBe? 

10e Kano ce join 30Be roBei?e Meco? 

11o Koje Apyre BpcTe Meca hobck jeAe? 

12o Ha jih ce koh>cko Meco jeAe y cbhm seM^aMa? 

13, JeAeTe jih bh koecko Meco? 

14® Kojn cy AeJioBH 3KHBOTHH>cKor Tejia ynycHH 3a jejio? 

15® Jx a jih bh BOJiHTe Aa jeAeTe TejieLH M03aK? 

16® JX a jih je TejieBa yHrepHija Aotfpa xpaHa? 

17o KanaB je3HK bh BHiue BOJiHTe« TejiekH hjih rose^H? 

13® Ha jih bh BOJiHTe a» jeAeTe TejiePe <5y<5pere? 












- 185 - 


HECTH flEO PART VI 

BEEEA H3 nPEBOIEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 4 

Purchasing of food 

CU tuo 

Mr. Ford bought a kilogram o lamb and half a kilogram of 

pork. 

iA o*WtU C | ir% Qtj&fW (Xl 

He also bought a kilo each of fresh cheese, old potatoes, 

. _ , w u L\jj i^ovmaA^O 

new potatoes, tomatoes, and eggplants. Theh he Bought several 

"iVwJLhM l MeA/ 

cdcumbers, a head of sour cabbage, a (head of) lettuce, some 

onions and some garlic. 

I like all kinds of meat, as beef, veal, lamb, mutton, 
and pork. I also like to eat calf ft s liver, tongue and kidneys 
They are very tasty. I do not like to eat brains. 


CE/I.MH JXEO 
PEHHHK EPOJ 4 


507 

*507 


508. 
509 o 
510. 


511. 

512. 
*512. 


513 

514 

515 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 4 
to buy, to purchase 


KynHTH, v A ,t.,pfv. ^ 

pr.t» KynHM,Kynmi,KynH 

KynHMo , Kyn ifre , kj ne 

KynoBaTH, v.,t.,ipfv. ^- to buy, to purchase 
pr.t» Kynyj’eM,Kynyjeni,Kynyje 

KynyjeMO,KynyjeTe,Kynyjy 


K^noBaiBe 9 n 
KHjiorpaM, m., khjio ? n. 
jari&ekH, adj.,m. 
j arise la, f. 
jarHseke, n. 
nojia (no), numeral 

CBKM, ,f. 

cbhhiCkh, adj.,m. 

CBHHCKa, fo 

cbhhjCko , n. 

CBHftCKO Meco 

XtItHj Vo 5 t . , & 1 « J> ^ipfv. 
pr.to x6ky,xbkein,xoke^ 

xbkeMo,xbkeTe,xbke 

cHp, m. 

pl° CHpeBH 
KpoMnnp, in. 

MJISa KpOMIIHp 


purchasing 
kilogram, kilo 
lamb 


half 

swine 

swine 


sow 


- pork 
& pfv. 


- to want 


cheese 

potato 
new potato 












- 136 - 


516® 

517. 


518. 

519. 

520. 

521. 

522. 


523. 


524. 


525. 

526. 


527. 

528. 


BpcTo.j f. - kind 

UPBeHj adj.,m. - red 

npB^Ha, f. 

upBeHo, n. 
naTJiHyaH, m. 

npBeH naivi&naH (napa^ajs)- tomato 

njiSBH naT^HyaH - eggplant 

rvikBHija, f. ' little head;(head of a 

KHceo 9 adj. ,m.KHcejioJnr S0ur s pickled/vegetable) 

eJiaAaK, adj.^m. * - sweet 

cjiaTKas) f. 


cjiaTKOj, n. 
nynyc, m. x 
cJia^aK nynyc 
KHceo K^rnyc 
3ejieH 9 adj.^m. 
sejieHa, f. 
3ejreHo 9 n. 

caJiaTa, f. ^ 
3^jrena cajiaTajf. 
J&k , m. 

npHH Jl|-K 
6 <£jm jijk 


- cabbage 

- sweet cabbage 

- sour cabbage 

- green 


- salad 

- lettuce 

- onion 

- garlic 


529. 


530. 

531. 

532. 


533. 


534. 

535. 


536. 

*404. 


537. 

538. 

539. 


540. 

541. 


yKycaH, adj.,m. 
^KycHa, f. 
yicycHo , n. 
jameTHHa, f. 
CBHHj© THHa 9 f. 


tasty 


- lamb (meat) 

3B&TH (ce), v. , t.^ & r._j ipfv. - to call (to be called) 
pr. t“ 30B6M 9 3 b Belli 9 36Be 

30b§mo, 3kBeTe,3bBy 


obvhjh, adj.,m. 

OBHHja, f. 

n. 

bfiVetHHa,, f. 


bo , m. 


gen.sings BOJia 

pis b 5 jiobh 
roBe^HHa 9 f. 
k^HjCkh 9 adj.,m. 
KbitcKa. f. 


she ep 


mutton 

ox 


beef 

horse 


w — 


KOEbCKOj n. 

3\jio 9 n. 
ijarepHua* f. 

•rejieLH,_adJ. ,m. 

Tejieka s f. 
Tejieke 9 n. 
nynoj adv. 
a Aa* conj. 


- eating 

- liver (animal) 

- calf 


- a lot 

- Oh yes 


ARMY LANGUAGE SCHOOL. CALIF • 1510 





s/a 


- 187 - 


5oo 


555 


488 


4P/ 


SI 9 


527 


525 

















































































































-189- 


LESSON V 
DAILY UNIT I 

IIPBH flEO PART I 

flHJAJIOr EPOJ 1 DIALOGUE NO. 1 


0 .jejiHMa 


About foods (dishes ) 



1. HacTaBHHK - Tac bh KynyjeTe 
Meco? 

yneHHK * Moja see Ha Kynyje 
Meco y MecapHHUH jcAgor 
mot npK.iaTe.fca . 


2* Hac t ° Koje BpcTe Meca Mory 
Aa ce Kyne y Toj MecapHHUH? 


y<L '° y MecapHugH $QPAa , tot 
mot npH.jaTe.fca , Moxeie Aa 
nynHTe cse spcTe Meca. 


3. HacT * J\9l jih Mosce xaMO Aa ce 
AotfHjer npaoeTHHa? 

y~H • y AMepnuH ce npaceke 
lie co He jejse Tano nee to* 


1 * I nstructor ; Where do you 
buy meat? 

Student : My wife buys meat 
in the butcher shop of a 
friend of mine ("of one my 
f rfend ") 7 

2. Instr : What kinds of meat 
can be bought in that 
butcher shop? 

Stu: In the butcher shop of 
Ford , that friend of mine, 
you can buy all kinds of 
meat, 

3. Instr : Gan one get suckling 
pig meat there? 

Stu : In America, suckling 
pig meat is not eaten so 
often. 











































-190- 


4. HacT ° Y JyrocjiaBHjH aocts 
nee to jeAy npaceke Meco. 

Yh « Koja Apyra jejia ce jeAy 
y JyrocjiaBHjH? 


5. HacT » Ha npHMep, nee to ce 
jeA« capMa. 

yrj t CapMa? 0 a nera ce ona 
npaBH? 

6* HacT ° OHa ce npaBH oa Meca, 
nupHHHa 9 ApHor JijKa. h oa 
jiHCTosa Kynyca , <5 hjio 
cJiaTKor ? 6 kjio KHcejior 
(Kynyca;. 

Yh ' To Mopa je ynycHO. 


7. HacT » JecTe. H Mycana je 
Bpjio ynycHa* 

Yh ’ A oa nera ce OHa npaBH? 


8. HacT *OHa ce npaBH oa Meca, 
jaja, iiJiaBHx naTJiHyaHa h 
KpoMnnpa• 


Yh ’ Koje je join je^io Aobpo? 


9-. HacT ° 'Bysen. Oh ce npasn 
oa Meca, mipHHHa, KpoMnnpa, 
npHor JiyKa, nanpHKa, 
npBeHHx h njiaBHx naTJTHyaHa® 


y h » Oa Kojnx BpcTa Meca ce 
npaBe Ta jejia. 

10. HacT ° Oa paaHHx BpcTa a 
HapoHHTO oa roseijer, 
CBHEoCKor h jarifceker Meca® 


yn ° KaKBor je KBajiHTeTa 
Meco y JyrocjiaBHjn? 


4. Instr; In Yugoslavia, they 
eat suckling pig meat 
fairly often. 

Stu; What other foods 
Tdishes) are eaten in Yugo¬ 
slavia? 

5 . Instr : For example, sarma 
is eaten often. 

Stu ; Sarma ? What is it 
made of? 

6o Instr ; It is made of meat, 
rice, onion, and of cabbage 
leaves , of either sweet or 
sour cabbage. 


Stu; That must be tasty. 


7* Instr ; It is. M Musaka M is 
very tasty too. 

Stu ; And what is it made 
of? 

8, Instr ; It is made of meat, 
eggs, eggplants and 
potatoes. 


Stu ; What other dish is 
good? 

9® Instr ; lyBen* It is made 
of meat, rice, potatoes, 
onion, peppers, tomatoes 
and eggplants. 


Stu ; Of what kinds of meat 
are these dishes made? 


• Instr ; Of various kinds, 
but particularly of beef, 
pork and lamb. 


Stu ; Of what quailty is 
meat in Yugoslavia? 
























-191- 


11. HacT : Oho je Aotfpor 11. Instr : It is of good 

KBameTa, amn He y cbhm quality , but not in all 
fle j iosHMa JyrocjiaBH.ie . parts of Yugoslavia . 


APyra AEO 

rPAMATHHKA A HA JIM 3 A EFOJ 1 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PAR. 75 - THE GENITIVE POSSESSIVE 


The genitive possessive Indicates that the noun possesses 
something or that something pertains to it. Consequently, the 
genitive possessive takes the role of the possessive adjectives 
in the following instances: 

1. - When the -noun in question does not form a possessive 
adjective (which often occurs with inanimate nouns): 


( 6 ) 


To ce npaBH op, Meca, rmpHHna h upHor ^ r Ka h oa 
jiHCTQBa Kynyca , (5 hjio cmaTKor, 6 hjio Kucejior. 
BpaTa yHHOHHue cy iimpoKa. 

The aoor or zhe classroom is wide. 


riTHua je Ha Bpxy Kyke . 

The bird is on the top of the house . 

Hama yanoHHua je npH spxy 6 pAa . 

Our classroom is at the top of the hill . 

Kpobobh dapana y HarneM moropy cy 3ejieHH. 

The roofs of the barracks in our camp are green. 


2. - When the possessive adjective exists but the pos¬ 
session is expressed by more than one word (a phrase or a 
clause): 

(1) Moja steHa nynyje Meco y MecapHHiiH jeditor mot 
npujaTejba . 

Mh cTaHyjeMo y nyln rocnoflKHa neiposHha . 

We live in Mr. PeTrovlch"s house . 

But: Mh CTaHyjeMo y IleTpoBHkeBO.i KykH . 

We live in Petrovich r s' house" . 

Mapa je cecTpa KaneTaHa riernka . 

Mary is ’CaptaTirTerich 8 s s ister . 

But: Mapa je KaneTanosa (or- HepHlesa) cecxpa . 

Mary is the captain’s (or: Perich 8 s ) sister. 





































-192- 


(2) y liecapHHiJtH ^op^a 8 tot m or npujaTe^a ,, M03?ce Te Aa 
KynHTe cBe spcTe Meca. 

Obo cy neptfka, Kora ctc BHAejiH jyrpoc. 

These are the children of Perich, whom you saw this 
morning, 

NOTE ; The relationship expressed by the genitive pos¬ 
sessive is not always true possession; it may be a vaguer 
relationship of a descriptive nature. 

(11) Oho je AOdpor KBajiHTeTa ajin He y cbhm AejroBHMa 
JyrocJiaBii.je . 

KaneTaH HjikL je KOMaHflHp Here . 

Captain Ilich is a company commander . 

Mh cmo yneHHuH BojHe iHKQJie 3a cTpane je3HKe. 

We are students of the Army Language School 


PAR. 76 - THE GENITIVE OF QUALITY 

(2) Koje BpcTe Meca Mory a& ce Kyne y xoj MecapHHijH? 
Majne TBPAa cpua cy peTKe. 

Mothers with a hard heart are rare. 

JyTpoc can BK^eo jeAHy sp^ro Jieny a©bo jicy HJiaBe 
KQCe H UpHHX OHPI.jy o 

This morning I saw a very pretty girl with blond 
hair and with dark eyes . 

Mojihm sac jeAHy napxy npBe KJiace . 

Will you please give me a first class ticket. 

Koje 60 je je xad^ia? - T-adJia je upHe doje . 

What color is the blackboard? - The blackboard 
is black. 


PAR. 77 - THE GENITIVE OF ORIGIN 

Rerosa nopoAHua je cpncKor nopeKJia. 

His family is of Serbian origin . 

y AMepHDiH TICHBe JbJRm pa3HHX HapOAHOCTH . 

In America live peopie ^oT r "&lfrerent nationalities . 


The genitive denoting the origin of somebody or some¬ 
thing is called the genitive of origjn. 






























TPETiH flEO 

PPAMATHHKE BEEBE EPOJ 1 


PART III 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form 
3ainxo HHje flouuia ieHa (nopynHHK pociiqahh IlexpoBHE)? - EeHa 
(nopynHHK rocnoAHH IlexpoBHE) HHje souijia, jep je aeH chh doAecxaH. 
y HHjoj KyEn bh cxanyjexe? - Ja exaHyjeM y (nyEa) (Majop IlepnE). 
Pfle je paAH>a ( tocixoahh) h (rocno*>a MapnE) ? - PaAH>a ( tociioahh) h 
(rocno^a MapnE) je y (yjiHua) (UpseHa apMnja)- 
/la ah cy A©ua (Aodpn poAHXejbH) yseK Aodpa? - He, Aeua (Aodpn 
poAHTe^n) Huey yseK Aodpa. 

Ra. ah BOJiHTe Moj ineiimp? - He, ja He boahu (5ojy (Barn uieump). 

Ko je Bauia dada? - MajKa (uoja MajKa) je Moja dada. 

A ko je san a® A? - Oxau (itoja MajKa) je mo j a®A* 

Ko je join Bain a©A h Bama dada? - Oxau (moj oxau) h Majna 
(Moj OTau) cy TaKo^e Moj a®A h Moja dada. 

Ko cy saniH yHyun h Baine yHyne? - Mojn yHyuH h uoje yHyne cy 
chhobh h Eepne (uojH chhobh) h (Moje Eepne). 

/la ah je Bpx (Baine nepo) oinTap? - He, Bpx (uoje nepo) HHje 
oinxap. 

rp,e je inyMa? - IJIyMa je Ha (epx dpAo). 

Kano je HMe (earna EepKa)? - HMe (noja Eepna) je Mapa. 

Koje cy maBHe ocodHHe (itanKa)? - Manna je odaspusa h nncxa. 

Koje cy rjiaBHe ocodHHe (nac)? - nae je xpadap h OAan. 

(Koja doja) cy shaobh y (Hama ynnoKHiia)? - 3haobh y (Hama 
ynHOHHua) cy deAH- 

(Koja doja) je xadAa? - Tadjia je (upna doja). 

Ko cy gt aHOBHHiiH (inhabitants) (JyrocAaBHja)? - CTaHOBHHHH 

(JyrocjiaBHja) cy Cpdn, Xpsaxn e Caob6hu;h- 

Kojn je rAaBHH rpaA (JyrocAaBHja)? - Pahshh rpaA (JyrocAaBHja) 
je BeorpaA* 

Chh (pochoahh), ko jH ceAH, je Moj npHjaxejb. 

(Ko jn hhh) je KOMEHAanx (Hama niKOAa)? - KouaHAaHX (Hana niKOAa) 
je nyKOBHHK. 

y KojeM Reji y (Gj@AHH*eHe- AMepHHKe /Ips&aBe) (United States 
of America) je KaAH^opHH ja? - K&ah<|)ophh ja je y (sanaAHH Aeo) 
(western part) (CjeAHHene AMepnnKe /JpscaBeJ. 

Koje cy join AP^ase y (sanaAHE fleo) (CjeAHneHe Auepmue Jli’pw.r.Be ) ? 
- y (sanaAHH Aeo) (CjeAHaene AuepHHKe /Ipacass) cy join AP^ane 

OperoH h BaniHHrxoHe 

Ha odaAH (coast) (koJh oKean) cy AP^aee KaAHtf)opHH ju, OperoH h 
BamHHPTQH? - A paeaBe KaAHcJiopHH ja, OperoH h BaniHHrxoH cy na odajin 
(nauH^nnKH OKean)- 

(KaKBO cpue) je sain npnjaxejj Mapno? - Moj npnjaxei Mapno je 

Bp ao (Aodpo cpue)- 

(Koje nopeKAo) cy Banin poahtgjevH? - Mojn poAHxej,H cy (xpBaxcKo 
nopeKAo) - 






-194- 


UETBPTH flEO PART IV 

IUTKBO EPOJ 1 READING- TEXT NO. 1 

Kano ce cnpeMa h jeae Meco y JyrocjiaBHj h . 

Meco ce Kynyje 6vljio csesce, 6tuio cymeHo, dHJio 
KOH3epBHpaHoo y JyrocJiaBHjH ce o<5hhho jeA© cse^e Meco hjih 
cymeHo Meco. KoH3epBHpaHo Meco ce je^e AocTa peTKo. 

CymeHO Meco ce 30 Be npuiyTa” roBei?a npmyTa n c bhhck a 
npmyTa® Jl& ce Aodnje aneTHTj npeA pynaK hjih Benepy jeA© ce 
Ma^io nprnyTe hjih cJiaHHHe h nnje ce mhjio paKHje. 

CBeace Meco ce je^e KyBaHo 9 neneHo, npsteHO hjih Ha scapy. 

Meco ce jefte KysaHo y pa3HHM jemima, Kao Ha npHMep y 
capMH® H cymeHo Meco ce hccto jeAe KysaHo^ HapoHHTO KysaHo 
y nacyj>y® rieneHO Meco ce 3oee neneH*" TejieEe, jarnseEe, 
npaceke neneae. Meco h nospKe y MycaKH h y ^yseny je neneHo, a 
He KyBaHo. Encf)TeK ce jeAe npsceH hjih Ha scapy. EesannHiiH ce 
cnpeMajy Ha xcapy® 


IIETH £E0 PART V 

IIHTAHA M3 UJTHBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON THE 

”—— READING TEXT NO. 1 

1® Koje Meco ce jeAe y JyrocjaaBHjH? 

2® ^a jih ce KOH3epBHpaHo Meco jeAe y Jyroc^iaBHjH nee to? 

3® BojiHTe jm bh cymeHo Meco? 

4® iilTa ce je^e y JyrocJiaBHjH ripe a pynan j\& ce Aodnje aneTHT? 
5® ltlTa ce nnje y JyrocJiaBH jn npeA pynaK #a. ce Aodnje aneTHT? 
6® #a Jivi. cTe bh bhabjih npmyTy? 

7• /i,a jih cTe jevTH npmyTy? 

B. Koje BpcTe nprnyTe ce jeAy y JyrocJiaBHjH? 

9® 0 a Koje HHBOTHHbe ce npaBH cjiamma? 

10. Kano ce cnpeMa (Kano ce jeAe) CBejKe Meco? 

11®-£a jlvl je Meco y capMH KyBaHo hjih npjrceHo? 













- 195 - 


12 # £a jih je Meco y ^yse^y KysaHo hjih neaeHo? 

13 . ii,a jih je Meco y MycaKii neneHo hjih npsceHo. 

14 . Kano ce cnpeMa (naKO ce j«A©) Meco y nacyjby? 

15 . Kano ce join 30 Be neneHo Meco? 

16 . Koje BpcTe neaeita bh 3 HaTe? 

17 . Kano bh je^eTe ( 5 nc|)TeK“ npsceH hjih Ha wapy? 

IB. Kano ce je^y keBanaHlH” neaeHH hjih Ha scapy? 

19 . Koje jejio y AMepnijH je Kao capMa? 

20 . Koje jejio y AMepHijH je Kao BeBarraHlH? 


iilECTK AEO 


PART VI 


BE 3 KBA H3 nPEBOIEHA BPOJ 1 


jMaJMI i Uuo ec ' 




TRANSLATION EXERCISE 

NO. 1 


How meat Is eaten In Yugoslavia 

%&***+* jMm. Om*, o '^vVCo ULx {U - *** M^AMK 

Today we spoke about meats -how meat is prepared and 

eaten in Yugoslavia. They eat there a lot of frdsh meat 

, £, u tAo^tA, ^ i/A<stQ C- C \Cuj 

and dried meat. Canned meat is 


eaten seldom. 


Meat is eaten boiled, roasted, 




fried or grilled. In 


'n Wm u. j 4 a„ uL, 

Yugoslavia they like to eats dried beef^and dried pork 




(before ideals, with brandy. 


auu* a u-«-a>fc4u ''XCv 

or boiled in beans for the 


of hamburger); 

V’&a 


ch'ielr ieal); leBanaHha (which are a 

\lWct4t, 1 x 4 - 0 ^^ yo^v 

suckling pig roast; and special dishes, like sarma, musaka 

Ct> l/t <»S VoWv*. 

and ^ysea . These dishes a3*e made. of meat and vegetables 
©i< 3 y pWifi tjh^enT ("there") all kinds of meat - 

TA fef, a tittle &:^lltm pork. 

dlO, , . CYjLs of- 


a little 


e veal 


They ttiei (“there") aljf^k?nds of lire^etables, as 


^<3 




cabbage, tomatoes, eggplants, peppers and onions, and often 
also rice and potatoes. 

As ip America, in different parts of Yugoslavia they 
have different dishes. 


Meat, 




it Of Uf&v 

which is good quality, is bought 


Ct 












-196- 


A tAA 

in butcher shops* 


CEflMH mo 
PERHHK EPOJ 1 


*537 . 

542. 

543. 

544. 

545. 

546. 

547. 


548. 

*5. 

549. 


*549. 

550. 

551. 

552. 


jejio , 

MecapHHua, f. 
np&jaTe.&, m. 
tAmo , adv. 
AMepHKa, f. 
npaceTHHa, f. 
npkcekii, adj. 
npkceka, f. 
ripaceke, n. 
c&pMa, f. 


m. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 1 

food; dish (course) 

butcher shop 

friend 

there 

America 

suckling pig meat 
suckling pig 


sarma (Yugoslav dish- 
stuffed cabbage) 
either.... or 
to make 


Chjio. . .dHjiq conj. 
npiiBHTH, v., t., ipfv. 

pr. t» npaBKM, np^BHiu,npaBH 

npaBHMo, np^BHTe , npkBe 
HanpaBHTH, v. ,t.,pfv. - to make 
pr. t° H^npaBHM,HanpaBHnijHanpaBH 

HanpaBHMO ? HanpaBHTe,HanpaBe 
MyckKa, f. - musaka (Yugoslav dish, made 

x chiefly of meat and eggplants) 

^ysen, m. (Yugoslav dish, made 

cniefly of meat and tomatoes) 


KBaJIHT© T 


m, 


quality 


553. cyrneH, ad J.,(pass. part. ), m. - dried 
cymeHa, f. 
cyineHOj n. 

KOH3epBHpaH, adj.,(pass.part.). ,m. - 

KOH3e pBHpaHa , f. 

KOH3epBHpaHo ? n. 
peTKO s adv. 


554. 


canned 


555. 

556. 

557. 
*15. 

558. 

559. 

560. 


561. 


npuiyTa , f. 
cJikHHHa , f 0 
Aa conj. 
aneTHT, m. 
paKHja, f. 
KyBaH, adj., 
KysaHa, f, 
Kj-Bano, n, 


(pass.part.) 


neneH, adj.,(pass.part.) 
neneHa, f. 
neneHo, n. 

*100. ^era„ 


seldom 

npmyTa (dried and smoked meat) 
bacon 

in order that, in order to 

appetite 

brandy 

m. - boiled 


m. - baked, roasted 

* of what (genitive case of 
what) 






-197- 


562. npsceH, adj., (pass.part. 

), m. - fried 

npmeHa, f. 
n|)3KeHo, n. 

563. scap, m. 

- redhot coals 

Ha xcapy 

- grilled 

564. nacyjb, m. 

- bean 

565. neneite, m. 

- roast-meat 

566. <5H$TeK, m. 

- beefsteak 

pi • <5H(f)Tei];H 

567. iieBannaii, m. 

- keBanHHk (Yugoslav dish- 


hamburger) 
















-199- 


DAILY UNIT II 

nPBH mo PART I 

AHJAJIOr EPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO, 2 


Tfle Kyny.jeMo xpaHy 


Where we buy foods 


1. HacTaBHHK ° iilTa ce npoAaje ' 1. 
no (5aKaJiHHi^aMa y AMepHHH? 


Instructor s What is sold 
in grocery stores in 
America? 



y HeHKK ° OBfie ce no 
danaJiHHnaMa Mory Aa AoCnjy 
c©e BpcTe xpaHe. 


2. HacT° A rAe ce Kynyje 
xpaHa y TyrocJiaBHj n? 


Students Here one can get 
all kinds of food (all 
kinds of foods can be got) 
in grocery stores, 

2a Instr s And where does one 
buy food in Yugoslavia? 


Yh° Ja He 3HaM rAe ce 
Kynyje xpaHa omio, 

3, HacT ° OHaMo ce xpaHa 

npoAaje no pa3HHM paAn>aMa 


Stu s I do not know wliere 
one buys food there ( over 
ther e), 

5o Instr s There ( over there ) 
food is sold in various 
kinds of stores. 


Teko je h oBAe 6 &jio Stu s Here , too, it was 

paHHje , like that before. 




























































-199- 


4. HacT * Bh ct© sell vhhjih 4* 
rfle ce npoAaje Meco, 3»p 
He? 


Yh} £a, jecMo; Meco ce 
npoAaje y MecapHHAH. 


5. HacT « A Kyaa ( k aMo ) bh 5. 
H^eTe KaA xoleTe Aa 
KynHTe Heny HaponuTy 
spcTy xjietfa? 


MfleM y (5aKajiHimy vljwl 
y neKapHHny. 


6. HacT * OflaKJie ( OTKyaa ) 6. 
daKajrHHue oOhhho AotfHjajy 
xjie 6 ? 


H oHe K7, r nyjy xjred oa 
nenapHHHa, Kao h mh. 


7. Hac t * rAe bh KynyjeTe 7. 
MJieKO? 

y daKajiHHHH hjih y 
MJieKapH. 


8. HacT » A nospke h soke? 8. 


yq ‘ To KynyjeM y 
dana^HHAH* 


9. Hac t ° y Jyroc^iaBHjM ce 9. 
nospke h soke npoAaje y 

nH^apHHHH, 

yn" H y AMepHAH hckel 
nynyjy noepke h soke y 

riM^apHHAH# 


Instr : You have already 
learned where meat Is 
sold, haven't you? 


Stu : Yes, we have; meat 
Is sold in a butcher 
shop. 

Instr : And where ("whereto’ 1 ) 
do you go when you wafHTTo 
buy a special kind of 
bread? 


Stu : I go to a grocery 
store or to a bakery. 


Instr : From where do grocery 
stores usually get (their) 
bread? 


Stu : They, too, buy bread 
from bakeries, just as we 
(do). 

Instr : Where do you buy 
milk? 

Stu : In a grocery store or 
in a dairy (shop). 


Instr : And vegetables and 
fruit? 

Stu : Those ("That") I buy 
in a grocery store. 


Instr : In Yugoslavia, fresh 
vegetables and fruit are 
sold (“is sold") in a pro¬ 
duce store. 

Stu : In America, too, some 
buy vegetables and fruit in 
a produce store. 


















- 200 - 


10 . HacT * y kojikko paflH>a 

(paflifiH) bh KynyjeTe xpaHy? 


r.QovR i Ja nynyjeM y 
HeKOJiHKO paAH^a (paAHJi) 
Kao Ha npHMep y pa a**® 
"Safeway "» 


11 . HacT ° Kojihko xpaHe 
KynyjeTe y < 5 aKajiHHun 
Tt Safeway "? 


YhI Ja oHAe KynyjeM mho ro 
T ~AOCTa , Majio ) xpaHe . 

12 . HaeT ° Ha jin bh yBeK 

KynyjeTe tojihko xpane ? 

yn « Kano kea. KaTKaA 
KynHM BHiue , a KaTKaA Maae 
(xpaHe TT 


10. Instr s In how many stores 
do you buy food? 


Mr.Ford : I buy in several 
stores, as for example in 
the “Safeway" store. 


11. Instr s How much food do 
you buy in the “Safeway” 
store? 


Stu s I buy there a lot 
( enough , little ) of food . 


12. Instr s Do you always but* 
that much food? 

Stu i That depends. Some¬ 
times I buy more , some- 
times less (food). 



































- 201 - 


PART II 


zip:th zieo 

rPAUATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 

PAR. 78 - ADVERBS 

An adverb is a word that modifies a Verb, an adjective 
or another adverb; it tells us how, or where, or when an 
action denoted by the verb is done: 

yvHTevb rosopH nojiaKO . 

The teacher speaks slowly . 

Mapno je Bpjro 

Mark is very diligent . 

Ja nyjeM bpao gogpo . 

I hear very well . 


PAR. 79 - ADVERBS OF PLAGE 

Adverbs of place are used either to point out the place 
where something is located or where something happens (demonstrative 
Adverbs of place), or to inquire where that place is (in¬ 
terrogative adverbs of place). The former answer the latter. 

.1* - (1) Pba© ce no CaKaAHHijaMa Mory aa aotfujy cb© 

Bpc T0 xpaHe. 

Ko jtchbm T£ ceM rocnoAHHa nepnha? 

Who lives there besides Mr. Perich? 

(12) Ja QHae KynyjeM MHoro xpaHe. 

Ka3ao mh je aa oh h© mojk© a& ao^e obamo . 

He told me that he was not able to come here . 

£a ah sceAHTe aa ja aot>eM tsmo ? 

Do you want me to come ( overT there ? 

(3) OnaMo c© xpaHa npoaaj® no paoHHM paanaMa* 

Ob a© j© TadAa, T£ je cto, a oHa© je npoaop* 

Here is the blaokborad, there is the table, 
and over there is the window. 

” Pba© " (here), " Ty" (there), " oHae " (over there), and 
"osaMo 1 * (over here, hereto). " tamo " (over there, hereto", 

M oHaMo M (over there, thereto) are the most common demonstra- 
tive" adverbs of place. They are derived from the demonstra¬ 
tive pronouns M 0Baj", H Taj M , M oHaj M and in order to point 
out the location of an object they are used analogically with 
these pronouns (Par. 49). 

m Dba 0 m # m T y" and "oHae" are preferably used to denote the 
location when motion is not involved- "TaMo" and "oHftMo" are 
preferably used when motion is involved. "Pbrmo" is used only 
when motion is Involved. 






















“ 202 “ 


A r»fle ce Kynvje xpaHa y JyrocjiaBHja? 

A nyfla ( KaMo ) bh H^eTe KaA xoleTe a& KynzTe 
Heny HapoHHTy apcxy xjie^*? 

OAaKJie ( OTKyAa ) daKajiHHije o( 5 hhho Aotfzjajy xjietf? 
rAe bh KynyjeTe xjied? 

OTKyAa AOJia3HTe? 

Where from are you coming? 

OAaKJie je Bain yMHTe^b? 

Where Is your teacher from ? 

"££©?" (Where?), " KvAa? 11 or "Ksimo? " (Whither?) and 
"OAaKJie?" or “OTKyAa?" (whence? or Where from?) are in¬ 
terrogative adverbs of place, 

“rAe?" is used to form questions when motion is not 
involved. 

“KyAa?" and "KaMo? " inquire about motion towards . 

"OAaKJie?" and "OTKyAa?" are used to inquire about 
place from which . "OAaKJie?" is used both when motion is 
involved and when it is not involved. "OTKyAa?" is used 
only when motion is involved. 


2 , - ( 2 ) 

(5) 

( 6 ) 


PAR. 80 - ADVERBS OF QUANTITY 

(11) Kojihko xpaae bh KynyjeTe y 6 aKajiHHijH 
"sareway"? 

(XI) Ja oHAe KynyjeM mhoto xpaHe «> 

Pe tkh cy npeAeJiH rA© ma obojihko Bola. 

Rare are the areas where there is as much 
(of) fruit as here (this). 

(12) Aa jih bh yseK KynyjeTe tqjihkq xpaHe ? 

Mh HeMaMO tqjihkq xjieda . 

We do not have that much (of) bread . 
rA© j© Morao Aa KynH uhojihkq 3jraT«t ? 

Where could he have bought so much (of) gold? 

" Obojihko " (this much, as much as this, as many as these), 
" tqjihkq " (that much, as much as that, as many as those), 
" ohojihkq " (that much, as many as that over there, as many as 
those over there) are adjectives of quantity derived from the 
demonstrative pronouns "obojihkh", "tojihkh" and "ohojihkh" 

(Par. 49) and are used analogically. 

2. - (10) y kojihko paAHA bh KynyjeTe xpaHy? 

(11) Kojihko xpaHe KynyjeTe y (5aKaJiHHii;H ” Safeway"? 

"Kojihico? " is an interrogative adverb of quantity which 
is derived from the interrogative pronoun "Kojihkh? " 

































-203- 


3. - (10) Ja KynyjeM y hgkojihko d&zim^ Kao Ha npnMep y 

paAH>H "Safeway”. 

(11) Ja oha© KynyjeM mhoto ( AQCTa , MaAO ) xpaHe . 

(12) KaTKaA KynHM BHwe, a KaTKaA Mane ( xpaHe ). 

y yHHOHHAM HMa MHOTO yveHHKa . 

There are many students in the classroom. 

y ino^H HMa csmo Majio nacbe . 

There Is only a little' coffee in the cup. 

H He koahko” (several, a few), 11 msao” (little, a few), 
n MHoro 1 1 ' (mTeTTT many). ,f Aocra 1 ' (enougE7~~suf f iciently, fairly), 

11 BHiue ” (more), "MaHje” (less, fewer) are other common adverbs 
of quantity. 

4. - If any of the adverbs mentioned under 1, 2 & 3 is 
used with a noun, the latter must stand in lie genitive singu ¬ 
lar when it denotes mass ( koahko xpane. oboahko Bola, toahko 
XA eba , ohoahko 3 arte, m&ao Kacj)e, etc. ) and in the geniti ve 
plur al when it names objects which can be counted (koahko 
paAH>a, HeKOJiHKO paAH>a, mhopo yveHHKa, etc.). This genitive is 
called the genitive partitive (see Par. 81). 


TPETiH ABO PART III 

PFAhATKHKE BEHEE EPCJ 2 G-RAHMR EXERCISES 10., 2 

1. - Choose the right adverb and put the other words in the 
parenfneses into the proper forms 

(Tge, KyAa) bh cTanyjeTe? - Ja CTaHyjeM y (cTanoBH) sa 
HesceaeHe o(J)huhp©. 

(Pye, KaMo) je KpeAa? - KpeAa je Ha (xadAa). 

(|2iL> KyAa, KaMo) cmo mh ca«a? - Mh cmo caAa y (ynnoHnua). 

(Tae, KyA a.) hast© ceaKH Aan? - Ja ha©m y (ihkoae) cbskh AaH. 

(Tue . J v:\ a ) je Bam a Majna? - Moja uajKa je oTHHiAa y ( 6 aKaAHHna ) 
(PA©, KyAa) ce yjiasn y (Kyha)? - y (nyha) ce yjiasH na (BpaTa) 
(Pao, Kako ) QAJiaQHTe cyrpa? - Gyxpa QAAasHM 3a (EeponaJ. 

Ko CTaHyje (oBAe, obsmoJ? - (Oba©, OBan o) cxaHyje nopoAHija 
rieTPOBHli. 

KaAa AOAaaHT© (oBAe, obemo)? - (Tauo, Ty) aoaeshu cyxpa. 

2. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper forms 
Koahko (mehep) mm y (nan)? - y (uan) HMa ua jio (rnehep). 

JeAeTe ah bh mhopq (Meco)? -He, ja h© jeA©M mhopo (ueco). 
IlHjeTe AH MHOPQ (Ka<j)a) ? - da, ja irajeM mhopo (Ka$a). 

HMa ah mhopo (yveHHAH) y (Hama uiKOAa) ? - £a, y (Hama uikoae) 

HMa MHOPO (yHeHHHH). 

Koahko (ctoaobh) HMa y (nama yaHOHHxja)? - 7 (Hama ynHOHHHa) 

HMa niecT ctoaobs. 

Koahko (cTOAHne) HMa y (nama ynnoHnua)? - V (Hama ymfOHHua) 

HMa AsanaecT (twelve) CTOAHna. 



























-204- 


Koahko (yveHHHH) hme y (Hama yvHOHHna)? - y (nauia yvHQHHna) 
hue je^anaecT (eleven) yveHHKEo 

Kqahkq (yveHHne) HMa y (Hama ynHOHHna)? - y (nama yvnoKHija) 
HMa jeAHa yveHHHao 

£a jw bh jeAeTe BHine (m©co) hah (xjie6 )? - Ja jeAeM BHine (xAe<5) 
Hero (ueeo)» 

KaAa ieAexe mere© (soke) s agtm hah shmh? - 3hmh jeAeM Maae 
(sole) Hero agtho 

Him ah y (KaAH^apms ja) aocth (noeple)? - ^a^ y (KeahcJjophh Jh) 
Him Aocxa (noBple)® 

Koahko (( 5 aKajiHHHe ) HMa y (MoHTepej)? - ¥ (MoHTepej) HMa 
MHoro (6aKajiHHH@) o 

3amxo y (JyrocjiaBHja) h@me Aocxa (xpana)? - Ja He shemo 
Koahko (jaja) no JeAeTe aa AopyvaK? » Ja nojeAeM ABa (jaja) 
sa AopyvaKo 

Pa© HMa mhopq (ayTOMo 6 njm) ? - y (KaAH(f)opHH ja) hme mhopo 
(ayxoModHjiH) o 

HMa ah mhopo (ayxo 6 ycn) y (MoHTepej)? - y (MoHTepej) Heiia 
mhopo (ayTo 6 ycn)o 

HMa ah y Jyroc aebh j h oboahko (ayxoMHdHAn)? - He 9 y 
(JyrocAEBHja) hme meao (ayxoModHAH) o 

A a ah cy cbm ynemimi 6 hah y (inKOAa)? - He, hokoahko (yveHH- 
Hh) HHje 6 hao y (niK©Aa)<> 


HETBPTH ZIEQ PART IV 

IHTHBO EPOJ 2 READING- TEXT NO. 2 

0 XAecSy y JyrocAaBHjn 

y JyrocAaBHjHg no rpaAOBHMa 9 xjie6 ce Kynyje no 
neKapHHu,aMa hah ce npaBH koa Kyle « Ha ceAy xjie6 ce oChhho 
npaBH koa Kyle o 

IIo rpaAOBHMa xjie6 ce o(5hhho npaBH oa (5eAor mneHHHHor 
CpamHao Ho cejima ce jeA© (5eAH hah hphh mueHHHHH xjieG hah 
npojae Itpoja ce npaBH oa KynypysHor dpanmao H no rpaAOBHMa 







-205- 


h no cejiHua nonaTKaA ce jeA© xjie(5 o a pa&n, koJh ce o(5hhho 
npaBH oa upHor bpaiima. y sojcuH ce jeA© uphh miieHHHHH xjie6 • 
Taj xjie<5 ce sose TaHH. 

y JyrocAaBHjn ce jeA© mhopo xjieba. 

"Toast" ce Ha cpncKoxpBaTCKOM 30Be "npsceHH xjre(5". 

KaA xjie6 Hnje cBesc, Ka?fce ce Aa je tfajaT. 


IIETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA K3 HIT MBA EPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO. 2 

1* Pa© ce Kynyje xjic( 5 no rpaAOBHMa y JyrocJiaBHjH? 

2. Aa jih ce xjie6 npaBH koa nyEe no rpaAOBHMa? 

3 . Aa jivl ce no cejiHMa x^re6 Kynyje hjih ce npaBH? 

4. Oa Kojer dpaniHa ce oUhhho npaBH xjieb no rpaAOBHMa? 

5* Kojn xjied ce jeA© bhixi© no rpaAOBHMa ' oa npHoi* hjih oa 

Senior nuieHHHHor dpauma? 

6* Kojn xjied ce j©Ae buhc no ceJiHMa: oa Senior hjih oa npnor 
nine hhhho r dpaiuna? 

7 . Oa Kojer dpauma ce npaBH npoja? 

8. TAe ce jeA© xjie6 oa pascH? 

9. Oa Kojer dpauiHa ce npaBH Taj xjie<5? 

10 . Oa Kojer dpaniHa ce npaBH xjie6 Kojn ce jeA© y Bojcnn? 

11 . KaKO ce 3ose Taj xjieb? 

12. PCano ce 30Be "toast” Ha cpncKoxpBaTCKOM? 

13. Kaico ce 3oae XJie(5 ko j h HHje ceest? 

14. KanaE xjie6 bh BHine BOJiHTe• cbsik hjih dajaT? 

15 . Ko jH xjl&6 bh BHine BOJiHTe • dejiH hjih upHH? 

16. PAe ce j©Ae mhoto x.ne<5a? 

17 . JeAere jm bh mhoto xjreba? 


iiiECTH AEO PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 IIPEBO’BEHA EP0JJ2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 




Where we buy food 


-T 6C 




~>oxr "hnVr fnnri 1 n Twrinna 


Over there. In Yugoslavia, they buy food In various 




ores; 


k\AiAammu. ^ Kjjkxi 'A \M ^ 

grocery, in the bakery, in the dairy [shop), i<h 


(JcUUxvl 

the 












the butcher shop, 


“ 206 - 

^ UvM/ k 

in the produce store. 


oL 


HvM&ln 


,0a£ 

store, but 


in Americ 

0$vf}y? 

usually, 


W Hutu. 

ca some 


l AwQaas 

people buy 


food 


a 


more than one 


one buys everything in one and the same 

Vj a x/ >, f su> i y.MW4>W J *f 

store, that is, in a large grocery., 

iAuw* ^ V'W* 

warit to buy some 


V'^vrv IM)W^ cAr WtNJoJp\x»!Ju^ V,u^. \AWfa** tauM*** Kl> 

When,do we go to a bakery?- When we w< 


special kind of bread. 

Why do we buy milk in a dairy (shop)? Because, then, 
We do not have to go to the store every day. 

Why do we sometimes buy vegetables and fruit in a 
special store, that is^in a produce store? Because their 
vegetables and fruit are usually of good quality. 


CE/IMH flEO 
PE^IHHK BPOJ 2 


PART VII 


VOCABULARY NO. 2 


568 o 
569. 


*569. 

570. 

*570. 


571. 

572. 
*144. 


573. 

574. 

575. 

576. 


d^KajiHHua, f. - grocery store 
npoflaTH, v.,t.,pfv._- to sell 
pr.t° np6flaM,np6flam,np6fla 

npfcflaMb,npoflSTe,np&Aajy 
npoAaBaTH, v.to,ipfv. - to sell 
pr. t- np6flaj£M,npoAajeiii,np6flaje 

npoAajeMo,npoAajeTe,npoAajy 
AobHTH, v.,t., & io, pfv. — to get 
pr. ts AobnjeM, AodHjeni, AodHje 

AO( 5 HjeMO,fl 6 ( 5 HjeTe, AobHjy 


AobHjaTH, v., t., & i., ipf v« 


pr.t° ApdHjaM,AodHjantjAodHja 

AobHjaMo , AoOHjaT© , aoChj ajy 


to get 


oHaMo, adv. 
KaMo, adv. 
HapoHHT, adj.,m. 
HapoHHTa, f. 
HapOHHTO, n. 
nibnapHnua, f. 
oAaKJie, adv. 
6TKyAa, adv. 
Moreno, n. 


over there 
where (whereto; 
special 


whither) 


bakery 

wherefrom 

wherefrom 

milk 


(whence) 

(whence) 







-207- 


577* MjieKapa, f. 

_ 

dairy (shop ) 

578.. Bole, n., coll. 

— 

fruit 

579. nH^apHHua, f. 

- 

produce store (greengrocer 

580. paAaa^ f. 

- 

store / store) 

581. oHAe, adv. 

=» 

over there 

582. KaTKaA,nonaTKaA , adv. 

-» 

sometimes 

583. Vihze 9 aav. 

— 

less 

584* obsmo, adv. 

- 

here (over here) 

585. miieHHHHH, adj. 


wheat 

niueHHHHa j, f. 
mu&HHHHo. n. 

586. c5paniHo, n. 

- 

flour 

587. npoja, f. 

583. KynypysHH, adj. 

- 

cornbread 

- 

corn 

KyKypy3Ha ? f. 

KyK^py3Ho, n. 

589. BojcKa, f. 

590. TaHH , m. 

- 

army 

- 

very dark bread (baked for 

591. OajaT, adj.,in. 

- 

stale /the Yugoslav army) 


6ajaTa, f. 
dajaxo, n. 







-208- 



nPBK JXEO • 
AHJAJIOr EPOJ 5 

y 6 aKajiHHii;H 




^ACt 


1. r.<j>op R o Mojihm, AajTe mh 

ABa BejiHKa naKJia Macjia 
i Macjraua 9 nyiepa ) . 

EaKajiHH ° He Movers Aa 
Ao6njeTe ABa KHjiorpaMa 
nyTepa , Hero caMO jeAan 
KMOT£aM. 

2o r.<j> g AoOpo, oHAa MH AajTe 2 
TPH KHJIorpaMa C BHHCK6 
MaCTHo 


Ban g To mo see 9 jep caM jyve 
AO(5ho c to KH^iorpaMa Mac th« 


3. roJ?°o A 3aTHM xoPy AeceT 3* 
jiHTapa se.j thhu (y^aTT“ 

Bang Kojh 3e j thh sceJiHTe? 


Mr.Ford s Give me two large 
packages of butter ^please. 


Grocer s You cannot get two 
kilograms of butter, but 
only one kilogram . 


Mr.F g All right, then give 
me ' tjiree kilograms of lard . 


Grs That can be done ( M That 
can'*), because yesterday I 
received a hundred kilograms 
of lard. 

Mr .F i And then I want ten 
liters of oil . 

Gr s Which oil do you wish? 


DAILY UNIT III 

PART I 


DIALOGUE NO. 3 
In the grocery store 


AWNH{lA)IAa 






























































-209- 


4. r.$ s £ajTe mh HeTHpn 4. 
JiHTpa QBor h mecT jiHTapa 
phot 3eiTHHa « 

Ban " ^odpo. 

5* r.$ s SCejiHM Tano^e Majio 5 . 

cHpheTa . 

Ban * XoBeTe jiyl rma 
JiHTPa? 

6. P.4 : fla, to je AOCTa. 6. 
A npo^ajeTe jih bh 3ejieHy 
nacf^y? 

EaK » IIpo^ajeM h 3ejieHy 
h npsceHy Ka<$y. 

7. r>4> » Kano npo^ajeTe 7* 

Kac|3y? 

Ban * 3ejieHy (na^y) Ha 
khjio, h to flsafleceT H 
.jeaaH flHHap khjio rpaM • 

8. r«4> » A Kano npoAajeT© 8* 
npsceny Kacf)y? 

Ban * npjKeny npo^ajeM Ha 
naKJio., asafleccT h hsthph 
AHH apa naKJio . 

9. r.3> : £o<5po, flajT® mh 9. 

KHJiorpaM 3e^ieHe h 

naKJio npaceHe nadbe . 

Ean ° Mojihm. 

10. r.4> ° 3aTHM mh ff&jTe 10. 

jeAaH uaK CpauiHa h ABa 
liana mekepa . 

Ban- XoheTe jih bojihkh 
hjih msljih pan 6pamHa ? 

11 . r.4> ° liajTe mh sejiHKH 11 . 
pan. 

Ean" Mojihm, H 3 BOJiKTe. 


Mr. F : Give me four liters of 
this and six liters of that 
oil . 

Or: All right. 

Mr. F : I also wish some 
vinegar . 

Gr : Do you want half a 
liter ? 

Mr.F : Yes, that is enough. 
And do you sell green 
coffee? 

Or : I sell both green and 
roasted coffee. 

Mr.F : How do you sell 
coffee? 

Or : The green (coffee) by 
the kilogram, that is ("and 
that"), twe nty one dinars 
( 11 dinar "T a kilogram. 

Mr. F : And how do you sell 
roasted coffee? 

Or : The roasted I sell by 
the package, twenty-four 
dinars a package. 

Mr.F : All right, give me a 
kilogram of green and a 
package of roasted coffee. 

Gr; O.K. 

Mr.F : Then give me a bag 
of flour and two bags of 
sugar . 

Or : Do you want the large 
or the small bag of flour ? 

Mr.F : Oive me the big bag. 


Or : All right, here you are. 











































- 210 - 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 5 


PAR. 81 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE 

A genitive noun may have a part itive meaning; It refers 
not to the whole mass or species* but to only part of it. 

The English equivalent of the partitive genitive may 
bes any , some , no n not any , or no word at all. 


PAR. 82 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER NOUNS 

(l) Mojihm, fla.iTe mh asa BemHKa nan-ra Macjia. 

(1) He Moseie Aa AOdHjeTe Asa KHjiorpaMa nyTepa . 

(2) Aodpo, ohae mh AajTe join tph KHjiorpaMa cbhsckc MacTH . 

(3) A saTHM xoly AeceT jiHTapa se.jTHHa (yj>aTI 

(4) AajTe mm neTHpn jiHTpa osor h niecT JiHTapa oHor 3e j thh& . 
(10) 3aTHM mh AajT© jeAan pan CpauiHa h ABa pana me he pa . 

(10) XoteTe jm Be jihkh hjih Majrn pan dpauiHa ? 

The nouns "naiwo H KHjrorpaM M * ”jiHTap M * l 8 paK 11 and other 
similar nouns denote only a part of the mass or species and 
as such they are followed by the genitive partitive. 


PAR. 83 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER NUMERALS 

1. - (10) 3aTHM mh Aajxe jeAaH pan CpaniHa h A»a pana 
mehepa* 

(2) Ao<5po, oHAa mh AajTe jom tph KHjtorpaMa cbhbckc 
M aCTHo 

(8) IIpsceHy npoAajeM Ha naKJro, AsaAeceT h hcthph 
AHHapa nanmoo 

Moj oTap HMa TpHAeceT h tph , a Moja Majna 
TpHAeceT h ABe roAHHe o 

My father is thirty-three and my mother thirty - 
two years old . 

The cardinal numerals *hsa ** (two), ” tph 1 * (three) and 
M HeTHpH 11 (four) are always followed by the genitive singular. 

The genitive singular is used also after any cardinal 
numeral In which the last element (as expressed in words) is 
M ABa% M T p H « or M veTHpH w (ABaAeceT h ne thph, TpHAeceT h tph, 
TpHAeceT h abc, etc ») 

NOTE S The genitive singular of all masculine adjectives 
after these numerals is formed by adding the ending '’-a” to 
the stems 

(1) Mojihm AajTe mh abh BemHKa naKJia MacJia. 
iilTa HMaTe tph nocjreAH?a naca? 

What do you have the three last periods? 

































2 


Oh hm& nex cHHosa . 

He has five sonsT 

(4) Aajxe mh nexnpH jrnxpa osor z uiecT Jizxapa onor 
3ej TKHa. 

Ja HM&M ceflaM o^oBaKa z ocaM nepa . 

I have seven pencils " and eight pens . 
y yaHOHiiHH HMa Aesex yaeHHKa* 

There are nine students ' in the classroom, 

(4) A saTHM xoky Aecex jmx&pa 3ejxHHa. 
y oboj co(5h cnaBa .ieflaHaecT bo,]hhkr , 

In this room eleven soldiers sleep, 
y cxapujoj KJiacH HMa xpzHaecx , a y MJia^oj iwracz 
gsaHaecT yaeHHKa. 

There are thirteen students In the senior and 
twelve students in the junior class. 

Kynno caM neTHaecx KZjrorpaMa uiekepa, uiecHaecT 
KKjiorpaMa KpoMnHpa z ce asmh ae c x kzjto rpa?,:a dpaiUHa# 
I bought f ifteen kilograms of sugar, sixteen 
kilograms of potatoes and seventeen kilograms 
of flour. 

Moj (5pax HMa ocaMHaecT, a Moja cecxpa flCBexnaecT 
ro^HHa. 

My brothei* is eighteen and my sister is nine ¬ 
teen years old . 

Ja HMaM ABafiecex roAHHa . 

1 am twenty years old . 

Moj npKjaxe.* HMa ab&a® o ®t h nex roAHHa • 

My friend is twenty-five years ol d. 

(2) To MO»e f jep caM jyne ao<5ho cxo KHjroryaMa Mac xh . 


All cardinal numerals, except those under 1) and the 
cardinal numeral H jeflaH M and compound numerals in which the 
last element (as expressed in words) is M j©AaH% are followed 
by the genitive plurals 


( 1 ) 

(?) 


He Moscexe a& floflzjeie ABa KH^orpawa nyxepa, 
caMO jeAaH KHjrorp aM. 

3ejieHy Ha khjio, h xo ABaAecex z ,je a&h Aznap 
KHJiorpaM. 


Hero 









































- 212 - 


TPETiH £E0 


PART III 


rPAMATHHKE BE3KBE EPOJ 5 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 3 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form; 

Kojihko (nyxep) xcejiaxe? - Aajxe mh abe naKJia (nyxep) <> 

Kojihko (jrnxap CHpke) acejmxe? - #ajxe mh jeflEH Jinxap (cHpke). 
Kojihko (ulme©) acejmxe? - £ajxe mh xpn (KHJiorpau) (nu>HBe). 

Kojihko (chhobh) hme fochoahh MapnE? - PocnoAHH MapnB HMa 
ABa (B6JIHK chh). 

Kojihko (chhobh) hme pqchoahh IlepnE? - PocnoAHH riepnE hme 
X pH (cHH). 

Kojihko (nepo) hmet©? - Ja hmem h©xhph <Ao6pa nepa). 

Kojihko (ojiqbk®) hmet©? - Ja hmem nex (omxpe ojioBKe). 

Kojihko (hecobh) he a an HMaxe? - Mh hmemo meex (naeoBH) Ha aeh. 
Kojihko (cxojiobh) hme y (heuie ynnoHHua)? - y (heiue ynHOHHiia) 

HME C©AaM (cxojiobh) O 

y kojihko (hecobh) ha©t© y (liiKOJia)? - Ja ha©m y ninojiy y ocau 
( nacoBH) • 

Kojihko (nxmie) hme y (Kasea)? - y (keb©3) hme a©B ex (nXHue)* 
Kojihko (dpauiHo) hme y toast)? - Y (ua k) hme A©cex (KHJiorpau) 

(tfpaniHo) o 

Kojihko (bo^hhuh) cnasa y (obe co6a)? - Y (osa co<5a) cnaBa j©Aa- 
HaecT (boJhhhh)o 

Kojihko (yn©HHiiH) hme y (Hama KJiaca)? - y (narna KJiaca) hme ABa- 
Haecx (yneHHHH)® 

Kojihko (yneHHUH) hme y (exapHja KJiaca)? - Y (exapHja KJiaca) 

HMa xpHHEecx (yn© hhiih ) o 

Kojihko (khjioppemh) (dparnno) cxe KynnjiH? - Kynno cau nexHaecx 
(KHJiorpaMn) (dpamHo)o 

Kojihko (khjio rp emm) (meEep) cx© KynHJiH? - Kynno caM mecxHaecx 
(KHJiorpaMH) (inekep). 

Kojihko (3©h©bh) cxe bha©JIH? - Bha®o cem c©AaMHaecx (3 ©h©bh) # 
Kojihko (poahh©) hmex© bh? - Ja hmem ocaMHaecx (roAHHe)* 

Kojihko (toahh©) hme Barn cxephJh 6pax? - Moj cxapnjn dpax HMa 
AeBexHaecx (poahh©) o 

Kojihko (poahh©) hme Bama mjie^e cecxpa? - Moja Mjia^a cecxpa 
HMa ABaAecex (poahh©). 

Kojihko (poahh©) HMa sama exapHja cecxpa? - Moja exapHja cecxpa 
HMa ABaA©cex h (j©AHa) (poAHHajo 

Kojihko (poahh©) HMa Bain npHjax©j>? - Moj npHjaxej) hme ABaAecex 
H aB e (poahhe)o 

JCrvirvwrk (vniMl a w>n, XHKQ (pyK©) HMa HOB©K? - HOB©K HMa AB© 



Kojihko (sy6 h) hme hob©k? - Hob©k hme xpHA©eex h ABa (qj6)» 
Kojihko (npcxH) hobbe HMa Ha pyKaMa 2 a kojihko he Horana? - 
^OBeK hme Aecex (npcxn) Ha pyKaMa s a a©c©x (npcxH) Ha HoraMa. 
Kojihko (hop©) HMa m&hx&j, a kojihko (hop© )hme pojiy<5? - Manna 
HMa nexnpH (Hora) 9 a rojiyd hme ab© (hope)* 







4ETBPTH mo 


PART IV 


iliTPIBG EPQJ 5 READING TEXT NO. 5 

0 gpojeBHMa 

Rbb. nyTa jeAaH je pa. TpH nyTa pe^an je Tpn. ^Ba nyTa 
ABa je HeTHpM. IleT nyTa jeAaH je neT. £,Ba nyTa Tpn je niecT. 
Tpn h HeTHpH cy ce^aM. flaa nyTa HeTHpH je ocsm. Tpn nyTa 
Tpn je fleBeT. rieT h neT cy AeceT. 

AeceT h jeAaH cy jeAaHaecT. AeceT h ABa cy AsaHaecT. 
AeceT h TpH cy TpKHae ct« AeceT h neTHpn cy HeTpHaecT. AeceT 
h neT cy nemecT. AeceT h niecT cy uiecHaecT. AeceT h ce/iaM 
cy ceAaMiiaecT. AeceT h ocsm cy ocaMHaecT. AeceT h AeseT cy 
AeeeTHaecT. AeceT h AeceT cy ABaAeceT. 

ABaAeceT bhui® je a&h je ABaAeceT (h) jeAaH. ABaAeceT 
BHiAe ABa je ABaAeceT (h) ab&. ABaAeceT bhuic Tpn je ABaAeceT 
(h) tph. ABaAeceT BHHie neTHpn je ABaAeceT (h) neTHpn. 
ABaAeceT bhui© neT je ABaAeceT (h) neT. ABaAeceT BHine niecT 
je ABaAeceT (h) niecT. ABaAeceT BHuie ceAaw je ABaAeceT (h) 
ceAaMo ABaAeceT bhui© ocaM je ABaAeceT (h) ocaM. ABaAeceT 
BHine A©BeT je ABaAeceT (h) AeeeT. AsaAeceT BHine AeceT je 
TpHAeceT. TpHAece t BHine jeAaH je TpHAece t (h) jeAaH. 

AeceT nyTa AeceT je cto. 







-214- 


HETH hEO 

IIHTAHA M3 JUTHBA BPOJ 3 


PART V 


QUESTIONS ON 

TEXT NO. 3 


THE READING 


lo Kojihko 

je 

ABa nyTa 

TpH? 


2 c Kojihko 

3® 

ABa nyTa 

H6 THpH? 

3. Kojihko 

je 

TpH nyTa 

TpH? 


4o Kojihko 

je 

ABa H TpH? 


5 c Kojihko 

je 

ABa h neT? 


6 o Kojihko 

je 

neT h neT? 


7o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Manse 

jeAaH? 

8o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Maite 

ABa? 

9o Kojihko 

je 

ABaA'eceT 

Maae 

TpH? 

10o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Maae 

ne THpH? 

11 o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Manse 

neT? 

12 o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Manse 

inecT? 

13 o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Maae 

ceAaM? 

14 o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Man^e 

ocaM? 

15 o Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Manse 

AeseT? 

16 o Kojihko 

je 

neTHaecT 

h uiecT? 

17. Kojihko 

je 

neTHaecT 

h ceAaM? 

18 o Kojihko 

je 

TpH nyTa 

AeceT? 

19 o Kojihko 

je 

TpHAeceT 

BHiue 

neT? 

20 o Kojihko 

je 

AeceT nyTa AeceT? 


IiIECTM A EO 

BEHEA M3 IIPEBO’BEHA EP0J3 


PART VI 

TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 5 


lldt&O *4 M£iX ^ 

Mr. Ford went to the grocery store yesterday* and he 

bought all kinds of food* especially fats. He bought a 

Ua-W ^Caa* ^ GLfr***' 

large package of butter* three kilograms of lard and ten 

LAamm^'V* IaK U* OVua. 

liters of oil (four liters of one kind and six liters of 

. U> V- CJ^feAU c»0j6LEu*tf4^ 

another kind). The grocer did not want to sell two large 

U'OtM u/iw aMA ^ U Ufyc&tkjo ^ 

packages of butter* but he sold as much ( ohojihko) lard and 

' v >o w* V^ v - v ''V“' 

oil as (kojihko) Mr. Ford wished to buy. 

Mr. Ford also bought five* small bags of flour of a kilo 

]/ >//A 

each* and a large bag of sugar. Further* he bought a kilo¬ 


gram of green coffee and a package of roasted coffee as well 










-215 


as (icao h) half a liter of vinegar. 


CE/J.MM ilEO 

PEHHMK EPOJ 5 

592# AajTe mh 
593* naKJio,n. 

594. Macjio, n. (Mac^rau;, m.) 

595. nyTep, m. 

596. danaJiMH, m.(c5aKaji, m.) 

pi* danajiH 

597. mSct, f. 

CBHHCKa MaCT 
59B. cto, card.,num. 

599. A§ceT, card.,num. 

600. jiHTap, m. 

gen. sing- JiKTpa 
gen.pl- JiHTapa 

601. 3e j thh, m. 

602 • y jbe , m. 

603. mecT, card.,num. 

604. chj he, n. 

gen. sing* cfepheTa 

605. ABaAeceT, card.,num. 

ABaAeceT a jeAaH 
ABaAeceT h h&thph 

606. nan, ra. 

pi* IjaKOBH 

607. Liehep, m. 

608. nei, card.,nura. 

609. c^AaM, card.,num. 

610. bceaf, card.,num. 

611. acB e t, card.,num. 

612. jcAanaecT, card.,num. 

613. ABanaec.T, card.,num. 

614. TpHHaecT, card. ,nuin. 

615. MeT^Haeci, card.,nura. 

616. neTHaecT, card.,num. 

617. ra^cTHaecT, card.,num. 

618. ceA^MHaecT, card.,nura. 

619. ocaMHaecT, card.,nura. 

620. a©B e THaec t, card.,num. 

621. Tpi^AeceT, card.,nura. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 3 

- give me 

- package 

- butter 

- butter 

- grocer 

- fat 

- lard 

- hundred 
“ ten 

- liter 


- oil 

- oil 

- six 

- vinegar 

- twenty 

- twenty-one 

- twenty-four 

- bag 

- sugar 

- five 


- seven 

- eight 

- nine 

- eleven 

- twelve 

- thirteen 

- fourteen 

- fifteen 

- sixteen 

- seventeen 

- eighteen 

- nineteen 

- thirty 


ARMY L ANGU AGE SCHOOL . 


CAL I F • 


157 8 






“216“ 


DAILY UNIT IV 


iipbh mo 
mJAJior epoj 4 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 4 


y pecTopaHy In the restaurant 



Poct ° HncaMj ajin scejiHM Aa 

Hapy^HMo 


Guest s I haven" t, but I 
wish to order. 


2o Keji o Ako BOJiHTe cyny, HMa 
AaHac AQ^pe rosete cyne » 

rp : Cht caM roBete cyne » 
&jm caM acejban pH(5>£e nopo'e. 


3. Keji ° /laHac HCMa pn(5jbe Hop6e , 
a^TH HMa nnjiehe nop6e c 


rp ° Hnje 6hjio hh jyne pH6j>e 
•qop6e o 


2. Is If you like soup, there 
is Rood beef broth today, 

G: I am ffed up with (tired 
of) beef broth , but I am 
eager for fish soup , 

3, Wo Today there is no fish 
soup, but there is chicken 
brot h. 

Gs There was no fish soup 
yesterday either. 




































































1 


-217- 


4. Keji ° To je TaHHo, ajiH j_e 4. 
(5hjio pn(5jbe hop< 5^ y nponum 
neTaK. 

Fo » Ka« je TaKO, AajTe 
mh Ty rimiety nopdy. 

5* Keji ° MoJimn .• A uiTa Ke jiht© 5. 
Kao ivxaBHO jejio? 


Fo : Hphjihhho caM rviaAaH. 
AajTe mk Aa norvieAaM 
j«JIOBHHK. 


6. Keji * H3BOJiHTe je jiobhhk• 6. 

Ty HMa CBera, 3ap He? 


Fo ° £a, je jiobhhk je nyH 
pa3HHx jejia , ajin _Ty aeMa 

pude . 

7 . Kej ° Ty cy pnCe. 3 ap He 7 * 

BHAHTe? 

Fo ° Aa, 8-JiH HMa caMo 
jeAHa BpcTa pH<5e. 

8. Keji ° y nponuiH neTan HMajiH 8, 
cmo BHiJie Bpc Ta putfa. 

Po‘ AO(5po ? AajTe mh h©ko 
neneBe. 

9. Kejr S XoheTe jita jantehe 9. 
Iijivl Terete neaeite? 

rp o Tejieke. Tano^e ? Majio 
cajiaTe oa napaAajsa, 

10. KeJio KejiETe jih nHTe? ^0. 


Po ° llMaxe jih h eny cJiaHy 
iiHTy? 


Ws That Is correct, but 
there was fish soup last 
Friday. 

G i If that is so, give me 
that chicken broth. 

Ws All right. And what do 
you wish for ("as") the 
main course? 

G; I am rather hungry. Let 
me have a look at the menu 
(“Give me to look at the 
menu”). 

W; Here is the menu. There 
is everything ( w Ther e is 
of .all H ) there . isn r t 
there? 

G: Yes, the menu is full of 
various foods , but there is 
no fish there . 

W: Fish is there (’’are 
there* 1 ). Don't you see? 

G: Yes, but there is only 
one kind of fish. 


W: Last Friday we had several 
kinds of fish. 

Gs All right, give me some 
roast meat. 

W i Do you want roast lamb 
or roast veal? 

G: Veal. Also some tomato 
salad. 

Ws Do you wish some pie? 


G: Do you have some salty 
pie? 
























-218- 


11® ZlaHac je bpjio Aotfpa 11 

nHTa o a capa. 

ro o Ha j Te mh to h AajTe 
mm MaJio BHHa, jep caM 
MHoro steAaHo 


W: Today the cheese pie is 
very good* 

G? Give me that and also 
give me some wine* because 
I am very thirsty. 


zipyrH hep 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 4 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 


PAR. 84 - ENGLISH M THERE IS" AND THERE ARE M 

1. - The English expressions “there is“ and “there are“ 
have two distinct functions. In one “there” is spoken with 
emphasis and serves to point out the location of something 
as opposed to “here”. In this case the Serbo-Croatian equiva¬ 
lents of “there” are “tj m or “oh a© ” (see Par. 79) and the 
equivalent of “is” and “are?* are the proper forms of the verb 
“<5htk“; 


Oba© je 3eMj>a, Ty ie Mope, a oha© js cyHne. 

Here is the land, there is the sea, ana lover) there is 
the sun. 

In the other usage “there” is spoken with no emphasis 
at all; it introduces a phrase denoting the mere existence 
of something. It makes no reference to location. If the 
sentence Indicates location another phrase must be Included 
for that purpose (in the examples below? in the classroom, 
in the cup 9 on the hand). In this case the equivalent of the 
phrase “there is” or “there are” is most often the invaria¬ 
ble form “mm a” (literally? has) and seldom the proper form 
of “<5 hth”. The phrase “ mm a” is always followed by the geni¬ 
tive case? 

(2) Ako BOJiHTe cyny, AaHac mm a RoCye rosebe cyne * 

(6) H3BOJiHTe jejioBHHKo Ty mm a cBera, 3 ap He? 

Kojihko y.-ajBHHK* mua y yvHonarnw? - y yvnomn** hmk 
h©TH pH yneHHKao 

How many students are there in the classroom? - 
There are four students in the classroom. 

Kojihko npcTH MMa Ha jeAHoj pyn;H? - Ha jeAHoj pyun 
mm a neT npcTH. 

How many fingers are there on a hand? - There are 
five fingers on a hand. 












-219- 

Kojihko Kacjpe nua y KiojbH? - V hio^h Hua oaMo m&jeo 
K a<|>e • 

How much coffee is there in the cup? - There is 
only a little coffee in the cup. 

The following are examples in which the phrases H there 
is", "there are", are rendered by the proper form of "6htk": 

Ulia je^ Ha npo3opy? - Ha npo3opy usehe. 

What is there in the window? - There are flowers 
in the window. 

lilTa je^ Ha cTOJiy? - Ha cTOJiy KH>Hre , oJiOBKe h nepa 
What is there on the table? - There are books, 
pencils and pens on the table. 

2. - " There is not " or 18 there are not" is translated 
by 18 HeMa 1 1 (literallys has not Tl 

(3) /i,aHac HeMa pnO^e aopde. 

(6) £a, jejroBHHK je nyn pa3HHx jejia, sjth Ty HeMa pnde • 

3. - M There was” or "there were 18 is translated either 
by the proper form of "Chth " or by 18 6vljio je ". The " Ohjxo je w 
is used when reference is not made to the whole mass or 
species and particularly when the quantity is expressed by 
an adverb of quantity: 

(4) To je TanHo, ajiH j e 6hjlo pnd^e nopde y nponuiH neTaK. 
Kojiiiko BojHHKa je Chjto Ha pynKy? - Ha pyany ,ie o 

MHOTO BojHHKa. 

How many soldiers were there at the luncheon? - 
There were many soldiers at the luncheon. 

Otherwise the proper form of "c5hth" is used: 

Eho je jeAHOM jcAan nap*.... 

There was once a king...... 

Chao cx He KaAa (Sima Jiena cejia. 

There were once nice villages here. 

4 . - " There was not " or " there were not " is translated 
either by the proper form of'"(S hth 7 * o r "by w HHje dHjio ", in 
accord with what has been said under 3) : 

jivl je 6 hjio mhoto BojHHKa Ha pynKy? - He, Ha pynny 
HHje 6hjlo mhoto BojHHKa. 

Were there many soldiers at the luncheon? - No, 
there were not many soldiers at the luncheon. 



























- 220 - 


PAR. 85.- THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES 

(2) Cht caM roBefre cyne , &jm caM ace^aH pH(5>fce nop(5e 
(6) £a, jejiOBHHK je nyH paoHHx jejia o 

Adjectives m cht" (satij 



w mejbaH 1 8 (desirous, eager) 


w ^e'fla'H» (thirsty) and other adjectives of similar meaning 
require the genitive partitive. 


PART III 


TPEEH flEO 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 4 


1. - Translate the following sentences into Serbo-Croatian4 
What is there in the cup? - There is a little coffee in the 
cup. 

What is there in this bag? - There is sugar in that bag. 

Is there any sugar in this coffee? - No, there is no sugar 
in that coffee. 

Is there any milk in the cup? - Yes, there is some milk in 
the cup. 

How many students are there in the classroom? - There are 
twelve students in the classroom. 

How many chairs are there in the classroom? - There are 
thirteen chairs in the classroom. 

How many tables are there in the classroom? - There are 
seven tables in the classroom. 

How many doors are there in the classroom? ~ There is only 
a door in the classroom. 

Is there much coffee in the cup? - No, there is only a 
little coffee in the cup. 

Is my coat there? - No, your coat is not here but over 
there. 

Are there many forests in Yugoslavia? - Yes, there are many 
forests in Yugoslavia. 

Are there more Serbs and Croats in America than in Austra¬ 
lia? - Yes, there are more Serbs and Croats in America than 
in Australia. 

Were there many guests at the dinner? - No, there were not 
many guests at the dinner. 

What did you have for dinner? - There was much meat, vege¬ 
tables and fruits. 

What did you have to drink for dinner? - There was some wine 
and much beer. 

Is there enough of salt in this meal? - I think there is 
enough salt. v 

Did anybody ask for me? - Yes, there was an old man here and 
he asked for you. 













-221-= 


2. - Put the words In the parentheses into the proper form: 
Cht caM (rpaflCKH toot). 

KejbaH caM (hhct Ba3Ayx). 

Dan je nyH (melep). 

Mope je OBAe nyno (pnda). 

KoTao je nyH (BOfla). 

Byn (wolf) je yBeK rJia^aH (neco) h (kpb). 


1ETBPTH HEP PART IV 

lilTKBO EPOJ 4 R EADING TEXT NO. 4 

JejIOBHHK 


Cyne 

PoBe^a cyna* oo...o»oooo B 
Gyna oa nnpHHHa* - <•• • ° ®« 3 
Cyna oa pe3aHaua® .3 

^opde 

niuiela Hopoa* 

J amela nopda* *••••••••10 

Tejrela Hopda® .**10 

Pnd«&a nopda* o.c . . o.o..o 10 
IlapaAaja nopda* «>»»« »° • • 3 
Hopda oa KpoMimpao . . « . . 8 

XjiaAHa jejia 

XjiaAHa j arneTHHa* •••••* 16 
XjiaAHo- npaceTH r ia« ....«.20 
CbHHsCKH je3HK» o . o o o o o o o!2 

Uly HR {\»»oeeo»oeoooo«ooool6 
CBHHsCKe KodacHu;e• ® ® ° ® « • 14 

CbhhjCkr npnryTa* ••••••••^■^ 

Tose^a npmyTa. oo.dB 

C^iaHHna* ooo.»o. ••••••••10 

CpncKH cHp® ...coo. ooo.o B 
KajMRK® . o O O . . o o O O O O O O . O 10 
KnceJio MJieKO®. . ..... . .. 4 

Jejia oa jaja 

Kaj rana« . ....... .. ° ° °> 

IIpxteHa j a j a* • ■> ° • • • • • • ° • p 
Kyeana jaja* -KouaA— • 2 

Ileneifea 

IlHjieKe nenefae* • • • • • • • • *20 
Jariaete neneae (MJiaAO ®22 
Terete neHeiae®«. • • ° • • • c *1^ 
IIpaceEe neaenje® •.• • • • • • *24 


Pa3Ha jejia 

CapMa oa KHceJior 

Kynyca .......16 ahh• 

PyBeH® ° • «*« «. o.l4 ahh. 

MycaKa oa KpoMnnpa..l2 ahh. 
Mycana oa njiasHx 

naTAHnaHa.. ...16 ahh. 

nyseHe nanpune......15 ahh. 

IlyaeH napaAaj3. 14 ahh. 


Me co Ha fftapy 

EH(|)TeK« o.ooo. .0.0*. .24 ahh. 


lieBanHHhM- komra •• 1 AHH. 

IIoBTKa h BapHBa 

ilHpe oa KpoMnnpa.o** 6 ahh. 
Ilnpe oa nacy^a. • • • • • 6 ahh. 
KuceJiH KpacTaBUH. • • . 6 ahh. 
Kuce^e nanpHK© * » * • . • 6 ahh. 
Kncejin Kynyc • 6 ahh. 

CajiaTe 

3eJieHa cajraTa. ,.3 ahh. 

CaJiaTa oa napaAaj3a h 

HpHor Jiyna. •. ..10 ahh. 

CaJiaTa oa cb©3khx 

KpacTaBana.o.*o...o.10 ahh. 


CajiaTa oa KpoMnnpa. . 6 ahh. 
CaJiaTa oa nacyjba.... 6 ahh. 

riHTe 

IlHTa oa jadyna . 12 ahh. 

IlKTa oa cupa. ...... .12 ahh. 

Bole 

Jadyneo.ooo.o.oo.... 6 ahh* 


ahh. 

ahh. 

ahh. 


AHH. 

AHH o 

AHH o 

AHH o 
AHH. 
AHH. 


ahh. 

ahh. 

AHHo 

ahh. 
ahh. 
ahh. 
ahh. 
ahh. 
ahh. 
ahh . 

AHHo 


AHH. 
AHH . 
ahh. 


ahh. 

AHHo 
AHH. 
ahh . 


/ 































- 222 - 


HETM AEO PART V 

IIHTAIiA M3 UITHBA BPOJ 4 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

' " TEXT NO. 4 

1* Kojy cyny bh BOJiHTe? 

2. Kojy nopOy bh bojiht©? 

3. Koje xjiaAHO jejio bh BOJiHTe? 

4. Kano bh bojiht© fla je^eTe jaja? 

5. Koje KyeaHo jejio bh BOJiHTe? 

6. Koje neneHo jejio bh bojikt©? 

7. Koje neneae bh bo^tht©? 

8. BojiHTe jus BHine neneHo Meco hjih Meco Ha sicapy? 

9. IUt a BOJiHTe BHine * CncfiTeK hjih keBanHHte? 

10. Koje noBpiie bh BOJiHTe? 

11. Koje sapHBO bh BOJii?Te? 

12. Kojy cajiaTy bh BOJiHTe? 

13. Kojy nHTy bh bojtht©? 

14. Koje soke bh BOJiHTe? 


HIECTM AEO 

BEKEA M3 IIPEBO'EEHA. EPOJ 4 


PART VI 

TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 


When I want to order food in a restaurant, I first have 
a look at the menu. When I am very hungry and do not have 
time to study the menu, I ask the waiter. He knows what is 
good that day, and he knows what I like. Those menus are 
full of different names, and I like to learn difficult words. 
All kinds of dishes are there. Often there are foods that I 
don’t like, and often, too, there are no foods that I like. 
For example, yesterday, I was eager for fish soup, but there 
was no fish soup; there was only: chicken broth. 

I like noodle soup, fish soup, ham, pork sausages, 
stuffed peppers, mashed beans and other legumes. I also like 
very much that dessert they eat in Yugoslavia, which they 











-223- 


call "nuTa". It Is more or less like our pie. And their 
M KajMaK% which you eat on bread, is very .tasty too. 


CEflMH ZIEO 
PEUHHK EPOJ 4 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 4 


622. pecT^paH, m. -restaurant 

623. K^jiHep, m. (koho< 5 Sp # m. -) - waiter 

624. rocT, m. - guest 

625» HapyaHTH, v. ,t.,pfv. - to order 

pr.t“ HapyHHM,HkpyHHin,HapyHH 

HkpyHiiMO ,HkpynHTe, Hkpy^ie 
*625. Hapy^KBaTH, v.,t.,ipfv. - to order 
pr.t- HapyHyjeM,HapyHyjeui,HapyHyje 

Hapy'iy j eMo , Hapyny j e Te , Hap^rny jy 


626. 

627. 


628 • 

629. 

630. 

631. 

632. 

*632. 

633. 
634* 

635. 


636. 

637. 

638. 


c|na, f. 
cut^ adj.,m. 

CHTa, f. 
chto, n. 
xce^aH, adj.,m. 
sej>Ha, f. 
nexHo, n. 

HopOa, f. 
n^Tan, m. 

gen. sing" neTKa 
rjik^aH, adj.,m. 
rjia^Ha, f. 
rjrk-AHo, n. 

rji^AaTK, v.,t., & i.,ipfv. 
pr.t: TJieAaM,rJieAai[i,rJi^Aa 

r^AaMO, rv&AaTe, Aajy 
nor^ieAaTH, v., t., & i., ipfv. - to look 
pr.t: norJieASM ,nbrjieA®ii>nbivieAa 

n6rjieflaMo,nbr.neA&Te ,nbrjieAajy 


soup or broth 

tired of, fed up, satiated 


eager, desirous 


soup or broth (seasoned with 
Friday /fried wheat flour) 

hungry 


to look 


jejiOBHHK, m. 

pi: jb^OBHHUH 

- menu 

nyH, adj.,m. 
nyHa, f. 
nyno , n. 

- full 

cJiaH, adj.,in. 
cJiaHa, f. 
cjt£ho, n. 

- salty 

nHTa, f. 

- pie 

bkho, n. 

- wine 

see ash, adj.,ra. 
sce'AHa, f. 

>seAHo, n. 

- thirsty 


4488 


on 1 

^ 74 






-224- 


639. 

640. 


641. 

642. 

643. 

644. 


645. 

646. 


pe3amjH, m. ,pl - noodles 

gen.pl° pe3aHana 
pi^6^ ad j., m. 
pf. 
pa(5j>e j> n. 
u^HKa, f. 

KodacHija, f, 

KkjUAK, m. 

v gen. sing" KajMana 
nyaeH, adj.,(pass.part),m. - filled, stuffed 
rrih&eHa, f. 


fish 


ham 

sausage 

cream of boiled milk, salted 


x nyiteHo, f. 
sapHBO, n. 
n&pe, m. y 

rmpe ofl npoMnlipa 


- legume 

- puree, mash 

- mashed potatoes 



ARMY LANGUAGE SCHOOL. CAOIF • 


5 7 8 










































4 o, 

» * v<* V* 





►* -^~\/ V'*^'V' \**—•’*</ V*^ / a- *•■'• a» 

- %. y -‘jaggy. % / ^ «* * v iihr- *./ » «&* . %a : 

'• ^ iw#. ; ^ v % ; .^p^.‘ /x ww. : y\ ■ 

‘ * A A f- 0 '■. • • A -V ‘-''A' .0 -^. 

A ' 0 N g \p aV D i. < fl ^ £j 




A v o « o „ 

’° A* .VsKW. 4- 

*b & ; 


Jy 0 * 7 ^ , 




^5 ^ w j ^ 

v* -^ ■>° o . - • .rv--v:. • • cv^y’. .•»>/•■'■ y v • ■ ° y ,,:•; 

* V,/ :^Ma% +*.,# :'m^\ %<? :Mkx %<? • J§ ^- *-'* * 




.A *<, . 

' * 7. . V 

++& - 



70 ‘^p * ~Wj 

\* y? ^ °y< 

<. ♦/?7»* .G v <2, '°»‘- v> ^ 

,4 V 6<”*» "4V ci^ . »*•• ^O .-A > o 0 “'’* < 


* ^■o< : 




40 . * J *0 »?*. 

<r> “v<* *'*,*. y^^y/ni'^ > <& ** * G V* * v/// /M ■ K 

^ C b "*<0° ^ **'«,•.•* ^ <r ^ > %c “ 0 °* ^°° ^ 

% v' .•!£> *cv .0* % v N »*^ ^ ^ _v %5 - 







Vv , „ 

“ •* 0 ca 1 ^ 0 te ** 

“ * a V *>*■ » s^BJiF^ * a'p c t^ 8S \Yr •» a v v\ » 

A <, " *?! > 4 «Cr ^ .<V O 

“V - o « o <}» A v . k 1 *■ ,<&* 6 o " ® * 0 V »*••*« w 

■< - -vs^-a \ 0 < :£mh** *b 


> ' • * * ’ A° , ^ 

. A . »• ' * A> ^O 







> ^ 0 ^ ^ S' r, " 

r ^. 0° ^ ^ % « 0 1 '*' i ‘ t ,. V * 0 N0 ' a 0 , 

■ 0^ >"»/ ^ A, av »!,*** V' V .sifJ' ^i, aP a " 

14 \./ V * 

, • /\ w : -W“ /\ #€* > % • 

^ .....v^-o* 6 % ''"'y ,‘".\ '■“> & a^!. v °“./ 

it> * jm . <* 7L. 0 *^yivpyht v ^ < 1 *<?SNaui'SSl'' ~V 


0. 


* ^ % • 






4 o^ 

1 » rf» u> 



* ^o< -' 


4 o. 

A > « 



•>A A 

o V 






?v 0v ^ 

o, ^ ^ 


„4 


^ 4 5 * ‘ % c> - 0 ^ » , ' , ‘ 0 ' ^ V % t *wW> Ap * ,,, ‘ 

v_ .JB&; \~y -M-. 4-A 

f; : .W.* /\ '.W.‘ a*% •W‘ '• 

’ ^ ... A..,.,\"' ; **/ a■ •. >°' • -• *^o 

'■ °°./ :M\/M '-^v- < c °« 



o V c 





o 


°o .0° ^ °o "*!!§> ^0° ^ " ^ , °<^ * 0 ° f°° 

^ 0^ ,».o, % V **'sL'+%> a 0^ **••* <> V^ ^ A v , 

^ 4 ^ 9 iK r 'imMa* V4 V 

VA 


a v A V 


0 0 M 0 -» ^>. 

► o 


<> a0 


* 4> ^ * 


/ j>' \ ~°y£w. : £ y 


K '? r , . v 

- *^0 < 




r> . s> ft 0 a ^ <v. 

0 A^ Al 


<T^ ^aN m' 


>, ’"''\V . . ^ 


> -4 

. Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
1 o Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
,' Treatment Date: J(J|_ 2QQ2 


r > 


o aG » 

it • • 


«* Tx 


^ PreservationTechnologie 


€; aS s ^ 


,4- 

vP V 

T • , « 

’* & ^ • 


% y 
vv 


o 


<* ’^O., aG a world leader in paper preservatio 

* aP 111 Thomscjn Park Drive 

vP <3 ' Cranberry Township. PA 16066 

'* , V*^ (724)779-2111 

* ty % dV- Ai/ - 






o « A 



V 0 0 “ ° * '<£ 


A <* "‘TV.* <G V "o, 'J-..*- A 

0 -O o°"> ^ 0^ . 4 '*« ^o <0 & o«o, 


vr. 




°o 


>’ J? ■V V „ 

o «> cv * 

^ ••' <** % *•»•> 

0 •!*•- > V AV'* cv 

r ♦ ^ ^ *L a* »■ 

' e ^ <!■> 



*° *° 'V 7 

a 0 s\ * * 1 . •g 

0 » 1 *^ \> V % **VL% 'c\ A 

. -v> .. *. W W « 



o* *7w w * 

» ^L ^ V 

♦ * <y 


r * A7> 4k. o 1 

^ <lT • 





4 CL 

>, -QA v<*> * 

* * h ^O **^»f.* O 
^ 0 w 0 



\>* <■*&' 
" ^ V 


o \ 0 v\ * 

> <y. * ^// ///y< 

o ^ + 4£ijr* 

*° % *••’• 
v « o.. V 


G a 


* <3 v ^ o 1 

* -&y ^ * 



o 


>° * ^ * 

* 0 *~v * 

\V 4* c N o - , 0 <j> *« , 1 ‘ A 

v .^v-.\ y .• - •> v'\ 

■- W : Mg°, \A • 

* av '$*. » 

4 'V 

^ ' 0 “'* A O *‘TVi* ,G w ’«> 

^b / 6 o*«, ^ . i.. 

* •\*^*V. "V « ^ <* o 

• ^ O' • K 

o A0 rr\ - o. 

,0 c£* *-yUV‘*s* 4$- o_ ^ v m?r- 




* «?> ^ o 

^ «#» 





* V. 

• 0 

‘ o. 

°o n 0 "V AfOlf&s h 0 % 

*#* 0 “ 0 ■f° v* 8 * 1 * V A % * 0 - ° 

A A •'•£' > V **ltL>* V. 

■ +*„ <4? ^ > .*/Slfefc'. \ J 

'J' G 



%0 .Cj 

^ G ® 

s a V-^ 1 

/ ^ ^ ^ 

° "“•' i '* .0- ,g 

^ * Q 4 ^r . 0 ^ 8 . Xi ^y j, # ^ 

- O ^ c o ° 0 


°, W ; 

-.* *. 
' .<?»' <#* 



Hq 



» * o. 

° * 


^ ,-r * 




A A, o ., 

y ^ °. 


A“ ^ &a 

^ ,0 ^ w \> 

- Ar + - ^ 

r* 

* ^ 

•‘^■, o^{/ v^^s.\) s ^ ^ A * 0 

*% <€L V c4* * >4 V 

o *<%-.* 


; .0% ° 



° ^ ^ 
O "V .V 


1 -^>v * 

* *L 0^ 


4 OL 

♦ > ^ u» 


\ o 

.0^ 


* 


v N U % *'•£* O 0 'C\ 

»m'. V vO .i* -*-* 0 *:- ^ 


^ o . 

“ A V*^ j 

A ^ ^ 

.0 <*> V - , T '.« 4 . G v " o .** A */'?'.'« 4 

^ 0 ° “ 9 * ^ Q' **•'*.» ^O .0 . 0 * 0 # < ’b " rt "‘ 

^ ^ G° O *rfWtv •■ ^ f 0• *• - -* 

: *Lo^ *§im&\ ; 

v“ ^° ^ ; 



e * 1 * ^ 




*■ ^ <0 

.• <? % • 

v o. * * A <. *-~ v - 4 

^O / t 0* % 4 AV 

° ^ .•«*55SW“, C° , fc 



$ * 

& <y *> 

* 

* aV V. . 

4 *$• ^ ^ 


G v 0 o««„ '<p 

^ vp 



^ ’«#» A 
w A 

^- " o^ 6 .^ 

U> ^ C ^ ^ ^ 

■". ♦a 0 < .' 

* .1 /-% 0 



A G' 0 o N 0 « 
sp * 

,V o' 




.* ^ 


4 o. 

\ -a.' ^ •» 

;* a o o * - 

^ 9,ie v^ % 5 ak* V“°V° .*•- 

° s s ^ ; WfiW: a v % : 

^ ^ 7 ' / ‘ 5 4° V -* '% '••** 0 A o.o <^^T 4 ' 0 
^ G° ° o m -L G° °o .«* % C 0 V ^* 

, ; : ;^plB'. ^o 4 * k 

0 V ., ^ '•■•’* *°° V 3 ^- / %> O c # * # 






% °o A* ,‘ 

- *b ° 



4 O. 

; % vP »fl 




^ <4- 

** x^> Vy V J 

<y • 



’” /.*«. 
O 4^ * 

• ■’o / • 


























LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



00D2b3S0bfl2 















































































